The URL can be used to link to this page

R24-075 1 RESOLUTION NO. R24-075 2 3 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA, 4 APPROVING THE FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE PROGRESSIVE DESIGN 5 BUILD AGREEMENT WITH FOSTER MARINE CONTRACTORS FOR AN 6 AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $2,110,026.69 FOR THE TOWN OF HYPOLUXO 7 SEPTIC TO SEWER PROJECT - PHASE 2; PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE; 8 AND FOR ALL OTHER PURPOSES. 9 10 WHEREAS, on August 15, 2023, the City and Foster Marine Contractors, Inc. 11 ("Contractor"), entered into a Progressive Design/Build Agreement (the "Agreement") for RFQ 12 UTL23-007 -Town of Hypoluxo Septic to Sewer project; and 13 WHEREAS, the Contractor has completed Phase 1 Services described in the Agreement, 14 which was approved by the City Commission on August 15, 2023, by Resolution No. R23-007; 15 and 16 WHEREAS, The Agreement provides that the contract price for Phase 2 shall be 17 developed during Phase 1; and 18 WHEREAS, the Contractor has proposed a Guaranteed Maximum Price for the Phase 2 19 services, and the City desires to accept the Contractor's price, establish the Phase 2 project 20 schedule, and modify the City's Owner's Representative; and 21 WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the Agreement to establish the Guaranteed 22 Maximum Price and project schedule for the Phase 2 services and modify the City's Owner's 23 Representative; and 24 WHEREAS, the Utilities Department is also requesting a transfer of funds to increase the 25 budgeted amount for the project based on the negotiated GMP for the construction phase; and 26 WHEREAS, the Town of Hypoluxo received a grant for funding this project and will 27 reimburse the cost to the City; and 28 WHEREAS, the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, deems it to be in 29 the best interests of the citizens and residents of the City of Boynton to approve the First 30 Amendment to the Progressive Design Build Agreement with Foster Marine Contractors for an 31 amount not to exceed $2,110,026.69 for the Town of Hypoluxo Septic to Sewer Project - Phase 32 2 services and modify the City's Owner's Representative. 33 34 NOW,THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON 35 BEACH, FLORIDA, THAT: 36 37 SECTION 1. The foregoing "Whereas" clauses are hereby ratified and confirmed as 38 being true and correct and are hereby made a specific part of this Resolution upon adoption 39 hereof. 40 SECTION 2. The City Commission hereby approves the First Amendment to the 41 Progressive Design Build Agreement with Foster Marine Contractors for an amount not to 42 exceed $2,110,026.69 for the Town of Hypoluxo Septic to Sewer Project—Phase 2 services, 43 modifies the City's Owner's Representative, in form and substance similar to that attached as 44 "Exhibit A," and authorizes the City Manager to execute the First Amendment. 45 SECTION 3. The fully executed Amendment shall be retained by the City Clerk as a 46 public record of the City, and a copy shall be provided to Keith Webber, Engineering Assistant 47 Director, to forward to the Contractor. 48 SECTION 4. This Resolution shall take effect as provided by law. 49 50 51 52 53 54 [signatures on following page) 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 PASSED AND ADOPTED this 2nd day of April 2024. 64 CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA 65 YES NO 66 67 Mayor-Ty Penserga 68 - / 69 Cf i — Thomas Turkin V C onQ4 70 71 r,Ltc'" —Angela Cruz / 72 ✓ 73 ferny-nubsw►•ia� Woodrow L. Hay 74 I 75 \)tC. D1 - Aimee Kelley 76 77 VOTE 78 ATTEST: 79 80 81 S le _pp 82 Mayl a ►� - esus, MPA MC T P- y �� •r, 83 City Cler Ma '•'r 84 85 ."pk-NTON eF%`�� A'PROVED AS TO FORM: ...... 86 ;k ..vvoRATF'•...c �% 87 (Corporate Seal) �; 5�r-�.cEp: 88 '•,I i.�Nco'CO%:' Jaidni L A ginh 89 •• Shawna G. Lamb 90 ��%.. FLOR�_ City Attorney SOA FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF BOYNTON °J. BEACH AND FOSTER MARINE CONTRACTORS FOR PROGRESSIVE ,roN '' DESIGN/BUILD SERVICES, RFQ UTL23-007—TOWN OF HYPOLUXO SEPTIC TO SEWER—GRANT FUNDED This First Amendment("Amendment") is entered into by and between the City of Boynton Beach, a Florida municipal corporation ("City"), and Foster Marine Contractors, Inc., a Florida corporation ("Contractor") (collectively referred to as the "Parties"). RECITALS A. On August 15, 2023, the Parties entered into a Progressive Design/Build Agreement (the "Agreement") for RFQ UTL23-007 -Town of Hypoluxo Septic to Sewer project. B. Contractor has completed the Phase 1 Services described in the Agreement. C. The Agreement provides that the contract price for Phase 2 shall be developed during Phase 1. The Contractor has proposed a Guaranteed Maximum Price for the Phase 2 services, and the City desires to accept the Contractor's price, establish the Phase 2 project schedule, and modify the City's Owner's Representative. D. The Parties desire to amend the Agreement to establish the Guaranteed Maximum Price and project schedule for the Phase 2 services, and modify the City's Owner's Representative. Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual terms and conditions, promises, covenants, and payments hereinafter set forth, City and Contractor agree as follows: 1. The above Recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein by reference. All capitalized terms not expressly defined within this Amendment shall retain the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. 2. Except as modified herein, all remaining terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 3. Acceptance of Guaranteed Maximum Price. In accordance with Section 2.2 of Attachment B of the Agreement, the City hereby accepts the GMP for the Phase 2 Services. The Parties agree that the GMP, including the Unforeseen Conditions Allowance Contingency Item, shall be$2,110,026.29. The GMP Proposal and its basis are attached hereto as Exhibit A, and incorporated into the Agreement by reference. Pursuant to Section 1.3 of the Agreement, the Owner's Representative is authorized to issue a Notice to Proceed to Contractor. First Amendment to Foster Marine— Hypoluxo PDB Agreement Page 1 of 5 4. Phase 2 Schedule. In accordance with Section 5.2.1 of the Agreement, and Attachment C, the Parties hereby establish the Phase 2 schedule. Time is of the essence under this Agreement. Contractor shall proceed with the Phase 2 services and shall conform to the Project Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B, and incorporated into this Agreement by reference. Substantial Completion of the Phase 2 services shall be 120 days after Notice to Proceed. Final Completion of the Phase 2 services shall be 30 days after Substantial Completion. 5. Owner's Representative. Section 8.1.2 of the Agreement appointing the City's Owner's Representative is hereby amended as follows: 8.1.2 Owner designates the individual listed below as its Owner's Representative, which individual has the authority and responsibility set forth in GC 3.4: Jose C. Huertas, P.E., Engineer, 124 E. Woolbright Road, Boynton Beach, FL 33435; Contact# (561) 742-6487; Email: huertasj@bbfl.us 6. Additional Terms. Section 10.8 is hereby added to the Agreement as follows 10.8 Sovereign Immunity. Except to the extent sovereign immunity may be deemed waived by entering into this Agreement, nothing herein is intended to serve as a waiver of sovereign immunity by City nor shall anything included herein be construed as consent by City to be sued by third parties in any matter arising out of this Agreement. 7. Conflicts, Entire Agreement. In the event of any conflict or ambiguity between this Amendment and the Agreement, the Parties agree that this Amendment shall control. The Agreement, as amended herein by this Amendment, incorporates and includes all prior negotiations, correspondence, conversations, agreements, and understandings applicable to the matters contained herein, and the Parties agree that there are no commitments, agreements, or understandings concerning the subject matter hereof that are not contained in the Agreement as amended in this Amendment. Accordingly, the Parties agree that no deviation from the terms hereof shall be predicated upon any prior representations or agreements, whether oral or written. 8. No Disputes. Contractor acknowledges that through the date this Amendment is executed by Vendor, Contractor has no claims or disputes against City with respect to any of the matters covered by the Agreement. 9. Effective Date. The effective date of this Amendment shall be the date of complete execution by the Parties. 10. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in multiple originals, and may be executed in counterparts, whether signed physically or electronically, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement. First Amendment to Foster Marine— Hypoluxo PDB Agreement Page 2 of 5 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this First Amendment by their duly authorized representatives. CITY CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH Daniel',u::er, City ager f oc° 0� •,- r day . .�4r, 61_ 024 iv. \Nc „,c20 i 1 ; Att- t:A 1.� '11```•••••�FLOO__- City Clerk 4 CITY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE Approve as to for and legality By: �r.( • l '46' CONTRACTOR FOSTER MARINE ' e Cohtr Authorized Signer ' p Al)tr ,/ �L : 5 , 1;c4a ( C2^)k�/Scrz /20.0 CG O SG ••n Print Name and Title �'. ) ••••. t�R°.•••• e ••....... / s day of /4"V , 2024 SRW 3.14.24 First Amendment to Foster Marine-Hypoluxo PDB Agreement Page 3 of 5 EXHIBIT A GUARANTEED MAXIMUM PRICE AND BASIS First Amendment to Foster Marine— Hypoluxo PDB Agreement Page 4 of 5 FOSTER MARINE CONTRACTORS,INC. 3180 FAIRLANE FARMS ROAD.SUITE I WELLINGTON.FLORIDA 33414 561-683-0034 PHONE 1561-683-0335 FAX March 6, 2024 VIA EMAIL TO: huertasj(a,bbfl.us Jose Huertas,P.E. Engineer IV City of Boynton Beach Utilities, Engineering City of Boynton Beach 124 E. Woolbright Road Boynton Beach, Florida 33435 Re: RFQ UTL 23-007—Town of Hypoluxo Septic to Sewer Progressive Design Build Guaranteed Maximum Price Proposal and Estimated Time for Construction Completion Dear Jose: Please accept this letter, and the attached Guaranteed Maximum Price ("GMP") Proposal, as our formal GMP Proposal for this Project. The proposed GMP for Sites 1 &2 is$1,960,026.69(without including the Unforeseen Conditions Allowance Contingency Item) and $2,110,026.69 (including that Item). We anticipate that it will take four(4)months to complete construction once we begin the work. Should you have any questions,please contact me at 561-683-0034 or email j_cAfoster-marine.net. Sincerely, JC Solomon Project Manager w/enc. Cc: Keith Webber,P.E. do City of Boynton Beach(webberk(a,bbfl.us) Poonam Kalkat, PhD do City of Boynton Beach(kalkatp@bbfl.us) Milot Emile do City of Boynton Beach(emilem@bbfl.us) Lisa Tropepe,P.E. c/o Engenuity Group(ltropepe(&,,engenuitygroup.com) Michael Kuhn, P.E. c/o Engenuity Group(mkuhn( engenuitygroup.com) Gary Czajkowski c/o FMC(via email garyAfoster-marine.net) Mike Czajkowski c/o FMC(via email mike@foster-marine.net) Jodi Feliu c/o FMC(via email jodi@foster-marine.net) City of Boynton Beach RFQ UTL 23-007:Town of Hypoluxo Septic to Sewer Progressive Design-Build-Grant Funded 41ynerP.G.N u.2,,31251 Guaranteed Maximum PPIkO1GMPIfarmaIPrnp0sal Site 1:Hypoluxo Road,Overlook Road,and East Coast Avenue Item No. Description Quantity Unit Unit Price Total Price Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ 25,000.00 $ 25,000.00 • Utility Locates • Equipment Move-In;Port-O-Let;Dumpster • Establish&Move to Lay-Down Area/Rental Lot • Potholing/Utility Verification • Clearing&Grubbing • Remove/Dispose Debris/Material On-Site • Restoration • Punchlist Items • Final Cleanup 2 Bonds&insurance 1 LS $ 25,000.00 $ 25,000.00 • Obtain required Payment/Performance Bond • Record Bond(s) • Provide Recorded Bonds to City/Town • Provide required COI's to City/Town 3 Engineering/Administration-Agency Permitting 1 LS $ 13,250.00 $ 13,250.00 • Apply for and obtain required MOT Permits • Apply for and obtain required Building Permits • Apply for and obtain required Health Department Permits 4 Engineering/Administration-Construction Phase Services 1 LS $ 27,000.00 $ 27,000.00 • Construction Layout • Staking at 50'Intervals and at all Bends,Changes of Direction,MH's,&Cleanouts • Site Plan Assistance • As-Built Record Drawings • Shop Drawings Review • Resolve Issues During Construction(RFPs) • Periodic Sire Inspections • Substantial/Final Completion Inspections • Sign Certificates of Substantial/Final Completion 5 Demolition 1 LS $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 • Site Demolition-Asphalt/Concrete • Site Demolition-Vegetation 6 8"C900 PVC Gravity Sewer Main 610 LF $ 180.00 $ 109,800.00 • Excavation • Install 8"C900 PVC Green Pipe via Open Cut • Backfill&Compaction • Density Testing 7 8"DIP Gravity Sewer Main 39 LF $ 557.35 $ 21,736.65 • Excavation • Dewatering • Install B'CL350 P-401 DIP Fastite Pipe via Open Cut • Backfill&Compaction • Density Testing 8 4'Diamater Sanitary Manhole(3'to 6') 2 EA $ 11,509.25 $ 23,018.50 • Sanitary Sewer MH-1&MH-2 • 4'RD Sanitary Manhole w/Boot,USF230-AB-MC • Ramnek • Strong-Seal Interior Coating • Density Testing 9 4'Diamater Sanitary Manhole,Drop(8'to 10') 1 EA $ 17,541.17 $ 17,541.17 • Sanitary Sewer MH-3 • 4'RD Sanitary Manhole w/Boot,USF230-AB-MC • Ramnek • Strong-Seal Interior Coating • Density Testing 10 4"Air Release Valve 2 EA $ 11,279.10 $ 22,558.20 • 4'RD Air Release Valve w/USF 690-AH-M 11 6•C900 Laterals w/Cleanouts(Single) 2 EA $ 10,197.94 $ 20,395.88 • Single Service Connection to&Including Cleanout at City Utilities Connection • 6'C900(DR-18)PVC Pipe,WYE's,Elbows,Bends • 6'C900 PVC Drainage Caps&Plugs • Handholes • Asphalt Restoration of Parking Areas 12 6"C900 Laterals Wil Cleanouts(Double) 2 EA $ 11,481.18 $ 22,962.36 • Double Service Connection to&Including Cleanout at City Utilities Connection • 6'C900(DR-18)PVC Pipe,Double WYE's,Elbows,Bends • 6"C900 PVC Drainage Caps&Plugs • Handholes • Asphalt Restoration of Parking Areas 13 4"HDPE DR-11 Force Main(Directional Drill) 1075 LF $ 104.62 $ 112,466.50 • Drill Entrance&Exit Bore Pits • Horizontal Directional Doll Installation of4"DR-11 HOPE Force Main,Inserts,Fittings • Copper Tracer Wire • Bore Log • Mud Disposal 14 4"Tie-In to Existing Force Main 1 EA $ 13,108.70 $ 13,108.70 • 4"Gate Valve Assembly • 4'Tapping Sleeve&Valve Assembly • 4'C900 PVC Pipe,Bell Restraints • Backfill&Compaction 15 4"C900 PVC Force Main(Open Cut) 155 LF $ 87.01 $ 13,486.55 • Excavation • lnstall4'C900 PVC FM via Open Cut • Connect to 4"DR-11 HDPE Directional Bore Pipe • Density Testing 16 lift Station1 LS E 380,091.17 $ 380,091.17 • PipingNalves/Fittings-Bends,Spool Pieces,Tees • PipingNalves/Fittings-4"Gate Valves&Check Valves • PipingNalves/Fittings-Install 4"HDPE FM via Open Cut • Piping/Valves/Fittings-Bypass Piping,Valves • PipingNalves/Fittings-Vent • Piping/Valves/Fittings-Concrete Anchor Assemblies,Flange Piping • PipingNalves/Fittings-Water Service to Lift Station • Precast Concrete Structure-Top Slab • Precast Concrete Structure-6'RD Lift Station Wet Well w/Boot • Precast Concrete Structure-Aluminum Hatches • Pumps-KSB ARX D-Max 80-230 5 HP 1750 RPM Pump w/50'cord • Control Panel-Duplex L.S.Control Panel 240 V,3 Phase,5 HP(60"x 36"x 16") • Control Panel-Pedestal Base(24"x 36"16")&Aluminum Plate Barrier(48"x 12") • Control Panel-Suspended Float Switch&SS Cable • Control Panel-Spare Parts • Control Panel-Programming Loop Testing,Startup,&Training • Fencing-97 LF Black Vinyl Coated Chain-Link Fence(6'High)w/Middle&Bottom Rails • Fencing-20'Double Swing Gate&3'Single Swing Gate • Electrical Work-Electrical Panel Hookup • Electrical Work-Electrical Service Drop to Panel • Electrical Work-Coordinate New Service w/FPL • Concrete Pad-Compaction&Subgrade • Concrete Pad-30'Concrete Pad • Coatings-Strong-Seal Interior Coating(2 Coats/Applications) • Testing&Startup • Training 17 Roadway Restoration 790 SV E 103.69 $ 81,915.10 • Mill 12"on Both Sides of Trench • Excavation • 12"Stabilized Subgrade • Compaction&Rough Grading • Finish Grading • Fumish&Place 1.5"Type S-Ill Asphalt(2 Lifts) • Tack Coat • Striping&Pavement Markings 18 Miscellaneous Restoration1 LS E 57,590.43 $ 57,590.43 Sod Restoration • Asphalt Driveway&Sidewalk Restoration • Concrete Driveway&Sidewalk Restoration • Concrete Cylinders • Miscellaneous Restoration Subtotal(Site 1): E 996,921.21 19 Contingency-Unforeseen Conditions Allowance1 LS E 75,000.00 $ 75,000.00 Subtotat(SRe 1.)w/Contingency'. $ 1,071,921.21 Site 2:Coral Street Item No. Description Quantity Unit Unit Price Total Price 1 Mobilization/Demobilization1 LS E 25,000.00 $ 25,000.00 • Utility Locates • Equipment Move-In;Port-O-Let;Dumpster • Establish&Move to Lay-Down Area/Rental Lot • Potholing/Utility Verification • Clearing&Grubbing • Remove/Dispose Debris/Material On-Site • Restoration • Punchlist Items • Final Cleanup 2 Bonds&insurance1 LS E 25,000.00 $ 25,000.00 • Obtain required Payment/Performance Bond • Record Bond(s) • Provide Recorded Bonds to City/Town • Provide required COI's to City/Town 3 Engineering/Administration-Agency Permitting1 LS E 13,250.00 $ 13,250.00 • Apply for and obtain required MOT Permits • Apply for and obtain required Building Permits • Apply for and obtain required Health Department Permits 4 Engineering/Administration-Construction Phase Services1 LS E 27,000.00 $ 27,000.00 • Construction Layout • Staking at 50'Intervals and at all Bends,Changes of Direction,MH's,&Cleanouts • Site Plan Assistance • As-Built Record Drawings • Shop Drawings Review • Resolve Issues During Construction(RFPs) • Periodic Site Inspections • Substantial/Final Completion Inspections • Sign Certificates of SubstantiaVFinal Completion 5 Demolition1 LS E 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 • Site Demolition-Asphalt/Concrete • Site Demolition-Vegetation 6 8"C900 PVC Gravity Sewer Main 800 LF E 180.00 $ 144,000.00 • Excavation • Install 8'C900 PVC Green Pipe via Open Cut • Backfill&Compaction • Density Testing 7 8"DIP Gravity Sewer Main 39 LF $ 557.35 $ 21,736.65 • Excavation • Dewatering • Install 8'CL350 P-401 DIP Fastite Pipe via Open Cut • Backfill&Compaction • Density Testing 8 4'Diamater Sanitary Manhole(3'to 6') 2 EA $ 11,509.25 $ 23,018.50 • Sanitary Sewer MH-4&MH-7 • 4'RD Sanitary Manhole w/Boot,USF230-AB-MC • Ramnek • Strong-Seal Interior Coating • Density Testing 9 4'Dlamater Sanitary Manhole(6'to 8') 1 EA $ 16,342.68 $ 16,342.68 • Sanitary Sewer MH-6 • 4'RD Sanitary Manhole w/Boot,USF230-AB-MC • Ramnek • Strong-Seal Interior Coating • Density Testing 10 4'Diamater Sanitary Manhole(8'to 10') 1 EA $ 17,141.17 $ 17,141.17 • Sanitary Sewer MH-5 • 4'RD Sanitary Manhole w/Boot,USF230-AB-MC • Ramnek • Strong-Seal Interior Coating • Density Testing 11 6'C900 Laterals w/Cleanouts(Single) 5 EA $ 10,197.94 $ 50,989.70 • Single Service Connection to&Including Cleanout at City Utilities Connection • 6"C900(DR-18)PVC Pipe,WYE's,Elbows,Bends • 6"C900 PVC Drainage Caps&Plugs • Handholes • Asphalt Restoration of Parking Areas 12 4"Tie-In to Existing Force Main1 EA $ 13,108.70 $ 13,108.70 • 4"Gate Valve Assembly • 4'Tapping Sleeve&Assembly • 4"C900 PVC Pipe,Bell Restraints 13 4"PVC Low Pressure Force Main 611 LF $ 87.01 $ 53,163.11 • Excavation • Install 4"DR-18 C900 Green Pipe via Open Cut • 4"Bell Restraints • 4"Gate Valve Assembly • Backfill&Compaction • Density Testing 14 Litt Station1 LS $ 379,791.57 $ 379,791.57 • PipingNalves/Fittings-Bends,Spool Pieces,Tees • PipingNalves/Fittings-4"Gate Valves&Check Valves • Piping/Valves/Fittings-Install4"HDPE FM via Open Cut • Piping/Valves/Fittings-Bypass Piping,Valves • Piping/Valves/Fittings-Vent • PipingNalves/Fittings-Concrete Anchor Assemblies,Flange Piping • Piping/Valves/Fittings-Water Service to Lift Station • Precast Concrete Structure-Top Slab • Precast Concrete Structure-6'RD Lift Station Wet Well w/Boot • Precast Concrete Structure-Aluminum Hatches • Pumps-KSB ARX D-Max 80-230 5 HP 1750 RPM Pump w/50'cord • Control Panel-Duplex L.S.Control Panel 240 V,3 Phase,5 HP(60"x 36'x 16") • Control Panel-Pedestal Base(24"x 36"16")&Aluminum Plate Barrier(48"x 12') • Control Panel-Suspended Float Switch&SS Cable • Control Panel-Spare Parts • Control Panel-Programming Loop Testing Startup,&Training • Fencing-97 LF Black Vinyl Coated Chain-Link Fence(6'High)w/Middle&Bottom Rails • Fencing-20'Double Swing Gate&3'Single Swing Gate • Electrical Work-Electrical Panel Hookup • Electrical Work-Electrical Service Drop to Panel • Electrical Work-Coordinate New Service w/FPL • Concrete Pad-Compaction&Subgrade • Concrete Pad-30'Concrete Pad • Coatings-Strong-Seal Interior Coating(2 Coats/Applications) • Testing&Startup • Training 15 Roadway Restoration 1124 Sy $ 103.69 $ 116.547.56 • Mill 12"on Both Sides of Trench • Excavation • 12"Stabilized Subgrade • Compaction&Rough Grading • Finish Grading • Furnish&Place 1.5"Type 5-III Asphalt(2 Lifts) • Tack Coat • Striping&Pavement Markings 16 Miscellaneous Restoration 1 LS $ 27,015.84 $ 27,015.84 • Sod Restoration • Asphalt Driveway&Sidewalk Restoration • Concrete Driveway&Sidewalk Restoration • Concrete Cylinders • Miscellaneous Restoration Subtotal(Site 2): $ 963,105.48 17 Contingency-Unforeseen Conditions Allowance 1 LS $ 75,000.00 $ 75,000.00 Subtotal(Site 2)w/Contingency: $ 1,038,105.48 TOTAL(Site 1*She 2): $ 1,960,026.69 TOTAL(Site 1*Site 2)w/Contingency: $ 2,110,026.69 Proposal includes all work as depicted in the 100%Design Plans provided by Engenuiry Group,Inc.on 2/19/2024.All work shall be done in accordance with the regulations of the applicable governing authorities,including but not limited to FOOT,Palm Beach County,Palm Beach County Health Dept.,City of Boynton Beach,&Town of Hypoluxo. mu, 111111 HYPOLUXO SEPTIC TO SEWER TOWN OF HYPOLUXO, FL UUI!II� ■HITT, GRAVITY SEWER AND FORCE MAIN PLANS rli� PREPARED FORNA TOWN OF HYPOLUXO, FL ° f SF•I'NFS 9.11TI iii' 2/16/2024 OJECT N LOCATION ` , CO © Manarrp55 N SHEET INDEX: ct 0 COVER SHEET 1° Z 1-5 SITE 1 UTILITY PLANS 6-8 SITE 2 UTILITY PLANS o LL U 9-12 UTILITY DETAILS U o o lz Alit 13-19 LIFT STATION DETAILS a x o w ATOTAL NO.OF SHEETS-19 p a =w i►#anno0 aarq.a _ 1 / n'Het oan, , > VICINITY MAP `/wN`, NTS "_ inn aa.u. PROJECT .,..„,--,: ..;, ...,,,, ._,_.111, - SITE 1 is p5# i! t4 j31 ! 8y s t O � I - i s ^ _. PROJECT j s R '' /SITE 2 }§ o T� i� 100% 4 12 ( PLANS 811• i s i/Hi I LOCATION MAP NTS E n COV i:E''' °N2 19 NTS Know wore below. L ,,�Ne. .....�...� x 7 o • Call bolas you d4 23051.01 '1 i> r ,y F. �4¢ i,=a GRAPHIC SCALE • 9 �1„11'm F i \ ., tiY N 0 0 SITE 1 JaW\Y6B11i\ .lam 'a.. " \\. l\� I '' . r:, EAST LOA;'AV! ',1!i.,,,,,, \� 5 ea _ D ki 1111 ;1) \ \ CONFLICT All CONSTRUCT SERVICE �}. S. ,,,,.,g 9 t r?.S'A S?CCAS]AVF ,- . T\V\U\\Z\V\j\V\\t.1\s\\\\1-11.4, V- TO.P E%IST 38 RCP STM-B.TZ WYE CONNECTION(fYP.) t B I \ __ p .�' e a{ fr r-'S" '�'\1\V�V1V\VV\1 @'' BODP CONFLICT MBRVb.]Y \\\\\llfllRIES CONNECTION.EL 4A1's 'C f„,.I-�e bx• Uwl�,?\ iw�\\\.\ O ' + �,° °� 4 CONNECnONGOPONT l F G tY� O OF BOYNTON BEACH •SERVICE CONNECTION kp ab SERVICE CONNECTION i� •b: by�,&O.P E%IST.TL-000 WMl.Ot' INV. •EL.�B.OB r^f. LOCATION1P =I1 DOUBLE WYE C/O u DOUBLE WYE GO K 0 T.OP PROP.C COAOOBI.M25' x.r.s. S POINT OF BEACH CONFLICT 912 iiiSSSAA4 POINT OF BOYNTON BEACH _ - Pi10p.5'CPW WC SAN 'RRRggqyyyBBB f .— a UTILMES CONNECTION TOpE%IST.]8'RCp BTMl3T _ UTILITIES CONNECTION _•h m—m._,____ SERVICE LINE - \\\R LEGEND-UNDERGROUND UPI IiY � � ' --B.O.P PLOP.B'ono SAN SRV.T]T�� •, K .,,,,- CONFLICT EL X3.98' "s a =. y. y� CONFLICT IIB I" w -- / \ F T B.O.P EXIST 38'RCP SThH3 51 • ' `=,PLOP.S'0900 RIC SAN I 1 _ - I ` • r• Vr 1- O.P PROP.S'C900 SAN SNV•3.Otl. y_• } N -R— o.n.o.,. ,.cac Za SERVICE LINE a 1% , �> y,_�._ab / PROP e'C900 PVC SAN \ rK �� R rK F - - � w Ulcer w; SERVICE LINE®1x— ' -8 �t1 R ,g_ — . _ f _ w —e"— UP4191PA•w..u9a4 __ .EAST COAST AVE. -_ v.,' AP lw :r - -J' 'N , w -w- peat:P.0 PRIMAL cm ..�A •� °0A' 4; ay v ,EASTCOMTAVE .� II�� W [� �I.v. r C1 0YNI .4k.' 1, @lwr tA31`w , I fcoi, d Ne% ,. , .- _ T/1 " II a! bi F1S lFOPB'M e� ; f0 • Z -••— uMmaaA0 slax I 0 y -N— {�{a�.� y SEIN°ER MAIN OA!% • �fIb(�3, IF OF S'C-e00J ` 1 2 Z SANITARY SEWER MVAN \R\'y" \\\\\\\t\\ R\\\\R\\'\C�\\\\\\\\ \\\R\R\R\\R\\R\\\\\R\\R\\\R\\R\ \\\\\\\R\\R\ a � • INE ~o FORMIC. RIM EL.AWN' '\x CONSTRUCT DOUBLE .;::."--1:1‘;`,.\\‘'‘," HEWER MNN®OM% U N.INV.EL.74' \ SERVICE MME \\Ymw�Z\\\\\COH]INUES ON SHEET2\\\\\ UCT BEINICE- u I- \\'WYE CONNECTION(f W) Q ON.COMMOTION ) BAIaTARY w5MEp.ysr INV,eL"`2:� PROPOSED LEGEND w _Z S.INV.EL.lOSERVICE >> [[�: N.INV.,,,,,,, CONIECRON RYP') CONFLICTM y•'F ® LIFT STATION Q 51 I!Y1'^!UXO ROA:) MV.EL.QSS BOP T.O PP PROP. 09110 ST r SAWN 9RV�.P 0 W W e \:. _ ASPHALT REPAIR O U N ,1 �1 PROPOSED CONCRETE I-W PROP. RNCCELINE QPVC�1%2 1"f''>. • A -.-.-- PROPERTY LINE 0 CS 0 Z RY?') '3'j ab, �,73rL/6 EASEMENT LINE W J Z g ��``• PROP.SERVICE'.) 0A�+'. ® SANITARY MANHOLE cod Q CL CONNECTION GO POINT. • Ar". O CC OF BOYNTON BEACH ^ • SANITARY CLEANOIfT X=W PLAIT VIEW 0-DUTIES CMOV EL..OT,.• I 00 d O _ C/O CLEANOUT J W 111 A FM FORCE MAIN d coTTI D HORIZONTAL SCALE 1'•20' iiiiiiiii,,,,,,,,BUILDING LINE ›- i N GATE VALVE 5 M AIR RELEASE VALVE B.O.P BOTTOM OF PIPE O 14'- T.O.P TOP OF PIPE \ IV- • Ia lit ;IP EAST.GROUND EL. .-- _ _-._-_.. { fx 'L.\\ ) PROPSANITARY W 2 GENERAL NOTES: 6 a ?� PROP.SANITARY MH92 RBI H.y.ST ¢ -TIF RM EL.-930' .m om u tiseepn rAI.", awmaoeeww IOW MACMCOUIOY rwaeAxwnea F dl Y EXIST.S'C-900 WATER MAIN ��•.n� f t�� J// F PROP.SERVICE WYE � > MC amArvwur atlas TO OMR OWN.COMMON .AH'�w.AenL.,9ap•19 l4\ B•�, CONNECTION(TIT'.) > rwawcuwa0 a.c.�wmw miwwmrwa�. m o`uau.esaam INV.EL.717 OPOUP,MC k PROP.SERVICE WYE 1t, CONNECTION(TW.) • 4.- _ MV.6.QM' atwrs teaewLacwtAral aclnvm muaar MV.EL.M.TP B'CiW GRAVITY S olaw.raa.nerwA R SEWER MNN®OLIx INV.ELb.A' t erva we.mai Pawrmra uwo wute ne wamam a.Ix lames a i OPEN CUT PROP.SERVICE NNE ffi MV.ELAM/ CONNECTION(TYR) PROPSERVICE WYE r-- • INV.EL=3.88' REEL.2MVEL.299'' ' 1. 00 ' ' ' Fi a a 1� b PROFILE VIEW �o� 722,6 r° 19 VERTICAL SCALE 1'=7 Know WWII below. i JOB Ip .,.pos.-AAA. HORIZONTAL SCALE 7t=20' . t e . Call be=you Ola x 23051.01 PLANA look MATCHLINE SEE SHEET 3 Milt° 4 7' ( / GRAPHIC SCALE20 10 40 0 ® SITE 10 i i '.' . ,:l ''''',''',';,,,,,J.,,,, ,. ... .... ' t;'ill Cv * 'a e \ O -:> INSTALL 30 LF 1'HDPE I 111111 .+ l PROP]5'INGRESS e� FM OPEN CUT Q�II $ 1111118 CONFLICT YS \ ' AND EGRESS EASEMENT BOPEXIST.4.MP FIRE LINE"T5T i ){] 0,.....v... 6,'r,,,\1,N,.„ T.O.P PROP.r COOS OSM•2 SP\\\ \1 ��..-0. I+ INSTALL I'IS BEND, , CONFLICT P EIOST N•R' PROVIDE T OR GREATER VERT Q ~t' I ppbppp ,p�_Y`4 ., OFFSET 4104 `' I µ'T SEPARATION ABOVEEXST.STORM ,..TICAL 6EBI I( B.O.P EXIST UE•S SS' •a 4 p (� W T.OD PROP.S'CS00.UENI SO' '•. .'PROP.9A IM EL MHp g RIMEL•norr I LOCATION MAP 21!ii . S TNV.EL.41.B1' 111 !11 Z- - _ _ -.•v_ eon OPEN CUf_ E. EL.�fAY•, FORCE el BEND k6 9 fTI FORCE MNN PLANS N '1$ R T, CONTINUE ON SHEET 3 LEGEND-UNDERGROUND OUT! � -.'... rte- _ = 9 WM EAST COAST AVE '' 49 U r INSTALL r LF 4•HDPE -•- °'I'�wSEW . S 1- T • FM OPEN CUT Vaxawro 0lcmc 1 s �..+� bd� '°� Jw -3••- i,eumuiro mrwwm, 4 j. INSTALL 4.45'BEND A _•. -/e .' CONFLICT 05 �., I y STA:M]).]B -W- iraw�airo w.vu us .I .- e.O.I E%18T./•PVC FM•i BT _ l OFFSET:-3)5' uuaaalo MN I, 924 LI OF II 0800 PVC 4 T.O.P PROP.r DIP GBM"24r -[r�- SEWER MAIN®0.44% I11103014410.110 MIA'. CONFLICT 03 I,i CONTINUES ON SHEET t1101 CO e � ®II I �STA 5+57 5 S' rQ BOP EXIST.Ir RAW WM4).15' -ate �Mo`wed Y 1 T.O.P PROP.F14415.1S 0. A ++ ti, % p. .� 97.7..-24. FFSET-24.54' '✓:All CONTRACTOR TO FIELD LOCATE -N- 1`..; 3 VIM AND PROVIDE 1r Z '+ /` .. INSTALL 4'X5'INCREASER • VERTICAL SEPARATION _.__. Z ♦ 1" �+ STA SHITS 5 gfi OFFSET:-25.M' CONFLICT*, CL O- iayiN '" °'Ir `�, • 47.. •B.O.P EIOST.r WM•7I5 rfPROPOSED LEGEND w Z ^AA �SY I OII II ° p0 +p f SSLForae I i NII 'T.OTRACT RTO FEQ, /' I SEWER MAIN O.M% CONTRACTOR TO FlELD LOGTE © LIFT 3TA710N♦°! II 4. --- m I 111155 •S L SEPARATION ASPHALT REPAIR w I-- 1..1,' p p4 p` I L._ .,p� 1 _—. ;V+7 '� I.•'I PROPOSED CONCRETE lL cr fn PROP LIFT STATION CONFLICT M C .•. .sof EXIST S'WMA)./E --— PROPERTY LINE T)7 i NETWEuneEE BIOW UP'°° T.O.P PROP FMb.1s• 5 w-z z y SI HIPOLUXO ROAD DETAIL ON SHEET 13 I.,CONTRACTOR TO FIELD LOCATE —EASEMENT LINE a J O I s• {' ..,� WM AND PROVIDER• SANITARY MANHOLE V1 z a \ DN ,."-.�• R•..,VERTICAL SEPARATION d< VP 4D ' r.(. 'ew 1 I .{I • SANITARY CLEANOUT 0=w VP PLAN VIEW ` f' cM FORCE AI HORIZONTAL SCALE 1"=20' Ill P FM FORCE MAIN a 16' +iiiiiiiiiii,,,,,,,BUILDING LINE _ 16 Q H GATE VALVE M K AIR RELEASE VALVE B.O.P BOTTOM OF PIPE -14 T.O.P TOP OF PIPE PROP.SANITARY MH//3 RIM El. 11.0T EXIST I',r,AND 1r WATER MAINS 12'- MAINTAIN 1r VERTICAL SEPARATION -12 i EXIST.GROUND EL _ _._ if EOOST.BURIED ELECTRIC _ ! -� 11LF/•HOPE FM -10 iii F]Oef.4•DIP FIRE LINE I rHDPE 45'BEND ! a F FM PROFILE CONTINUES ON SHEET r S�jRt en.REDUCER 1i INSTATE 4.GATE VALVE -B GENERAL NOTES: wawerre�P�Ta.wrvl•o.re � a♦j pI 11 82220• a'- _ I I. .mnsl..ww.wa.Rusow,K.om.rwra.vwmx ! i RR_I u40.•• AA I 99 y Ye1•A,,..��en..rNe,m4mlAm•rs.i IV w �� / 041.0•4•81:0•70011111•VC.0114yEnca E•141141064.011•11=1••••••,,,,•.,,,Trow a o.w £/ [ #i E 6 • tr 4•HDPE AS'BEND ` -6 A eewvr.mi 0441.44040/41411411.1910/44•641.0014317101. rA.w.ram., II. [i 4. MLF4 HOPEM z ivarw.eew,n.ws�,ra�u..wo.r.smo.ae,a 11\% ' OPEN COT 4 �.F/su•swtwv m.e,ee erlstr•areueruY�vs i N. 4-HOPE 45•REND ------ - -4 ISLE 4.HOPE FM eredMYaamw Nlsrs.r/4w.mM..Yr.r OPEN CUT c+rNaolw.ew eaYwle, 2•- -I 47 HOPE 45'BEND a w..Rwa.o a+xwrmneuuslwuronewa�mwMlweoww 4`1 i a t, r, EXIST.24•RCP STORM RPE -2 1 1 r C•00 GRAVITY WETWELL CONNECTION MAINTAIN 1r VERTICAL SEPARATION SEWER MAIN(10.44% INV.EL.I.SS >P IFrdP 1UU/O OPEN CUT INV.EL.•1.Sr D 5.86.00 5.06.53 I I 7).3.30 I PLANS 811 ; a /lit 1 PROFILE VIEH W u VERTICAL SCALE 1"=2' i !:"o, 2 19 HORIZONTAL SCALE 1"=20' PIEFI/VO 0400E11 Of 11••0044/1111/1,M14.1110101=10•11•11/1•5 MD Know Rhea below. ..No , r r m .- rl. e F P . I Y A Call before TDD 010 23051.01 11111115 ® • GRAPHIC SCALE G SITE 19 11111111 111111 INSTALL r FMMINN g - GATE VANE 0 / iC INSTALL 02 LF r HOPE- p pp Q FM OPEN CUT v �Y y W CONSTRUCT S%C BORE LU R MID BEGIN 970 LF I SEE SHEET 2 FOR CONTINUATION LOCATION MAP = DIRECTIONAL BORE r HOPE FM RARE OF FORCE MAIN,GRAVITY SEWER. N. w NIi9'T M pN.}4/., MID UFT STATION PUNS 9 �1 W d ym ` �.0 as T Afl R F.71#',.." LEGEND-UNDERGROUND UTILITY W CO W .. 'Bv'�. �ri—' --�� :'' - —a— oHw•.,n nmx ' WOTIC003330 La,. Iw �~ . .„I — 1.114301010.110 POMPAL GAS , � 4 ---- * ,,�.� .7 � lTm<> ' _1 f/I< 111 mm rr P IMMO.vv. iNII ' � C '• t1 J /i/.ii. miinn»i7r01074,001(1 s,rn�{ mr . rr y , @ _= . Ir No,N„a f 1 . _l CA CL r �r q -= PROPOSED LEGEND W Z y7 il' It I[� � I,OI I Ii! bO_'._—,y /','ps}� p uFr sTAnoN w I I I m o t a i::,'', I L 11 II {I I _ e`L� ASPHALT REPAIR O J LU H I tl n €' .v .v ac t. a ., E , ;I y -_—�I' ?pm a — PROPOSED CONCRETE 1-W I G i':+ j 15. :,1 R'4. • PROPERTY LINE H O O CO EASEMENT LINE W J O 5 PLAN VIEW 09 SANITARY MANHOLE CO 0< 0- HORIZONTAL SCALE 1'm 20' • SANITARY CLEANOUT 0> CC C/O CLEANOUT J J HO 16 FM FORCE MAIN d (W /) /i,,,,,,,,,iiV.V BUILDING LINE 1 2 N GATE VALVE _14 M AIR RELEASE VALVE B.O.P BOTTOM OF PIPE 0 T.O.P TOP OF PIPE 12'- - -12 /-E%IST.GROUND EL. SSRALLA FM LIMEY/LYE e 10'-_-'...-__.... �. ii —Is E o E 32 LF r HOPE FM'T S b7 DIRECTIONAL BORE DEPTH SHALL CONSTRUCT LB RT OPEN CUT 1 a S ` Cr— RANGE FROM APPROXIMATELY VAT BEGIN DIRECTIONAL BORE 1 t E S ' BELOW THE EXISTING SURFACEImmm O _g GENERAL m 34.3 i •iwN ce?le MOICO nsmw•aNx+ePN [ 1_g iAil �� rrw _B F !!jJ /\J \\ t AU.P1030,430 4._ PROVIDE 1T VERTICM • \1vr// SEPARATION _4 ' —2 a emmum.NNnwonro,rum•waano mem Mumu t/ 10.00.00 ' ' 0.1.00I .- 04306 00 ' ' 7.013.00 ' 100% 1 ; , ' PROFILE VIEW PLANS 811 ° F $ VERTICAL SCALE I'=Y i, V ■. j i N N HORIZONTAL SCALE 1'=20' 1THIS 0103.01101k14Ael.erileLler071CALLV SIONED M00 e r° 3 19 norm mows or ram maven,.vol.coomenee worm aao KR•A•NI.1'.below. i ,p_N0. P a' � . , • 0 . . 0 13 0 COP , e • Call Won you dill. 23051.01 PANS.,Mx o oRAM.ceeALE -0 ..p ' -p ' — — — — 1 _ _ _ _ _ i. , ts - --- HYPOLD%OROAD .1, .11,.` 10 yyyy :irir wl 1m •f.Fr+vieq ,.,0e• * aYN LF 4.HOPE DwEcraruSOBS CONTINUESN I• L I- la LOCATION MAP Mii� 1� iiiq E ' , • � " W LEGLTA-UNDERGROUND UTJTY A AAiy (( - ' r �.. _ - _...../ _ . _ _. _.T - "' ra,- : J i-4F. -#rte i j F -w= .�•Pr m....P ,.• " r_______________, — 1 NYPawosclaU•NATURAL AREA 1 r .oe.o.o•.D. I CONTRACTOR TO CALL I �y.P.ra LOCATES FOR EMOTING UTILITIES AND 001606 —Pw— 00300.0 MP POTENTUL CONFLICTS —^i— mom=mom G) I a PROPOSED LEGEND W z I i 31 LIFT STATION [L I I ASPHALT REPAR O J W 1 ® PROPOSED CONCRETE I-LL U . PLAN VIEW --—PROPERTY LIFEO X 1 EASEMENT LIPS w D CI 1 HORIZONTAL SCALE '=20' Os SANITARY MANHOLE y a • SANITARY CLEANOUT 0 C C/O CLEANOUT _ J ib' 16 FM FORJOCE MAIN Y N e/e,,,,,,,,,iii,',BUILDING LINE _ _ H GATE VALVE 1 - EXIST.GROUND EL. -14 N AR RELEA4E VALVE B.O.P BOTTOM OF PIPE T.O.P TOP OF PIPE -12 MAINTAIN F TO IT DEPTH FROM EXISTING SURFACE LS 10'- TO TOP OF PIPE 1 TG _10 ` k e' B 90 I -( 3 E iia e�f IC GENERAL NOTES: I R I pip 6'- _S .. '� mama:rum Kamm �"�s. i ! .1-§ ismmil 9.70.E FCTgNAL BONE CONIIMIES • .ro � ' 1pq .••wa.wr•,panne • in I • 2 -2 a ..av �N.•.••••••...,,....r •••••000/00.3000•000110•10•0•61•••110•••••0.04010/00•14 Nw,..M.,•.. L.R 1.4100 ' 1340.00I , , IT.�.� I �I.�.� I ,D.dD.I 100% 1 PROFILE VIEW PLANS 811 1 a 111/1 1 VERTICAL SCALE I"=2' N 4 HORIZONTAL SCALE V=20' ""` F° 19 .._..w • • r,, ., . . I , .. . . Call Max/Fla as 23051.01 , MIM.,,00. 1 © SITE 1 S, Q INSTALL 2-45.BENDS COPPICE MS _HYPOL U.ROAD GRAPHIC SCALE ^ (` a g AND 9 LF 1•HDPE FM OPEN CUT CONTRACTOR TO FIELD W Ah PRI PRIORNG LOCATE COMM • NICATION a CONFLICT 911 INE PRIOR TO COMMENCI970 LF 1•HDPE FM WITH W "vmam9 BOP EXIST.IT RAW W 5.2.00 DIRECTIONAL BORE B'DRIB CASING DIRECTIONAL H 9CAlE:t•-A' T.O.P PROP,1•WC FIA.11.00 - e',.,, BORE CONTINUES CONTRACTOR TO FIELD LOCATE ..._ 1 CONFLICT 915 '� .. .�3'+� gr-� 1' i Q ♦ - B.O.P EXIST.BURIED ELEC RION12 50 INSTALL nee BORE PIT AND 4.__N---.._=:___ 6 () S CONTRACTOR TO FIELD OUTS ', S. END 970 LF DIRECTIONAL BORE, !._ _-_ ___--' -_ •..r-- ~ ` !E yyy AND PROVIDE I3'BEPARAnO! /7.00 INSTALL 29 LF I' '".-a-,I.-ft. 41,70-,..,' - 2 RI �p^�i .HOPE FN OPEN CUT L!+ c+Qr IeL EGII /////lin//.117./T///////////iil%l//i//l/)/%/U//'�j� ; LOCATION MAP i i l l i C INSTIL AM REI Fu1F'll/n yG] `$� 1166 LF 1'NOPE FM (TYP.) II 1 - I OPEN CUT ,./ l —LT— Otwlw EMT. INSTALL 4•GATE VALVE LEGEND-UNDERGROUND UTILITY ,.I +- 200 NWOL UXO ROAD i ii �(J / i)Y ].�B" -m•— urBwSSo am9rAIXN 4 1. � O ?,� —m— unamAo...N w CONFLICT 91e SOFTEST.B'C900 WM=12,13' _-•1.:`_� \ •.., .. .` :,�,.. —iv— uluma+oAD mol T.O.P PROP.1'PVCFIHAILS0 i I f. _ —r— u+LLA0.v5+o Raml.w PROVIDE IY SEPARATION Al / Mgr(' Z • ITT ff R•�jlgjii11 Z :. S j rM EXIST.1'FORCE MAIN HAS BEEN _ DRAWN IN BASED UPON AS-BBUILT INSTALL I'15-HOPE BEND A Q� O_ ---- -� _ —� FROOMM OYNTONBEACRH UTILITIES Z p° - � .' PROPOSED LEGEND W Z TVK _ .. . I jI l� ,1r © LIFT STATION PROP.1'WPE FAI ...,is----.._______________________ WET TAP EXISTING I' U W IFORCE'ANN BETWEEN ASPHALT REPAIR O W 1- WETTAP EXRT'1•FMI INSTALL/'TAP%NG VA CE - EXISTNG IS'BENdS AS$L1D1191 LL O U7 SEE BLOW UP DETAIL PROVIDE 1.5.CLEARANCE 11 I..'I PROPOSED CONCRETE F d' AND PROFILE ,:':i. FROM 45'BEND .>.1, ', -- PROPERTY LINE OO N 1 -I • BLOW UP DETAIL PLAN VIEW —EASEMENT LINE I--LLD Th • HORIZONTAL SCALE?=10' OO SANITARY MANHOLE rn a¢ a PLAN VIEW — — — — — — • SANITARY CLEANOUT 0=w CC HORIZONTAL SCALE 1"=20' c/o CLEAMOLI J w f- FTA FORCE MAIN a CO 16 _ .ii iiii.iiiiii i > ,_ -- -- IS • ..BUILDING LINE _ INSTALL 4'GATE VALVE _ EXIST.GROUND EL 94.4 GATE VALVE > EXIST.B'6900 WM INSTALL 1.15•BEND. PROVIDE — N AIR RELEASE VALVE 2' 0 11OYR EXIST.BURIED ELECTRIC- .. IA B.O.P BTOTTOM OF PIPE WET TAP EXIST C FM CONTRACTOR TO FIELD LOCATE TOR TOP OF PIPE ,NV EL=112.05 CONSTRUCT AIR RELEASE EXIST.1Y MW WM1 VALVE(IW.) • CONTRACTOR TO FIELD LOCATE 12 y 12 i AND PROVIDE IT SEPARATION N{' / - . MWHTAIN B'TO 12 DEPTH CONSTRUCT MT BORE PIT FROM EXISTNG SURFACE y� AND END IB CASING F. TOP OF PIPE ■ y 1. WITH IC CRIB CA91NG i! e 10 / DIRECTIONAL BORE t. ... 10 b � :1,I1 a INSTALL 155 LF 1'HDPE FM INSTALL I.15'BEND al-sh OPEN CUT ( E { y ;1 B INSTALL 9L 1'HOPE FM R GENERAL NOTES: Ec ! Y? OPEN CIT Y4 INSTALL I'IS'BENO ar.om>HeAnosamo .ec'u°wa m mud __ ma mmmo N,a...atm L I 111 INSTALL 25 LF 1'HOPE FM 700 ]liffa H+a.e.m I i!I 6 INSTALL/'TAPPING VARVE OPEN CUT 33.300377333,,•3••••33.0•7••03.10303,00,...3.°03.33,33,. t 4 p�A • All 1.0•0033130 CANS.03000301.13 MAITYL 10 0.170.0101 17033•311.11170 0001101303,MK., 1 ....m......a. ,.„0..99�P..a »CINM. . 1 a STOLE r HOPE MTN f OR IS WING """"`a^"A"' "F^'a'. SR DIRECTIONAL IISIECCARNIES a ammo.uua MOM aerwr TO 7.MAMOMMI BEIM M..cMAMJ..vne+rmweL , 5 1. 17, p 100% I + V 6 .� a...� PLANS 811 s PROFILE VIEW s5 VERTICAL SCALE V=2' �' 1.P9' 19 HORIZONTAL SCALE 1"=20' 7013 noctoomm.MA*Be. [ETOMMICALLY V.. Know wines below. 1 I RB D •.�.. . 1 . 0 T , P . � F 0 TM P . � . a Call 6Aar•ysp dig. 23051.01 , %ANS.188. +if ` I r '' w ,. Q , 4rc 'x f * 1 1 Y r CONFLICT WAS �llfE- +,i 1?! ;ZL 1 s' "] <I y'7? aO.P EIOST.t-,?RAT SRVb.00 • F .•9 I b. , ,. J� SAWN"SEINER T.O.P PROP.TPVC OBM•S N' .• nlren vrm' I •.•r.•:•: • I�IILs11.1B PROVIDE IT SEPARATOR © N Noma.Pr,:9y �^ B7A awl.d.Sw I0Y1!!:,••>0 IwaFFr �nQ o ,NT, I �'ti 'aLV OOBT.+-+rwaww.w aMlr.e.,+/4 oalLcrm M..e F CONFLICT'S' j. a T.OP PROP.PPM MMlBI BOP EAST.1-112•MTMWFs • I T.O.P PROP.P FORCE IMOraM B.OPPROP.aFORCE MAN•)SS € F110YIOBMe11MTiM OOMIIUOTBa1NO[ r F -.nQ TRP PROP,rR00 SAN LOCATE T 1. MMB OMMBOIIM NTMI PROVIDE IT SEPARATION rlm 6rrnlW.r CONTRACTOR TO FIELD LOCATE `� q,�'� IIY.6•(T! m p . COMMUNICATION LINE PRIOR TO V 4O O MN LPMEDMO -. - *.-- i VCONSTRUCTON a SEWER MAIN ealnt y • _ ._ _—�_ _y . U •a!1 ,(/�O ,'� ? y_� .. 4;$1.'',7.,...'44'.7:: d WET TAP 4•FORCE MAIN .0 . --- -'.0 r'..•n��i.� '. 6-�•II�_ _ 4- — W /Y Y .... �5 TO MST,IP CIP FM I - - -- _ W ♦ .3 0;00 Caul STREET a• a •IS aa`' _ '.• ._ _- Ill �Q m ty y MSTALL P FM TAPNND VALVE _ < 7,-*'—'''' � a-- -'41211%°11. --4, — —{ UJ W LOCATION mry Ki9�•l9� a6� BTA OMtt �_ i C 'J<E OFFSET:4.Bt' PROP.r MOO PVC MN• P a I. ¢`� Ar,� MBTN14.1116'BEND-.--. MTi Ia-- z ' SERVICE LINE 01% OO STA NOt 1 - •- _TJ LEGEND-UR OE RG RW1A MUTT as N OFFSET:4.91' H SANITARY SEWER NOV,. SERVICE COMNECf10N Cb I a / PROP. POO PVC SAN RM EL•10.40. paw OF BOYMON BEACH-A- -', I / NSTALL 4.1116•BE11D SERVICE LIE 01% a( --- 00•Fs eax a N.WV,EL M.90 UfiRIE6 CON/ECfgN`e"""""Z BTA i,, • -u-e- =PM.O¢we iP IMV.EL•aTT' \` V OFFSET.-11.M ■■9 • ,R , CONFLICT NOD INSTALL MR CONFLICT.4 -aM- um•as olra Y 'I'i'C "4 R.;! a • i,a lOP DOST.I-t?RAT BRV•).6S RELESTAB Bo PROP.r CPoOF SAN ORCE Wvl A• -w UMW=cava so , (i 144'.- �' 14 I ,-,I,9 F 9� t .-T.0.0 PROP.e FORCE WM.l.6S • OFFSET:-1 t.)S_ - umMMFO 1_IMI +Y] J PROVIDE 1T SEPARATION PROVIDE 1T SEPARATION uweamo 1•101 I [',-.c'-, t. CONSTRUCT SERVICE \(\[\�\\\\\\\C\\\\\�\\\\�\\\\\\t��Y \\\\\\\\\\\\t:. ' I 707 MINER Rnr,. WVE CONNECTION(TVP1'\ ` -Pw- Pa01Pla1.0 sac IMV.EL•6.SS \ t \ \ \\ \ SERVICE CONNECTION CIO • -a- uIFAPIPIe RFaIUN (� IF I I I - - .J I I 191E CORAL S'1FEE" Paw OF CONNECTIONONT BEACH z 1r V } . UTILITIES g 4 i 14 .� I \ INV.EL.M.SO 4 4 'Irr I 'a _ I PROPOSED LEGEND CO EL 3 Z A �kj:,• co \vvv J922 C nI S .}T B LIFT STATIONLLI \ ASPHALT REPAR CO 1_• ra A 4 !-' I e \ \\\N\C\• �' PROPOSED CONCRETE U IJi TA -- R ''.1 1` -_--—PROPERTY LIFE X O 03 03 \ PLAN VIEW ® LA- -EASEMENT LIFE DD+PI HORIZONTAL SCALE 1•=20' 06 SANITARY MANHOLEVAd • SANITARY CLEANOUT XCL -1N C/0 CLEANOUT =J J LLCI) FM FORCE MAN F y EXIST.1.6•WATER SERVICE iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii BUILDING UNE I 14'- PROVIDE 1T SEPARATIONQ -14 ►� DATE VALVE N AM RFI EASE VALVE R'' DOST.1.6•WATER SERVICE PROP.SANITARY MFRS- B.O.P BOTTOM OF PPE PROVIDE IT SEPARATOI RIM EL.•11.15 -12 T.O.P TOP OF PIPE PROP.SANITARY IBIS! /-EXIST.GROUND EL INSTALL 1.11.26•SEND - RIM EL.•10A0' - NSTALL MR 10'-T .. --• - ._._ 16 LF 1'HOPE FM 1RELAABE VALVE -10 i N. P f.: Alipm •HOPE FM OPEN GUT nyP) i .• 1 INSTALL 1•11.25.BEND - j :IF 1 N 1 8 - 6 GENERAL NOTES: E I.__ �y MV.6.M.IAiraFaliraliffiri • �sv',v•'rara• na �rrwruwenwe ,ve A AA)[[ t prY•Jl r• OM w'w'Moce•mrwc �• AFB' MBTALLI'TAPMNO VALVE . .•..v. PROP.CCICO BAN SERVICE - .ewvr.,vwuwrnemmnsaav mre� •�� i WET TM EAST.IC 761 IF B•CI00 MAV PROVIDE IP SEPARATOR 4 . .w�v..N••••.ava,v�nesvn wa�Yce.,ro sn.a �/ CP FORCE URN SEWER MAIN OPEN CUT MV t ‘,...r., WET SERVICE WYE C01•ECIION Mw•MMatMMM•a row n•e�nurne�a•s IA.,M.N. iort PROPT coo BAN SERVICE WYE CONNECTORMV.ELM.1T 2' SRV PROVIDE IP • INV.ELISE -2 1 �M, a SEPARATIONRV.ELM.TO . .r1• .11 MIWW...ream�,.FMUMo .w.®wriw..PNwmrs...,M.. 1 gM o....ao ,...ao 2...00 6.I.00 ..al.m...or�..o.m.�•.m..a I Y M V tiq PROFILE VIEW 100% g VERTICAL SCALE I•=2' PLANS 011 ! FIS ! HORIZONTAL SCALE?=20' lJ TO.DOCIM.011,1.11 11E410•L•CTRONICALI,WOW.AND IiP 8 19 ITIlO• I�I JOB NO m_M^ r , • C . • 0 • , C C 0 • , • • Call b‘,49 Wu ig• 23051.01 .,PrP./Oft • 0 CONFLICT RO 2) . � SITE 2 B O P EXIST/' CONFLICT WATER..3S' CONSTRUCT SERVICE T.O.P PROP D'P/C GSMM.3T SAWN,SEWER DROP MHOS WYE CONNECTION(rv0) PROVIDE Ir SEPARATION RIM EL.•11.00 LLJ z INV.EL.MN' N.INV.EL.•D.1+' 0CNf 1••[0 _' N CONFLICT DT! E.MV.EL.•3.M PROP.1'WATER SRV § 8 8.0 P EXIST.1-+?WAT SRV-D.30' y. •3.35 METER AND RPT 297 LE OF S Coop TO P PROP.S PVC OSMM.•S WET TAP EXIST rROR '.. SEWER MAIN®OM% PROVIDE Ir SEPARATION WET .D'WM 9 EXISTING UTILTIY POLE AND INSTALL 1'GV CONSTRUCT SERVICE TO BE RELOCATED _., kl • WYE CONNECTION(TY►.) CONFLICT 010 1 - INV.EI.M.ttl '� EXISTING EDGE BOP EXIST.r WAT SRVM.51° •Tri C1 .. 1.:. 1 q _ r" OF PAVEMENT 4110( T O P RIOP.8'PVC 08M•].11' / s —q'-_ _ PROP.CCYm PVC 1�6 .• Z4 PROVIDE 1r 9EPARAnp1 SERVICE LINE 1% i, lillh- . % �me 1 In i �' CORAL STREET �" n t11mn 00, '��'T\iLi�� ,. ? LOCATION MAP g p �! x-`' r`. CD rn •� t'7. , .�— EQHD-uNDERxauND unun 8 m LFP[OPE - - `-_.- INSTALL/'FM XV '-- -I FM OPEN CUT CONFLICT 011 BTA x]5 CONFLICT/I0 -- J = o�Blrb�•% ' AO P EXIST./•WATERb.25' OFFSET:-10.3T _Q PROP.S ODOR P SAN T.O P PROP.1•FORCE MMM].ri' L. J. B.O.P PROP.1•WAT 814.7.12 ` y - - Mos 0.•KA9R .. SERVICE LINE 1% PROVIDE 17 SEPARATION INSTALL/'IS'BEND T.G.P PROPS PVC SEPARATION 1r \ -�_ � • PROVIDE IT SEPARATION ^ m CONFLICT 01cu CONFLICT Irl OFFSET-1035°• �'.�l -M- 1@019101919LA 4.3 , 9 O P PROP.4'GORGE MAIN•).Br 8.O.P PROP.1'FORCE MAIN.00 • T O P PROP.D'L0m SAN SRVb.Or T 0 PROP.S 0000 SAN SRV•O.S0 INSTALL A./5'SEND • MI LE OF r or -[-'- II�DO SUM. PROVIDE IT SEPARATION PROVIDE 17 SEPARATION BTA:5.41 I SEWER IIAS4•D44% -[-Y- u0OM19DO 19911 . \SERVICE CONNECTION CIO OFFSET:-13.00 '0 L SERVICE CONNECTION CIOil POINT OF BOYNTON BEACHL. W- �T M POINT OF BOYNTON BEACH �%! UTILITIES CONNECTION 30 X SIT CONCRETE PAD ...----''';:"-- ,CP 1 b -M1— PW1010.m ROMA. CO UTILITIES CONNECTION SET- INV.EL.b.51' AND DRIVEWAY PER CITY a 7 Z OT1INV IFt.TIES B1' :t- CONFLICT NI/ OF BOYNTON L8 DETAIL PROP.LFT STATION Z \\\\\lR[CL�R\V SOP EXIST.1-1lt WAT SRV•3.3tl W'ETWIELRSEE DETAL 0 • I- I Ii � T.O.P PROP.1'FORCE MNN•115' . Z Y\ PROVIDE+r SEPARATION ;�F�, PROPOSED LEGEND w Z CO © LIFT STATION W M W `�` B / ASP/ULT REPAIR O J W F- \\\\\\ ,:.t 001501 .. 1 .1/ PROPOSED CONCRETE LL : 1 PROPERTY LINE 0 O 0 co HORIZONT�ALNSCA�LE 1'=27 - - MEM LIQ 0.J 0 Z �s SANITARY MANHOLE U3 O< a CL • SANITARY CLEANOUT =W 16' - IS CIO CLEANOUT J - J H FM FORCE[MIN 0. U) ilii ,,,,ilii BUILDING LINE 1 14'-' ,ii,i = -14 a.� GATE VALVE K PROP.SANITARY DROP MMIS RIM EL-+1.00 H AIR RELEASE VALVE EXIST.GROUND EL 0 EXIST.1.S WATER SEPARATIONE - _ _ - - B.O.P BOTTOM OF PIPE PROVIDE tr f -12 T.O.P TOP OF PIPE PROP.I.WMT SERVICE LINE INSTALL P GATE VALVE FOR LIMITATION CONNECTION pp 323 • LE 1•HDPE FM EXIST RIONDE IY SEPAMTKIM� _ 5 IXIBT r WAT SERVICE LINE OPEN CUT _ PROVIDE 17 SEPARATION B•_ r t 0 �= �9�1 ;ik QS 1 GENERAL NOTES: I Y el 6._-1 A _- +w •�'w r..r�wuw.am�nsow..o�'w.o.•nrvnnww !Pig BN EL.•4A1' q�irewl�n�u..•w.v11 /- PROP.S Com SAN SERVICE I 1 ...•mmlwu wNwm�mnew mow morn.. ••••••••.......r KO ' A�L PROVIDE IT SEPARATION IB]IFSCBm ORAV • •0•06•04•4C DPW,wwwNPD....m..n mi AC PAnPos....m. \\�:f SEWER MAIN OPEN LUT 1-1.45•BENDB www.muwee rRr.Pw..o m..d�P...o�w.I.P.�P 1 E BERNCEVYVE CONNECTION L REDUCER w 2'- INV.EL.M.M' 0LF A'ROPE FL INV.EL.3.30. • 'n SERVICE WYE CONNECTION -2 aD.r•wane...•eNw.md w•rt..wu oay.ne..s wLmwrvne.r INV.EL.M.10 PROP.S DIP GSM LIFT J R II STATION I[N.ELC SIS I` I •. .nxvlr N.o.arniwrmne N.wn.0/1.11P ne Nn.w�mene u.eow•. q J TION • 1 NO6.00 I I x06.00 I D.W.00 ].00a0 • ']yg5� PROFILE VIEW 100% in VERTICAL SCALE I•=2' PLANS I 8'1 a FBE HORIZONTAL SCALE 1•=20' _ �+ 7 i 1 E O 19 Know w$•F•WIOW. L JOB NO. ............. o...a•y^ . . c . . o . c c o . e • Call mya•ywdi' ,23051.01 IUM.1009 • • I ...., i . . eiT=T= ........,..,•9 1 .0 v CONFLICT 017 _ • BOP EXIST.r DIP WM4.O1' R �••• < T.O.P PROP.r PVC FM.T..r SERVICE CONNECTION WYE CN /300 CORAL STREET s ~ vp u••�. PROVIDE IT SEPARATION POINT OF BOYNTON BEACH k c UTILITIES CONNECTION -----� y�` g INV.EL,I.ON .....1 O • PROP.rdOO PVC WI ,...._..,,,,.,...9 ! k �t gSERVICE LPN 01% p; � y 1 -- -i —t-__I____ —I.— il �i i .,......k q : LOCATION MAP �� M • CORAL STREET � •• , CO i �ca+D-UNDERGROUND unun H rn . N —IE PlD.as HMG IP MM k‘„4„C ,ii ,,,mi -mr— unwee mrr+a401.1C RON!-0PYMY ,,�mi„Zi, ,,,, V xes if r Oa00% , •i PoeA1aTARv SEWER MWI ; 0......1.WW1 WARM WM SEWER DAMN 0 0.44 k - : \ k —E.I— VOOwb.R sr. —rv— PraoN romNl Cn lTCT ,kF. .. rt CONSTRUCT SERVICE Z WYE CONNECTION MCP.) WV.EL.T.ST K d PROPOSED LEGEND W Z PLAN © LIFT STATION CSL w 55 HORIZONTAL SCALE 1•=20' ASPHALT REPAIR NO U O' PROPOSED CONCRETE I- _CC -- PROPERTY LINE r x 0 z EASEMENT LINE CLD QZ 18'- =O SANITARY MANHOLE NHOLE N g., d -1g 0 SANITARY CLEANOUT 0 CC gCIO CLEANOUT $ J J HILL FM FORCE MANS ? CO D rPROP.SANITARY MM4 -14 ,,..,,,.p.s''.sii.,BUILDING LINE 7EXIST.GROUNDEL. / RMEL.I2M• _ Ill/ ►g GATE VALVE N ST ARELEASE VALVE ¢Q -12 B.O.P BOTTOM OF PIPE 0 T.O.P TOP OF PIPE MOST.r DIP WATER UNE l 10- PROVIDENT SEPARATION \ -10 E e 1 N-8 3k 7 3�j(je�p g•- SEWAGE WYE CONNECTION I s is ;111 MV.EL.T.ST -S GENERAL NOTES: jp a IE OST LF r GSWOMV weraave.N,arGM OGG MM.Me•'R�.,ir�.w'�"m.n.mw we d I 6R9 SEWER MAIN OPEN eur NV.EL.I.SW ,GO GONG ti�w.,N I.Ao,m.,.r._•01 ` i 9t`k IMMORML Jar 4 4 ' Nw .®...e�,Pnalm.I MG... I Ar . ,eauOGGYoosTIG._n._..n.o....n,rlw_.,_ 7t N..,.."- 4 or F \J iOM..sna.�,..ew w.I.,I.....a...P.,.I,owN.ew� �. ♦ 000000 B.a6.ao I wa.00 a •FROCIu�p.vue.on.Ti,.amONGWIG Iewa�OWGTOu�mww 1 6 . m : / P VIEW VERTIRCOALLSCALE •=r • , ! K i 3 1• HORIZONTAL SCALE =20' PLANS / 8�1 a a ♦ ` �H°N �E9 19 Know what'.bebw. ! .NOB NO r`.7"."71" :"".".rrr'r Calleaknyou014 23051.01 , PIANS.,rn ••• •• 1 •10-1,MOM w 1 I .... ...-,-.......... } ''',.'431n17; / ..a ...41:12.:.VL".. • 1 1 •.-.9•!>• • %. •i..0,..,..%. t ill: .'"iii j ' Ira 1/417P1) ro-razrzro •'1/4•`,,4:n., !?/'• litttutireff.. .. ...- mil Avis,,, , irfigine,Mill" ....ILA i 4'au room s r' t tyil r 11111MIL'' • 41 't 1-1, WW1.mono zl -q AS If r lag= 1 1 41'3 ii I..... 7.11ri \711 IF- i MENIPPNiii. ..:, IMIDill ..,..........- i,411 i DOIMILIDDIMILIPAIILY:11:3 I -Ap 1111 4 IL r...I.e..7.7.= •\ .ailEil .7.....w....-.--- Ilrainim-'1:'H 1 NOITIO \-31•3.1111.el , WK...3.311...T.la.....3.9 WM 3/4.Ca•Or 01315713.D..•03.101.TIM 2 OM.Nal li•UM Z' ill 1 Ur,.11.•••••..1.03.Turn..5 war PM.. ,-IP 1 11111111 U . i A••.......•••,•••••R••••.••••••••••R r i .1-framsmows . 4: IMMIlle . oft-ror an wow oro ay rra wo awl on.non ana woo a kw tra or so mown ram row } 1 Ai 1111Mill:..k i i ELAM. mini wilkiNNALP , I I Illig.= I 1 i *1-1,13 MM. i : woo seszoaceth: 111:133•1_13 1••a..c,....ara...dy.0.....,.......••0...••••..dm.0.... ...,d...............,....r..,........z...,........."..,...,... f , . woo - - -ww Iv<cowoon me woo rum on cmorrors i Lt.,zor.,•=4.rm.. IPIWASM-JIMAICl/03 I I-MAR.PAIL IP COARIAPRII.IPOP ots on wow war rworro row.no owo i.no awarcoom•.1.11.,ar/.6.11(“A1.1-11114011111 nem WO f a woon•ono mow ro nor 1•11.63•110X 0.0 • a i .1....•••n•tRE coorocons ono)Boa as orwrono raw lor son gor woo on, •, [QM .1 I la wraat rrtr.nroacrojez.coon of v..„mare*pm woman nom warm mem U) 00.MLA 5.313.0 10 1AVI OLCIMVilt 01.11.••.3111-..1•111.35 MAT .......,....,A ....,,..,...„„.,...._ Z 1 I/IMP...0.13.3...reK3 U.5.MM.Ir.N..1130-8.4.Mows••••••WPM. i 5 Man SM.II•N.M.1/111.5 01%.3131.3.1%.301.1.Med••OM i"T.(""TOT'Tra:/ls"'roLcV."'Crrr.A.'''''""'jW'='L"'"'"'''*"'"'L'" 3 ORM 11V,C.re 14.MVO.MOM MEP 122.-• •003•••.:13•Mr 11.r IT le mlaTtO NM 3 01.••••••nl MO IMMO WI"<NNW DI i 1t•WV.Or•V.0.•CUM T.•.00•33.0.TO DOM. ce a- i•ii•••=r00.3•111.Nu a•••••••••••.1.3.33/0 uzypr kosepu...............,_ 1 7...1•313•135 IN,..•ono woos mos woo nr osaren 1 In raL PR MO..Sou i•MM..3.C.5-.1.133 04011.210 KUM R.1•5 Ind. LU Z ,o.en VI..111.1.3••••••L P5O.OF•1011.1.•••••3 M.OM Re MI.. .7 3 a Mr.10....TO.0..we we mown Br or moo )5 MOM.ea•••ININ...41.•MK 101.111.1.111 MT•Ka.=10•0 MOOD IN We..Mu ;I.VIM 0 NA.SOU ME OMME.11111LTUNC UJ , CO• •OVNTON SEAl.UTILMES OSPARTIMMT OONSTRUCTION STANDARDS A DETAILS •OPTITON MAIN MUMS DEPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION SPAIMAR011•OEMS WINTON MAGI mums DEPARTMEIIT COMMUCTION ST/MAROS•OSTAIU3 LU CO mrsz STANMANHOLE DARD PRECAST MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER weetr RAM PATTERNS FOR INVERT CHANNELS * TYPE I(SHALLOW) "Tr (..)0 0 h- WESIMar "Str 11.rtrt...=.114 •...IV Sal•Mew MAMA=tan=SOS . .. iii r,,.. = 0.11110 MB 1.0 0 LAI 0- ii...4------ 7^."-'-':,- °- LA i .7....,1.11.1.1114 7..,1I-' 1 110 fr ..mago,21T---- >- _P-- i 0-- mu OM Pea If el.10 r...,...... .....1.:::;i.e ...................................r.......,.!_ O.•333,1,....ora ma 'T 1 "....''''''''' MIMINI13 awn''''• • we,*am 0 sew 1r at. ,wt•=On • 11M17.1.101.;, ri I IIT=L711= ( Let, 1._. .1.Ara mono t.r.urz ,,,,,,„ „....Tr_ 14--- A.11 tt1111/111"'' Mil WM 1111.11_1___I _rilleyilli\ ---ta34111,. P.1.1. -.• 64 i_1$11111M1. 111M3.41..1116ta i MI Mr. '..." twe a.wpm. •••;„•":=:‘ 7."LI-- Ailil.4.....1,1'411/4 - 10 101---- -, dd.,..,... 1 t, E \ 3 IsTorposas""r= =7."..9 i C S 1 109 Farm , .....,......,......-oo.To..MOS.1.3,COOrr 1...MIN NO 00•NaL In•E•COO. ••••1......•mener•11.133,111I+V 0.•••••••133 1 WM* \_ NO 0.0161.31 COL _ 0.170.0.(a OM.P01-••••4r\..\_,,.........,. I ti t 9 I 3 a 7.••••1......11.0...F.03.00., I -- - - ---- - I, ...--,:-.....--.„,---._:----_L-.7...---_-_-.-....-•---- , , in •IONINERI 10•-•••••••QOM I •A I.......OWL/a 0.1.....MOM WOO.V..MM.ann Bo.... I'-.8•38.oacc.10•11.ruin W.F.OM M.O.1.4.30 Ui .,.....,............,.......,,.........., ,L'N\ a i Cral(W5,rA fiR0313.11"gi 1.1.1.'"r449,177."0...r==.1r1"'"”fr3=0'.. i,gr.•....I op pew.%...T.. ••••••••••!...maw..pa wormo•r.orgercsi prn, i • ...,............./......,.... i.................Al.0.1.7.1 PaNI-••.1,57......1 1'.3 I•.. h.•••woo To.0.I..•.15.•00.8.......3.0.0.0.9 In n.MT 11.•••••3.3.0 Me 10.131•11.IMO NO 3733•Our PIMA. .1 war we nor a noraro o Ira ow J ownwe 4 so am+roar'swear erw .........r•.................”.................... ......,...gogyaz........7:,...$4.........,,,,,,,.,..,./rcrp...........,,po, I 11 emotzwo:rmaler,%sou amer.a..w we or tweawzweim Prwoow 3001.MO mew .,...w..mcv..•,.................‘.......ss.,......• ....w, iltNn "=Mr=..."974%H.M.1.4.Tar.S1794.4=42.r.".......^....'..." i,.......... I 11 OILL.,MC lam 0.11...1.••Ca..-.13.1.ammo ow so ar Poona i:a 71••a nELM el="r.a7mc•'IP aMo. [IMP LOW 10•MICE MM.WW1••3••now ran••••33. 100.0.13.••••••••Jr•wall lit LO.A.Mil"4411,MOM LE I M.. 1 ill M.MOO 1.33 Of WM•••11011•3 3,1 43 rITIMI Fral....1,on 313.33rhulw celm.•••33 Pri•M IP SOPSTOS MACH MUTES OPPART3ENT CONSTRUCTION STAADAROS A DETAIll STANDARD PRECAST MANHOLE TYPE II(SHALLOW .....r.U. IV= STANDARD PRECAST MANHOLE W ONT.!ECCENTRIC CONE) 0331[1.•0,7, 7p:es, STMT.REAP,DRUT ES DEPARTMENT COMITRUCTION STANOMMAI•DETAILS ASTEWATER SERVICE ,,,., TYPICAL CONNECTIONS MT17.:,,7 ".......... J I A il ii 1 ,. .....s. 9-7 i i"; 9 19 r JOB rat) 23051.01 , ,........,...... Pl/•••5 100.3 • ii • v . i� mm,. Roo 00.1 .. 111V 0..e..M `- e,. •11.1I II V1 11111111:.211 e""""00111•`•001:11I■ gaillAGU�wtln�llAWOli mcaeemrsdseEntQ c Y Y I I ..,_ I @ 1 j 1 � I 'fes i - - 1ii ! ��, r„...,,.., j •} _i�l= I �> } �A.i�i�mi I_I-u 11123.0 I aa,......z.nrrem.m.&a.m.fa 0.0111/1 maw.•wad Noma LIJCC i I1 .Q A..,...NN..R...e.... .,;N mom tio.E Nm nu rot ma�Imo ow. a cam re no IOY11LONlEAC.I UUUI1EB OEPARRWR CCWLRICTION ITAMAMa a,,O€TAAAJ wmox UEAOI uTUTfl oEvUIfl NT orernucroM WAMPUM4OETMS ••�•••WORMaucM MUTESoErun1EMr UItST.TUB BTNCAUOB.OETu9 O J V J SINGLE SERVICE SEWER LATERAL r-��` �'I ' ," ""10d'� _U O O a ' 9-{A DOUBLE SERVICE SEWER LATERAL . TYPICAL CLEANOUT INSTALLATION —dm". �e� �� 9-10 ZZ pO} y Q J Illmovie a F,v.a..Rl J � WM it �_ . mom Imo or raw ammo a issat•es �°��° -� Ir� °iii-- 1 R dll..I�a1 nom- ....IMIIMMii 1 111. 1111001lyl 1 j �� ! j [ s Nam m..e�. ..o ,.a.N.�Ne.....N. .� Il f ed P ... N�• C.�.�MID! I 0 ll .m..� e..m um.Namur.,.m...� , ....�,...m 1100 C...,m l......0 ...M 1m la f .o.o� .aR f ....�.,..� P.PP•.P...E.,.ee....P.e i IOYMIWM(EACH URIIRES OEPARTENTCOWINWTON IEAMAMS•OET.,S BOYNTOIIIEAO1 MUTES OEPAREIENT COIEmUCTOM MVO/AM a MAKS a a 10 TYPICAL FORCE MAN GATE VALVE Z.:.°17.72' PRECAST MANHOLE a"I ova ..«�..a SETTING AND CUT-IN DETAIL 8_� DROP CONNECTION TYPE B F N 'I O �.." i E° 19 4 CO M .�.�._ ,23051.01 , ET RY IOW NB.—r 5 ro Nw ••/1“11112 WW2 111204 >. 'a . """"� na.N i 1 MR II ROPRINI 030ff d� Ir I •• ........, Plillih ....imr...1e.m1L-411.: 4gilh i Mlle L MOO pp I l 1 f: 1{ s. WIND 1•00101•112 O. 1 2 AL ORIONS SRL It BM 15.1,1.1011•611=Han=Mtn • 1;Ant aorma mN ...H,.rm am R . I, NNIS a � :D�.-.-...�...a.,.�m • " .�.� 1;_ a .Nno�s�"N NT man Ian•Tam va m Nano m man .em N�NN...N mans,E w..mawNNB..nm N..10 .��..._.�. wroma.Anna�,.e..E..PINI-0.-4/0 we warm s WOYNTON PEACH MIT.DEPARTMENT COMCT1UCT0N ST O B MAUI H MIMES BEACH DEPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION BTM.w U0$B DETAAS PP LL 1t a FORCE MAIN AIR RELEASE VALVE AND =:I 00$ FORCE MAIN OFFSET AIR RELEASE VALVE r� ovn U j IA 17 4^� MANHOLE IN ALL AREAS 8 ROAD R W �u ,,,.,� AND MANHOLE .........._ aF X 0 LCM X rt gN g e t or E t / � x fft F at `VY li IT 1 MU 1AN IE° 71 19 OB N0. .o..e..".._ 23051.01 , MAW 10011 A I 1 F„ m. 0 R, ��' 11*- — ga i3 �� p ��Ise Igl , 40 1 171 3: !ga l i! Si 111 11 as A 1 1 i ig! 11 3_41..z. -.171] 1 1 ; 1 ; I; i : 1 !' 1;1 lig. -92 1 ; 1 I 'I itIL .1 ' I: 11 ! AI 11111,, Ili 'iiR AP 'Mr 1: m P 2 111 4F it , g 1 i 4 I XI . 1 1a Il 1 ;r.1 p1 1111! °41 ill 1 , Q it a 9 91 I 1 I I al lII� 101 ?f$ Ialla iIll "I e Te9ii 1 • 'I 41,!i T II p1 ii !'11" I 1 F'1 Illi 11 ll 1- 1( - - i ;Till , I .11 • ,F � 1 ��' 1 �i1➢ ,'1'1 i',ii, .'1 , .1 i,i�;'I i id °!i t!'!i A. 11 iii pp4611 1 iliri l 51 g �� as ��I� i 4. �� ioa ' r i i p R pj �_ om h,i� a�,+�l 1C�!1;��y" };� ! 1� _ —r i I 114 ai. 1 y III O � 4 IF 1 I pi'�1ale 7 $ it aI1$ 1� 1 1X hEi11$11!1 4x PA 1 11 li!1,41;!! e 0. %I 4 , !E i Ai i1 P91! I9 ! 1,a11 a !I 1 /;111'/ I ; i y F; �; 4 , e `�• as 1 n68¢ 1 *4 12;!PI film, 1 413e ai, �1 Is1 �111a i� ± 1111 oaQ m x ■ ��i vaaa� l' II $ kF a i�a is _ 1�� 5�i Ia11':6i; 4119Ili1111all, i1111!I01II1 a0 iF m a ,.apcalal11] g,a'a alas. 1; 11 �, R 11111 p Qi i 1 21'�a� 1! 1', a 91 a s 4 �Q��; 1 ;i i I1 i 1I; FI 11 I II I RA, 31131 e liTiq il 5 1 ' a 'ad p a ' i ,(4,^., \7;.— ��" ' HYPOLUXO SEPTIC TO SEWER RcAWNS . Dow . f� ng o IP M HYPOLUXO,FL Oil.,OOP IC MS GRAVITY SEWER AND FORCE MAIN PLANS VW=11.9)MO MALID 11.1.wrornmn.c w® .o —0...7 � aa" � UTILITY DETAILS A mn g'''''''''' .44 WI REMARKS Rr, I 1244.10.35. 1111111s •Mot wwfa tv• vol.�I• •o'�".'pt n+w:'�m,Ir°' f S.INV=3.6 10 a •law•1l11110 __ NW.INV=z.HYPOLUXO ROAD u f .110.RICO K.•10 411 1111111110•111Y 0•,1.1 I �e..s a,a ,.� • al MOE, •/NOM n1111,04'11,••.Ile. fl rBOTTOU r 110111 -111•i"' ��•� � A a M e•- uw I�'m•rt.'�"w0 �I 6 ,o n,� \-11\ O-•,0.. - INSTALL KELOW MODEL p]5%l3 S� RPZ BACKFLOW PREVENTER Mrl= '#E��. NS Y pp..,,wK 'e s ow Ammon % INSTALL}HOSE BIB . . r' ' irE •mMae 44 MS sa...�`_ ••'a Vfa� '1� 1h'(} ., x-IBS""°LUTESW/BTANwRD FOOT 1111110 II 4..w 4..m1 "•'•4'° F ...• •• 0} _ ' - 110 PARKMG 91(111 ATTACHED TO GATES) 0!!!! e apt..nwmmu.ww . r t•Ma•tw `0' ONT.II6MIPOLE • ' '�'�'�'n i6'r i"mater f� - w. .�;V-A,.., -..0.-. ... •••._-•••- 00I(]V CONCRETE PAD c N••tw.T tm wea an �, - I H•r e• ••alts.ma•on l • • sK t•nv uv••s,t ` — , •.� _ ._ .- .- ANO LIFT STATION EASEMENT Y r r I byg ', \11,1 •m,.w M•O ,0� �j,5',� - �- - LIFT BTATK).1 inns se •"�"nt.."w.'. '�,• +1 a ,a _ �!_ .m� .Me — i w�. Ot�J n'. _ • t a O.,' .-, ,•' l. _ • CONTROL PANEL 1 6 1 Raa , 111...'- Tr' IP wHm — • '__ .•••aws Di p Gommd 4pFp l ��\,I v.a M,...•...a se ER cr • .d• d 4� EDA ;RNtII 1 ETWELL mwnoKa+m Anna wL M . 0 •� .' ■ AAAA.. 1 . o I1fl r `� . =oma fi� i •IdINSTALL VEw""°wuw•w,mp •, L],li::::.:.,.. I .I II '.I• • IS _.' • � ;' ;- IDUAL•INV. LIN 14� 's _ _ ,� 1ONV El.MSS•It.-a,TDia•a9 I ' I Ir`1•-,0 MDTILLLz-r GAIT.� . F .41 INSTALLS-310. '0t -0 INSTALL z-r GATE ..•mow 6Mi'®I t�r..==="6,..%..ry \3• :M14 Q 1 • INSTALL 2-r Sr SENDS ✓6s '6 w'a"'•'i a;.mws arml .. wtt.�pawea '�, , 1 , r BYPASS CHECK AND CO I •.•w.r .w Kw. VW Rie7wn tiq I 0o DATE VALVE ae�NWM _ ,' �o o•15> }w' I =1.73.•••y.RA tors w • i O I 1 + F + INSTALL r OW BENDCE RifU ''o> z 1 .awttwa n M E 01 11/10111, crews s xtty 3 142 f¢a f-m•mt m;mt nw,1111,011101. a v,isr�w to RIM un onus CII 8j s Dl 12 LF r HDPE FM 3 J AMNION MACH UTNfTIEB DEPARNEMCONSTRIICTKIN STANDARDS•OIT�II•Ur sorNrDN SEA01I UIlREB DEPARTMENT CONSTRUCTgx STANDARDB•OETAIB ' I -- \O\ CO .•� LIFT STATION SITE II as.'.1 Ma LIR STATION SITE E1 �a 1 AID I —~ LL W IP DETAILiz �® DETAIL �� .. s, ,: .. n I.. U 0 0 _._--- LIFT STATION SITE PI PLAN VIEW a o O -- - HORIZONTAL SCALE 1'=10' W z H T.••..ww,•..m•.ot i C r.....4-1.617,........... O[P.M MI floaplu ewe= ♦2:a''''' �1 � ,a m•a.e...,Tv.!- >a r �� m F INSTALL}WATER METER CO E 1 INSTALL WIIKINB MODEL 97S%L1 • '.:{.I ._I=. to. LLI RPZBACNFIO'NPREVENTER C7 11/0 ROW It: •.•.•. HI netom n M•n rw¢ v OM rw 111� d r s M[+ut w •aw INSTALL}HOSE BIB , �� s•{�w�IN.Ill 1i! o •Arab•aw Ow.l'aw �@ @•nv�tato: V) 2.70 SWING GATES W/STANDARD FOOT F÷T• 1 e•• J TIO PARKING•SIG!ATTACHED TO GATES) 114=am meyrowa?u•wow an tIi'1 n•,v• • sta,1 \. .. - I If//, t A r mini Q .N tt,te Hw.••:on I btu ansa lav•swam 0 UMW CONCRETE PAD i 41 ', 11111 row • • :::::-...-m.,-..,-----1,:—, U : 30' AND LIFT STATION EASEMENT 4 11111,—__ I w�rob w�o nw aur '.I— 11_ ]S lF!•qP GRAVITY 0 e 111 +'°' 1� AD�-a tan +v I1� ears ,o,l_w SEWER'ANN O O.M% LIFT STATION 2 � j E' r�P CONTROL PANEL Ci M • y �I=— t wtrs//mar ea WET WELL MV.EL..9.11 ' _ • 4i\,V I ySy�I B{ I ■'`,I •� • ' SgAMETERNKTWELL •TSI DEC�A. I� Iei�`1 rsr•Annaw._.. 1144. 5. a• � RIM EL. i 1 `I 1E111 IIi r s's> N •�z wo. F ( illr�,_•.o,� �• 1111 !; IrIIII _ Oilib INSTALL VENT WE r me wr '� Y�' ii ;' y _ !! RELOCATE EAST. WM , ' m. UD YFpE ♦O n_tx `- }1 ■'OAF• ••E 1 I p. I 'o""" •• O r LINES EXITING wETWElL •'M.Pa•tw `� Ltr L mec`nSlw t ITC I -OINv.EL..ts.aD �. �� MSTALLS-2•AS TEE I NSTALLS-r CHECK VALVES j Ipp]5��1 =-, M•w•uw.4L M avtwlmA�l•raw , INSTALL,-r90•SENDS INSTALL T-rGATE VALVES i a - naa•s.•t sx'an stop ' } wffi I� " .....-2.ru sna mu to nnmt w w I I 0•BYPASS CHECK AND 110.MO�M a t up" 1•1•110111 } r oa m na ru�i rpot rtv t'.t` GATE VALVE ®g � .a....-.ran nem vow ww. I INSTALIrw•BEND ilii 2 /1/11 8 d •DTNTDN BEACH IRSnES DEPARNENT CONSTRICTION STANDARDS•DETAILS WHOM EACH IRUMES DEPARTMENTCONSTRIIDTKMI STANDARDS F DETACH INSTALL NI LF r HOPE FM g LIFT STATION SITE n �1OED LIFT STATION SAE I2 T '''' - 13 DETAIL 1 T 19 DETAIL8_pA 8-N LIFT STATION SITE{2 PLAN VIEW E"o HORIZONTAL SCALE 1•=10' -' 230051 01 PLANS Iwm SAS 0.....44 C.DICTS a 00(10.SIT PUN OK.RI DEMUR OF IMMO ..11 COORCOMIE TrIF ISM.SIT P411 WOUIROSITS WI If INIVATIENT saws.am ,... ta .....,:;..............= COnlas.... S 1 ; K.,,,..11P7U".1..44. ==:=4.17•Zr $ W YR STATION MEV/MOMS TOP Or SIMI INFLUOR INVERT ELEV. ...r Actr:77.^.7=rum... ip .....7,...,,,„,,„„,„ KOMI MP/LEVEL ALARM II V I Af.WAS••• ''''''''''''''''grrIT''''1'L''''.7-71'''''''''''"1.!''V''''vs .,: Amos new•sow mm LAG PUMP-OP 110111 PUMP-OIF u" _....:=mum PUMP 5.151181 --..'• Jail 1 sues LA.son=Ann am rpm.se wen awns. P IMESSUNE ILSE 0371011 - m4_1E111KIEDINA..1.11111111 . • ,.........,,.,.„,„„..._...1.,, 11 1 t g p v litil MOE BOTTOM 1 11 i '" 11111 .00 L - J ,....=:. ')'- 1 •namocr new our soca.rwaurrms Ise AI R.sm.. 11 1 f . ,:*.tZ.T..1.."=.="2:4"=1 ErAMNSUNIEDGIAL rI i . ...........,........sas.,,,,,,,,ww,......,...w.assa 1 c mum sisi lass.am sr at ow.awns..........3. z noarano.nrsa.....sroissors.o.........A.DAsems.•-•••. 'runr=f's waTraw4w.'"'""lolaws'IorTro•raa''''` : 1 1114,DST*•••••••••••a 4 A....V;OW..na••..........A.......................•••••,... 1 row...a For........=AD km 3 rEn raw rm.•us.. iP OM_WM-..11I 01...1.aa_ 1 .&,..7.7,...7.7:-..."=7,..„--.-.•...-.7:-------" It I 0....1101101010.011.-••••OS In •MOM A se 0.nars.C.A.L.I.0.4.1.01..............MI..........arSCIS.11.Sou PI• I =IL....=....TS NM..21140./.•0...............A.a.......ors um. i -t.',•-.....r...=:-...,-•----'— • . ..KOS Nan•.........1.I....am at mans Ms owns nr-olum nes law IPUMP DATA PF919MIION 1 .I , ...................,............,....▪........................... ,1 u) I 52,1112tLSIGN_Cdtt6T-SHALLBEALE ,r,.,,,,„,,,,,,,,,,,, •moms•••••Lyn so swam/e sin am!pc Is............0 Ass•Ran or roMoN '.........................,0.Ammo=SUI.ens i •MSS..Mr.1.own Is.mom.orAso pew. I :Ur:Usk. Oat.11-..-•••• I 'a g i..i..,...o.o r i a c a..vs a t•a 3.•watrt•sr•1 1 s....n n El.07..I o on.0 n.•.•DA m A•r.as a bow I X W Z AL, 1018101110S•11.1.111ES COWMEN,CONSTRUCTION EITANNIROS•OEMS k=rKNOWN MACK UTUIIES DEPARTIENT CONITRUCTION IIITANCARDS•DEM. •011/1.0111•40.1 MUM DEPARTLENT CONSTRUCT:IN CTIOARDS A DUALS Cl) NSW 0 IP.., -0:...- TYPICAL LIFT STATION SITE PLAN NOTES 1 r REQUIRED UFT STATON INFORMATION ...Krug TYPICAL LIFT STATION SITE PLAN .:1 PA•mmomm 8-22 M "8-7" „,..., 8-18 E ILO 6 O c, ' . .... . ....._ . 7, A ,...was,,, Al.7.•••u•Sconrs=1.10 WM oit.so soil.SC MEP OM ClIa.... ' l.s...car......sst.1/.IS mom.rens owes nu...fel mem. 1 nr.Asa.ilna......www•••••na.,,,corunor cr,..7 stAr.......•..... s sA rams or pmcso•sou we mos'sr moss sm.,...mass.In. 5 s M....1....asan...z../............ .nna.....•sew 01 Su wow ram nod THE A r.Uni.int.„...rws=40 o.....Mown.mawarrA......o•nr-On.0 WIWI. • mosso.me nom,.all........its Or MC SEWS.W. SRO.0.11.1••••••CAM NE▪.0.....•CM..mann An.WOO Dames sea sat es nap owsposso '3 MT..on°4117.14=nr=.Frel.rrArc.=r.l.q.V.T.7.... .......,r...r............r,m,..,..,".............”. . ...4r=,,,,,...=rm.,y,,:adIzv....,.1.....•Or.11.•Maar N M../0'X NUM.SANIVAL MOM AL RM.Nu•S OW..Tn..=CO n. MAUS 02001.0.1 is.....Minn MS Sr.was.rouTNI'V=.Am I= Mrs=.4 ssw awns.=saga moms.ousswe conscro.Aop swam.. r„,,..WM Irmens"=in rm...ro•r.WM.swum sac Is soass A..n, I , E 1 J ' 77,,....„..,...............„....._,......,..,..., i ' =-- v11 I cm.=sampre.03•11.2 Mc COA•OrdInt co........s KAINAKM. cOtlin•we lo DS 00..........as IMO 40 IINIVLS fell MI 0.4,R, P •A • er sat vs an.4 n ova frAmow imu ise.......“A...•am ALS..norm • Au v..1.4.1 ffnellAccomac 4 A at or Awls....AU...• 1 it 9 I t ....didy.,phadj.d..n._d.1.•...)gddy,y.,,....I....0,41 11.....d a a.*erlypepp, 5ilt, 1 .....or,.......pm........py..p.....pp..,,.."......,..,.., INCLOILOE TOM MM.5.12,01016,1 I0 Mr WIEF EOM ••11.1At Arlin mut il•-.....as.Allowa•la SOW at C...••••••.KW. '0.1.wawa unnics OM..=Man ICIArtin Ow ne>......11 NUS Sean•••• .........................A.._a„..A.........,...........a. 1 r al,..=1•1a........=wr Ort fir.wan.lunar ally.re Licam tont COI • WY A.CI.no/ISIMISOS. W.woo Two.A%Ina C..fa.Sua.man.. 1 • memo • a.m.'. Ar ........./... 1 j 1 te.3. 1 ..1:-..',-,...:."'"'J.%•zze,..1.74,2"..'44;-'.....!..='-,...“- .....,....t....ss.......asa.........., ....,........ 1 , ,.......„..n. i . um.norm. SVALII•O•Crl SONO IC 0.011....."............ i i ; 141 as-was won WK.was/Is MID I Jig 1 .•,..mot mon onerstr osermar more vow Awn.......7.3 la ers. .1 , „. ..... „,..,......____............._,,,,.... d ••••••MANS tramo max ors Awn I.naves.own NSW f . 1 ii I mar was sou•rose eton.maw wsl•nalowt.A 10.0.1.3 comesnor.sou , . La........, =UM nu.:ma.san rai un.........not as.A.,,,A Saw.nos scam cm manors of art akar au.••say Now Loa.ow...swu...ass } 1 , -.... i ' I.ray..mak K NJ,...3....no wr n•An ISM. 4 1 . Oaf.ramoucas ran...snen.• 1 ' turnIr•••••=r=t)WI."VT.TATil.,'"4%Il.'T1:17'''''''" ""' i ' "'"=1 TZ171`;;i1Lr.;V.-gr.:7-7."..,rcf..'- ,``"1"....'1.%7-.:::.'"Cr" i i' • Atr,ors J . ,,.?.....nr...r., .#4,L,"....,.....,......,-.......,m,......slat. 1 SS..•''"•%....AX'''''''77,, T`cr'llcoan sc moms.sou IA sAIVVIre'srn`ns ) '..LIL.V.......... .0"" .s. ill § ti.2 1 larK11.nor ova wasp.1•41...pao nom ens.. 0..,,,,,,,,,„.„..,,..,,.,,,c.„,,„,,,,,, 1."...,,,z ,, J .-- •ONTION BE/.UTIOIE•DEPART/ENT CONIORUCIION ITANDAR011•CET. lip 1011 01 PANEL SPECIFICATIONS ..”•••••• W.BEA.UTILITIES DETIMITO CONSTRUCTION/ITNONIOS•DELTA BOY ELECTRICAL PANEL SPECIFICATIONS 10111110N MAGI LIMIT.DEPARTMENT CONSTFUCTION STANIVAlle 6 OSUMI ELECTRICAL PANEL SPECIFICATIONSr,..."._Lra: I i il II 1 AMMISMEP 8-23 0.".122"... 7-IT ,„.... "gar 1 i h 14 19 1 T .ce No 23051.01 , -...-........ TNT TT a MP SWIMS i 4/PK 714=KU I..444.4,444 2 OM ma a.m.............. i... ; WE•3...,,,.......ata *"41.15511A5.4Rii ma II ifirietW 3 111."41 am vs m ocat IMININgli --. mill. ii.e { _,---,_---,--.---1 PPM MK ---- prim 103 a r ma ^ 41/1 h Iv MILAN. 797..A. rinve,ahmargionr L A. mew lb . ECEI--4-1--I 0 i i 1 111 I ilichntlifflnav I, mammon"' • • • i. in - i ...: 4 • . e... gin g a i 111 11 III I °WO 1 ImmILINNI III ILI 451"4"' 1 . I ——MO Ml. ......., il....''...--•—„.. M........ a - , 11 I-. . V — —.- _ i IIMII comoce="..= • t ;1 /I 0 i I i' IP 111. 1111113Eir I •4UNI 4 WI V 4.14 IM, I" EiF . li 11 iu Hi 1 iime , iiiiw,....., I i • 1 i 1 i IC M.Mine...T. 1 II I M I MI. 1 ,.... ) 3 weamm mat mum wo........a amwa.cear 1. .. ...... ,.3............ 3 ww.. . ...... I as comma a 1111 OP TM 443131010E PO 4' DIM TO MI nmo,my camas a we Ian. VAMP NM IUMOMMIAMAIMMIMOM44041v I re ,...z...........,. i .y"...e..... g.,..... al 1. ,...".....,.........,.. ; 1 g ma....."."........“.=....r..° Lli Z 1 !I BOYNTON SEAN UTILITIE S Of',FITMENT CONSITIULTION SONOMA 1,711.7 LIFT STATION CONTROL PANEL (SINGLE DOOR) SONITON SEA.MITES DEPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS II DETAILS IP TAT I 70 d r CONTROL PANEL BOX DETAIL IP //170,11,1 SEA.MUTES DEPARTMENT CONISTRUCTION STAMOARDS A DETAILS LIFT STATION CONTROL PANEL ...,,T.ihme 2 L-2(el ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM CONT. W.I.... a.. 8-20 WIN02003 T-27 8-20 x 2.30P stAPONS NOV STATIONS ASOS STATIONS 3 t ? ;-) ....as wo.......a....... - - x ..x m In ..4' 3 3 .___•-•-•___-.,--.3--3--_. .3.Af a:-_,--3___i . a,___--_ . 3,___f-,_---m-r-3.-.-4 AL{ G gamer, , .-- -_---a-w , 4"- . 7 -7ic,.:.7..,„ • .•• • .•• - * ti tr .- - . 7 0 1 1. Eli : • frii4CE-i- -- ...... t mwrwa a I ", - r c _ _ 7- _._ • 0 -. _0 ir- i th. l'' c --7--: ---- 0 ----,-- li'l ^ I• air ..:-... H i 5 1 ail - cr.-- OM P ME TN Nam 1- cF— -*4.- ---x- - ET-- ......a., i....., i . -•0 I i Mr C01-.../..17 4- - „,,,,......, 4- •a l WM 1 i M.MAIM IS M.MIIIM 11CRIMICC PLY 441 ,,,M447:101a Ml.ME OPOIITIM I MOM I ..... ...., I 2" M PAIMO,3 M•COMM 141.7..OAT MI MIMI III MI GPM 14VMOM MT i g....az........... I •LL H,..r...'L....... ,..... 0,11.HANIMPE IIILL IC MM003 II.0211114 I 1 2/SWIM.7.4.4 VG MOM PM/4.1 0 41444.4.1 04 M v.mom..N. ts mama•ma a..ma I I 3 I BONN.SEA.UTILITIES DEPARTNEMT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS a DETAILS NNW.SEA.trnunEs DEPARTMENT CONITRUCTION STANDARDS•DETAILS - SOM.SEA.UTILITIES DEPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION STAMONOS a DETAILS A 1 i I it i LIFT STATION CONTROL PANEL MTI"..Z. LIFT STATION CONTROL PANEL r...17.,7 LIFT STATION CONTROL PANEL 1 s ,„ ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM CONT ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM CONT ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM CONT. .,. ..... APIA,...Z..,...:. ill.g.Z 8-20 8-20A 19 3 ' JOB HO ' 23051.01 , RAM,00* 1 144 - p i i i i . . a 1 g 1 11 0 1 i i 11 11 " iiiI ' i g <g E qi 1 i by a i if 1 8111i6 811i! i Ill i i i i i i i : i i i '. i i i i 3 1 , 1 ; I I Ti • 1 1 1 1° I I ! ® lii di 10 • MI 1 yi �_41 I iii �� a S6 IF ` tf L n 10 i • 1 3 Jf-i 0-1 gm gid ii iii i!i 4! !! !1 N .11 i iai i e e F col is i li i ti-AP 4111 v a i 5 1 i i i e e p]a!E q i° Vf 901IIiiP14!aiR3 i111 11 • �.i. 1 I_ II • d!. i* ..a.. opw i i Y � 1 4 9 1 1 E5 I I i I1 2 ITI ! a. a',1 ! a S.:1 -1si i Ri c10203‘4o201.1 mine if i ! i 1 gg 1 iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii i Y. i! 1 a i 06116111101111111110 ! ' •Is •!i •!s •h 11 100 a i TT r ii i. It P ri v . ,i• miniP ; i i is) . w. Howecn zozs w.—. ....... HYPOLUXO SEPTIC TO SEWER .�...COI e • Anisws Mi o8 : '-fW HYPOLUXO,FL =:meq 0—. r nC GRAVITY SEWER AND FORCE MAIN PLANS „OM^ Kvaw O A' -0-:„,,..r...4.-:=77-4. .�� LIFT STATION DETAILS -.s ewes. .c i•i iu DMZ ROMICS OT, 9 i t rA/ • 11. , i ! i i i i ! i E t i 3 ii i j^' / �i — pp „p �0000000000Q b g m .... i " !:i !1 CI 4. • i S '-8 g I 2 I� 9 €8 i nnnnnonnu P — W M o i 000000000 �Z i A 4 4 ii P P i i i f 47F! ,(! -- si l A - 141 _. 1 LEI 1 Ir-hP .1 i i — • !i1:I R 1 i II: :Ila. ;© � � 1 1; 1.71:,___@ cq lilll� I A 16 m i�,lr 1� Ell I 11111 g a I iii i8 a oDeo ono mac Doom 0000eD :tii r i L . , 1i 00110000000000000000012- m limiltili i l 1 i i 1P1 4i ge ,i is ; !I� '11A ,i; �� .,..+.�.�....w�...I I a E a ! a a a a a a :I,000ru�6600 6E Ni'! 00006CO000000CCE�• _ia600603000GGL6000EEE;i � 1 1 Till 1'11!1 i�IIitilui11IIlii��ii �0��0000� © © a i J, �� lilt I t iIIIIiIilll1l1I ;�� IIIIIIIIIII��I II II J o5g i� II� II1III �z �a IJJJ IJJJ JiJ J �� I I '�I I] '.IJ�IJJJ I I i I �. IJJJ i.1JJ I i a ,I 33333j .J , , �JJ j 7.1.1 a ...I i 1 Dnnoonn0o r 'I J �Y J� I �J �''j JJ M I�� I r iiL l M ��J1 1 HI; ] �I�1�I�iii1 Ill i I i iiiil s i i 1 i t si is ; i 3 N0 O Bp 10" ' `�• amu' HYPOLUXO SEPTIC TO SEWER e p so+s efl9e HYPOLUXO,FL GRAVITY SEWER AND FORCE MAIN PLANS ;'� MO'"m JOS Iw�l LT KLR�P 119101WOul m m iuin�nun iwn n®un aei..e us LIFT STATION DETAILS ` p Ts/� 14.1.DA/E REMARKS SY, • NOM a _ R Jit NOM .:.a Dons. Jry5AJ LSCIIN NOTES :4— .,r.. AnaLS 8 ,. s u dols.wa".9`.L,'—.r'o�.�i?lo.�'o...a g'ow`.. 17�_�� nc....In..... .. 173."T' „ ... —,V �. �� DO � ;, .I t=eek . n — ,. a. d,%,,. ��..lie :=° • -=� p=..�. 111! ll■”— r1 g7,�s: �� 11 1 nrm NYE 1••••••ACTUREVI TYPE '=ht..*cnr•ori2 7i.'"'coran"T.rou0 a IT7iliallr kt“"ref IX"' =" ::1. iP • / I e _ ®= wan..cv n.—..ome s•m�.s W Z I _ yj a _I aov.rtoNffAla.MUMS DEPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION erANo.ws•oErAu ••�v'Ner$uw �~•••:•�•o•�.•e:��v� ��W Q der •INTON NAM!!MUMS DEPARTMENT COWINIC, STANDARDS •OVNN./BEACN MUTES DEPARTMENT CONWOgr1.ON STANDARDS•I,EEANS LL O w I. LIFT STATION CONTROL PANEL .—.'.1 wa LIFT STATION 47 240V&480V PANEL NOTES INSTALLATION NOTES LIFT STATION POUR DE SETTING o: o•^n U O O ° (.^-� 8�j TREMIE POUR DETAIL '8_� a LL Z CD O< Q O j CrX i m J W — ,_,y-, ACCESS COVER SEE d N J f- v I y m.c.A. I as.A. 0 T—Irtc.._ 1 0 Ns- MIN NM ,�nII ! wii ,....° .� e b I ID,NroN SEAd MnREs oaAm.ENr CONSTRUCTION srANowDs•oETA•A eormoN eEADNunrt,Es cevARrAENr CONSTRUCTION 9TANON,09•DEiAL, SCANT.BEACH ur,Lrtes DEPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION STANo.ws•ceTAne 3 � !. C I aji: ill —..., I: .1 ,...,. x lip WETWELL SECTION RETAINER STRAP �� R .uy . WETWELL INSTALLATION W/TREMIEPWRSETTINO �i STANDARD ALUMINUM ACCESS COVER �I i N �E �� tiJb 8-4e m...m.., 8-47 /T° 19 1 T JOS NO. Z.,. 23051.01 , ANE 1.1E s . ail 0 0 /x.11 B "m `• 'i 1 1` 11ENgO VALVE LIFT STA11W =,• ill!]Mi "1 ) Qly 4119 UM.OWN a' .11 \ 1 1 I II 1 I o I $ d�a •••••mom g I11 IP Wt. I7�i AUMMI I TVDICAL LIFT STATION j �>- 111■ ■■I■I■■■ NS•15141.4191.1•SCOME MN ■I■■■■■ NMI OM Z i LESEtil. .1 =mums 3 Q o•s,aan r•a v V.V..V.,. w,•r_ I A m+m wx ouu ren aFP s.a msmOw n All erg Ps.v wa svr L J rre w'i�R A r.----w w wu mr. W Q SOVNTONSEAOR UTILITIESBn OFPAea BfwDUMBcoBcnoN STANDARDS A OS OOYNTONEAOI MUMS D®ANIIEMTOOTEN1ULTONSTANOAFOS A MIA. I—W ix W ePM[ U 0 0 0 ASSEMBLY WELL WASHER INSTALLATIONova WET WELL 0 XI.,- Z �OIoa FOR 8',17 8 16'RAILS 1ee8 DIAMOND PLATE ACCESS HATCH �� O�YPa' w-4 o O U O I- Ogre M=w 3 t 0- J 1 0 5 ani: t i p� 1 ��1 FE A1 ' 1FS I $ i EC — 19 T JOB NO _,,, ,23051.01 DRAFT 03/08/2024 Special Conditions and Technical Specifications for Hypoluxo Septic to Sewer Progressive Design Build RFQ No. UTL23-007 Engenuity Job No. 23051.01 March, 2024 Y 0, cr . %Nos. \s\ i,. op, 4eicw tt4 11A Higher •eflgeflUlty $Standard a EXL ..N.OI,.. group inc SPECIAL CONDITIONS - TABLE OF CONTENTS PROJECT NAME: Hypoluxo Septic to Sewer Progressive Design Build RFQ No. UTL23-007 Engenuity Job No. 23051.01 March, 2024 SC01340 Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, and Samples SC01505 Mobilization SC01570 Maintenance of Traffic SC01700 Contract Closeout SC01705 Record Drawings Requirements SC01720 Project Record Documents SC01730 Operating and Maintenance Data SC01740 Warranties and Bonds END OF SECTION UTILITIES DEPARTMENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Description DIVISION 2 -02000 SITE CONSTRUCTION 02018 Vibration Monitoring 02060 Aggregate Materials 02082 Public Manholes and Structures 02084 Wet Wells 02270 Sedimentation and Erosion Control 02320 Trenching and Excavation 02322 Dewatering and Drainage 02324 Backfill 02446 Directional Drilling Pipe 12" or Less 02536 Force Mains 02538 Sanitary Sewer System 02668 Valves and Appurtenances 02730 Milling of Existing Asphalt Payment 02734 Flow Bypass Pumping 02740 Subgrade, Base Course and Asphalt 02821 Chain Link Fences and Gates 02925 Sodding 02930 Exterior Plants 02960 Restoration of Surface Improvements DIVISION 3 -03000 CONCRETE 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete DIVISION 16— 16000 ELECTRICAL 16000 Electrical—General Provisions 16110 Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Supports 16120 Wires and Cables 16150 Motors 16155 Low Voltage Solid State Motor Controllers 16191 Miscellaneous Equipment 16195 Electrical Identification 16370 Variable Frequency Drives 16410 Low Voltage Insulated case Circuit Breaker (Fixed Mount) 16421 Switchboards 16480 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers 16600 Underground System 16660 Grounding System 16950 Electrical Power Monitoring and Control DIVISION 17— 17000 INSTRUMENTATION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 i Table of Contents UTILITIES DEPARTMENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS 17150 Differential Pressure Transmitters 17151 Pressure Transmitters 17152 Turbidity Analyzers 17153 Ultrasonic Level Transmitters 17154 Two/Four Wire Compact Guided Radar Level Transmitters 17155 Frequency Shift Tuning Fork Liquid Level Switch 17156 Magnetic Flow Meters 17157 Free Chlorine & PH Analyzer 17158 Liquiline CM42 Two-Wire Memosens PH/ORP Transmitter Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 ii Table of Contents SECTION 01340 - SHOP DRAWINGS, WORKING DRAWINGS, AND SAMPLES PART 1 -GENERAL items: 1.01 DESCRIPTION a. Submittal-Description and Number assigned. A. Scope of Work: b. Date to CONSULTANT. 1. The Contractor shall submit to the CONSULTANT for review c. Date returned to and approval, such Shop Contractor. Drawings, Test Reports and Product Data on materials and d. Status of Submittal equipment (hereinafter in this (Approved as Noted, Section called Data), and Rejected/Re-submit). material samples (hereinafter in this Section called Samples) e. Date of Resubmittal and as are required for the proper Return (as applicable). control of work, including but not limited to those Shop f. Date material release for Drawings, Data and Samples fabrication. for materials and equipment specified elsewhere in the g. Projected date of Specifications and in the fabrication. Contract Drawings. h. Projected date of delivery 2. With the Contractor's executed to site. agreement and Bond Submittal, the Contractor shall i. Status of O&M manuals submit to the CONSULTANT a submittal. complete list of preliminary Data on items for which Shop j. Specification Section. Drawings are to be submitted. Included in this list shall be the k. Drawings Sheet Number. names of all proposed manufacturers furnishing B. Related Requirements Described specified items. Review of this Elsewhere: list by the CONSULTANT shall in no way expressed or implied 1. General Conditions: relieve the Contractor from submitting complete Shop 2. Progress Schedules: Section Drawings and providing SC01310. materials, equipment, etc., fully in accordance with the 3. Material and Equipment: Specifications. This procedure Section SC01600. is required in order to expedite final review of Shop Drawings. 4. Project Record Documents: The Contractor shall include Section SC01720. Shop Drawing review time on the Project schedule (see 5. Operating and Maintenance section SC01310). Data: Section SC01730. 3. The Contractor is to maintain 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY an accurate updated submittal log and will bring this log to A. The Contractor shall furnish the each scheduled progress CONSULTANT a schedule of Shop meeting with the City and the Drawings submittals fixing the CONSULTANT. This log respective dates for the submission should include the following of Shop Drawings, the beginning of Boynton Beach Utilities SC01340-1 SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES manufacture, testing and the drawings. installation of materials, supplies and equipment. This schedule shall 6. Submittal Log Number indicate those that are critical to the conforming to Specification Log progress schedule. Number. B. The Contractor shall not begin any E. The Contractor shall submit SHOP of the work covered by a Shop DRAWINGS electronically to the Drawing, Data, or a Sample CONSULTANT through eBuilder. returned for correction until a The CONSULTANT will review the revision or correction thereof has submittal and return to the been reviewed and returned to him, Contractor with appropriate review by the CONSULTANT, with comments. approval. F. The Contractor shall be responsible C. The Contractor shall submit to the for and bear all costs of damages CONSULTANT all drawings and which may result from the ordering schedules sufficiently in advance of of any material or from proceeding construction requirements to with any part of work prior to the provide no less than twenty-one completion of the review by the (21)calendar days for checking and CONSULTANT of the necessary appropriate action from the time the Shop Drawings. Consultant receives them. G. The Contractor shall not use Shop D. All submittals shall be accompanied Drawings as means of proposing with a transmittal letter prepared in alternate items to demonstrate duplicate containing the following compliance to Contract information: requirements. 1. Date. H. Each submittal will bear a stamp indicating that Contractor has 2. Project Title and Number. satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with 3. Contractor's name and respect to Contractors review and address. approval of that submittal. 4. The number of each Shop I. Drawings and schedules shall be Drawings, Project Data, and checked and coordinated with the Sample submitted. work of all trades and sub- contractors involved, before they 5. Notification of Deviations from are submitted for review by the Contract Documents. CONSULTANT and shall bear the Contractor's stamp of approval as a. The Contractor shall evidence of such checking and indicate in bold type at coordination. Drawings or the top of the cover sheet schedules submitted without this of submittal of Shop stamp of approval shall be returned Drawing if there is a to the Contractor for resubmission. deviation from Contract Drawings, Project 1.03 CONSULTANT'S REVIEW OF SHOP Specifications and DRAWINGS referenced specifications or codes. A. The CONSULTANT's review of Shop Drawings, Data and Samples b. The Contractor shall also as submitted by the Contractor, will list any deviations from be to determine if the items(s) Contract Drawings, Project conform to the information in the Specifications and Contract Documents and are referenced specifications compatible with the design concept. or codes and identify in The CONSULTANT's review and "green" ink prominently on exceptions, if any, will not constitute Boynton Beach Utilities SC01340-2 SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES ..• an approval of dimensions, requested by the CONSULTANT on connections, quantities, and details previous submissions. The of the material, equipment, device, Contractor shall make any or item shown. corrections required by the CONSULTANT. B. The review of drawings and schedules will be general, and shall H. If the Contractor considers any not be construed: correction indicated on the drawings to constitute a change to 1. As permitting any departure the Contract Drawings or from the Contract Specifications, the Contractor shall requirements. give written notice thereof to the CONSULTANT. 2. As relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, I. When the Shop Drawings have including details, dimensions, been completed to the satisfaction and materials. of the CONSULTANT, the Contractor shall carry out the 3. As approving departures from construction in accordance details furnished by the therewith and shall make no further Consultant, except as changes therein except upon otherwise provided herein. written instructions from the CONSULTANT. C. If the drawings or schedules as submitted describe variations and J. No partial submittals will be show a departure from the Contract reviewed. Submittals not deemed requirements which the complete will be stamped CONSULTANT finds to be in the "Rejected" and returned to the interest of the City and to be so Contractor for resubmittal. Unless minor as not to involve a change in otherwise specifically permitted by Contract Price or time for the CONSULTANT, make all performance, the CONSULTANT submittals in groups containing all may return the reviewed drawings associated items for: without noting an exception. 1. Systems. D. "Approved As Noted" - Contractor shall incorporate CONSULTANT's 2. Processes. comments into the submittal before release to manufacturer. The 3. As indicated in specific Contractor shall send a letter to the Specifications Sections. CONSULTANT acknowledging the comments and their incorporation K. All drawings, schematics, into the Shop Drawing. manufacturer's product Data, certifications and other Shop E. "Amend And Resubmit"-Contractor Drawing submittals required by a shall resubmit the Shop Drawing to system specification shall be the CONSULTANT. The submitted at one time as a package resubmittal shall incorporate the to facilitate interface checking. CONSULTANT's comments highlighted on the Shop Drawing. L. Only the CONSULTANT shall utilize the color "red" in marking Shop F. "Rejected" - Contractor shall Drawing submittals. resubmit Shop Drawing for review by Consultant. M. For any submittal returned to the Contractor marked "Amend and G. Resubmittals will be handled in the Submit" or "Rejected," Contractor same manner as first submittals. shall pay CITY a resubmittal fee of On resubmittals the Contractor shall $250.00. Monies shall be deducted direct specific attention, in writing or from monies owed Contractor by on resubmitted Shop Drawings, to CITY monthly and incorporated into revisions other than the corrections Boynton Beach Utilities SC01340-3 SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES ,0. a Change Order at completion of the contract. 10. Application Contract Drawing Number. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS D. Data on materials and equipment A. Shop Drawings shall be complete include, without limitation, materials and detailed and shall consist of and equipment lists, catalog data fabrication, erection and setting sheets, cuts, performance curves, drawings and schedule drawings, diagrams, materials of construction manufacturer's scale drawings, and and similar descriptive material. wiring and control diagrams. Cuts, Materials and equipment lists shall catalogs, pamphlets, descriptive give, for each item thereon, the literature, and performance and test name and location of the supplier or data, shall be considered only as manufacturer, trade name, catalog supportive information. As used reference, size, finish and all other herein, the term "manufactured" pertinent Data. applies to standard units usually mass-produced; and "fabricated" 1.05 WORKING DRAWINGS means items specifically assembled or made out of selected materials to A. When used in the Contract meet individual design Documents, the term "Working requirements. Drawings" shall be considered to mean the Contractor's plan for B. Manufacturer's catalog sheets, temporary structures such as brochures, diagrams, illustrations temporary bulkheads, support of and other standard descriptive data open cut excavation, support of shall be clearly marked to identify utilities, ground water control pertinent materials, product or systems, forming and false work; models. Delete information which for underpinning; and for such other is not applicable to the Work by work as may be required for striking or cross-hatching. construction but does not become an integral part of the Project. C. Each Shop Drawing shall have a blank area 3-1/2 inches by 3-1/2 B. Working Drawings shall be signed inches, located adjacent to the title by a registered Professional block. The title block shall display Consultant, currently licensed to the following: practice in the State of Florida. 1. Project Title and Number. 1.06 SAMPLES 2. Name of Project building or A. The Contractor shall furnish, for the structure. approval of the Consultant, samples required by the Contract 3. Number and title of the Shop Documents or requested by the Drawing. CONSULTANT. Samples shall be delivered to the CONSULTANT as 4. Date of Shop Drawing or specified or directed. The revision. Contractor shall prepay all shipping charges on samples. Materials or 5. Name of Contractor and equipment for which samples are subcontractor submitting required shall not be used in work drawing. until approved by the CONSULTANT. 6. Supplier/manufacturer. B. Samples shall be of sufficient size 7. Separate detailer when and quantity to clearly illustrate: pertinent. 1. Functional characteristics of 8. Specification title and number. the product, with integrally related parts and attachment 9. Specification section. devices. Boynton Beach Utilities SC01340-4 SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES r 2. Full range of color, texture and 6. Location in Project. pattern. Samples of finished materials shall 3. A minimum of two(2)samples have additional marking that will of each item shall be identify them under the finished submitted. schedules. C. Field samples and mock-ups: E. The Contractor shall prepare a transmittal letter in triplicate for 1. Contractor shall erect, at the each shipment of samples Project site, at a location containing the information required acceptable to the Consultant. in Paragraph 1.06B above. It shall enclose a copy of this letter with the 2. Size of area: 15 feet long x 6 shipment and send a copy of this feet high or that specified in the letter to the CONSULTANT. respective specification Approval of a sample shall be only section. for the characteristics or use named in such approval and shall not be 3. Fabricate each sample and construed to change or modify any mock-up complete and Contract requirements. finished. F. Approved samples not destroyed in 4. Remove mock-ups at testing shall be sent to the conclusion of Work or when CONSULTANT or stored at the site acceptable to the Consultant. of the Work. Approved Samples of the hardware in good condition will D. Each sample shall have a label be marked for identification and indicating: may be used in the work. Materials and equipment incorporated in work 1. Name of Project. shall match the approved Samples. Samples which failed testing or 2. Name of Contractor and were not approved will be returned Subcontractor. to the Contractor at its expense, if so requested at time of submission. 3. Material or Equipment Represented. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 4. Place of Origin. PART 3-EXECUTION(NOT USED) 5. Name of Producer and Brand (if any). END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities SC01340-5 SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES SECTION 01505 - MOBILIZATION PART I - GENERAL 10. Have Contractor's superintendent at the job 1.01 DEFINITION AND SCOPE site full time. A. Mobilization shall include the 11. Submit a detailed Contractor obtaining of all construction CPM schedule permits, insurance, and bonds; acceptable to the moving onto the site of all plant Consultant as specified. and equipment, temporary buildings and other construction 12. Submit a Schedule of facilities; all as required for the Values of the Work. proper performance and completion of the Work. 13. Submit a schedule of Mobilization shall include, but submittals. not be limited to, the following principal items: 1.02 DEMOBILIZATION 1. Move onto the site all A. Demobilization is the timely and Contractor's plan and proper removal of all contractor- equipment required for first owned material, equipment or month operations. plant, from the job site and the proper restoration or completion 2. Install temporary of work necessary to bring the construction power, wiring, site into full compliance with the and lighting facilities. Contract Documents. 3. Establish fire protection plan 1.03 PAYMENT FOR and safety program. MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION 4. Secure construction water A. Contractor shall be limited to a supply. maximum of 3.0 percent of the total price bid for mobilization. 5. Provide on-site sanitary The cost of facilities and potable water mobilization/demobilization shall facilities as specified. be shown in the Schedule of Values. 6. Arrange for and erect Contractor's work and B. Demobilization shall be shown storage yard and in the schedule of values as a employees' parking minimum 25 percent of the facilities. value for mobilization. 7. Submit all required PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) insurance certificates and bonds. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 8. Obtain all required permits. END OF SECTION 9. Post all OSHA, EPA, Department of Labor, and all other required notices. Boynton Beach Utilities SC01505-1 MOBILIZATION 041. SECTION 01570 - MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC PART 1 GENERAL vehicles and Owner's operations. Contractor's employee's personal 1.01 Contractor shall provide all labor, vehicles shall NOT be parked "in material and services to perform all and around" the project site. operations required for the maintenance Contractor's employee's personal and protection of vehicular and vehicles shall be parked at the pedestrian traffic in conformance to all storage yard. applicable FDOT laws and regulations and subject to acceptance and permits 1.06 TRAFFIC CONTROLERS by Owner, Palm Beach County and A. Provide trained and equipped traffic FDOT as applicable. controllers to regulate traffic when construction operations encroach 1.02 REFERENCES on public traffic lanes. A. State of Florida Department of 1.07 LIGHTS Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Section 102, 2000 A. Use approved barricades with lights Edition (or latest edition) during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide B. State of Florida Manual of Traffic traffic. Control and Safe Practices for 1.08 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND DEVICES Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance and Utility Operations A. At approaches to site and on site, C. The Manual of Uniform Traffic install at crossroads, detours, Control Devices, latest edition parking areas, and elsewhere as needed, to direct construction and D. CBB ROW Permit affected public traffic. The Contractor shall submit traffic control through work zone plans 1.03 SUBMITTAL based on FDOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standards, 2001 A. Submit Traffic Control Plans, ROW Edition (or latest edition). Permit Applications and Construction Schedule to the B. Relocate as Work progresses, to Owner, Palm Beach County (if maintain effective traffic control. applicable), and the FDOT (if applicable) for review and acceptance 30 days prior to the 1.09 REMOVAL start of construction. A. Remove equipment and devices 1.04 SIGNS AND DEVICES when no longer required. A. Traffic Control and Informational B. Repair damage caused by Signs installation. B. Traffic Cones and Drums, and 1.10 SPECIFIC TRAFFIC CONTROL Lights A. Contractor shall maintain through C. Traffic Controllers Equipment traffic on all public roads at all times unless stated otherwise herein. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION PARKING CONTROL B. Contractor shall maintain access to all vehicular driveways (public or A. Control vehicular parking to prevent private)at all times. Contractor shall interference with public traffic and backfill and install temporary rock parking, access by emergency base as necessary in order to Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01570-1 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC provide safe and functional access of the construction. to all driveways. B. If it becomes necessary to block off C. Contractor shall coordinate with the an entire street to vehicular traffic Police and Fire Departments for during construction (other than for whom the Contractor will provide an emergency situation), the satisfactory access at all times. Contractor must secure the written authorization of the CITY and Palm D. Contractor shall maintain, at the Beach County or FDOT as minimum, one travel lane, in each acknowledged as a condition of the direction, when performing work Right-of-Way (ROW) permit(s) prior within the Palm Beach County to completely blocking off the Right-of-Way. roadway. 1.11 EXECUTION 1.12 UNIT PRICE—MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. The Contractor shall arrange its work to cause minimum disturbance A. Refer to Section 01025 - to normal pedestrian and vehicular MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT traffic; and shall be held responsible PROCEDURES. for providing and maintaining suitable means of access (including END OF SECTION emergencies) to all public and private properties during all stages Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01570-2 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL evidence of compliance with the requirements of 1.01 DESCRIPTION governing authorities. A. Scope of Work: Contractor shall B. When the conditions of comply with requirement stated paragraph 1.02 A. are met the in Conditions of the Contract Contractor shall submit to the and in specifications for Consultant: administrative procedures in closing out the Work. 1. A written notice that it considers the Work, or B. Related Requirements portion thereof, is Described Elsewhere: substantially complete, and request an inspection. 1. Cleaning: Section SC01710 C. Within a reasonable time after 2. Project Record Documents: receipt of such notice, the Section SC01720 Consultant will make an inspection to determine the 3. Operating and Maintenance status of completion. Data: Section SC01730 D. When the Consultant finds that 4. Warranties and Bonds: the Work is substantially Section SC01740. complete, Consultant will: 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 1. Attend a Substantial Completion walk-through of A. The Work will not be the facility to include the substantially complete, and CITY, Contractor and Contractor may not request Consultant and/or Engineer substantial completion of Record to determine the inspection unless the following completeness of the Project submittals and work is and readiness of the facility completed: for occupancy. 1. All work specified herein 2. Prepare and deliver to CITY and shown on the drawing a Certificate of Substantial is complete. Completion with the punchlist of items to be 2. Project Record Documents completed or corrected have been submitted and before final inspection. reviewed to the requirements of Section 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION SC01720. A. Prior to Contractors request for 3. All deficiencies noted on a final inspection the following inspection reports or non- submittals and Work must be conformances are corrected complete: or the correction plan approved. 1. Project Record Documents must be approved. 4. Contractor to submit Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01700-1 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT . 0 2. Equipment and systems made by the Contractor: have been tested in the presence of the CITY's 1. Contractor will compensate representative and are the CITY for such additional operational and training, services. when applicable. 2. CITY will deduct the amount 3. All punchlist items have of such compensation from been corrected. the final payment to the Contractor. B. The Consultant will, within reasonable time, make an 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT inspection to verify the status of SUBMITTALS completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of A. Warranties and Bonds: To Contractor's request. requirements of Section SC01740. C. Should the Consultant consider that the Work is incomplete or B. Evidence of Payment and defective: Release of Liens: To requirements of General and 1. The Consultant will promptly Supplementary Conditions. notify the Contractor in writing, listing the C. Certificate of Insurance for incomplete or defective Products and Completed work. Operations. 2. Contractor shall take D. Final Application for Payment immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and E. Certificate of Substantial send another written Completion. certification to the Consultant that the Work is F. Certificate of Final Inspection, complete. Testing, and Acceptance 3. The Consultant will within a G. Closeout of all applicable reasonable amount of time, permits: reinspect the Work and the 1. State or other jurisdictional Contractor shall be liable for permits (as applicable): reinspection fees as a. FDOT described in paragraph b. LWDD 1.04. c. SFWMD d. USACE D. When the Consultant finds that e. FEC the Work is acceptable under f. CSX the Contract Documents, the 2. PBC ROW/MOT Contractor may make closeout 3. PBC Health Department submittals. 4. PBC Building Department 5. City of Boynton Beach — 1.04 REINSPECTION FEES Right-of-Way (ROW) 6. City of Boynton Beach A. Should the Consultant perform Building Department reinspections due to failure of the Work to comply with the 1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF claims of status of completion ACCOUNTS Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01700-2 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Consultant. A. Submit data on 8 1/2 x 11 inch pages in three-ring binders with B. Statement shall reflect all durable covers. adjustments to the Contract Sum: B. Prepare binder cover and binder spine with printed title 1. The original Contract Sum. "RECORD DOCUMENT MANUAL", title of project, and 2. Additions and deductions subject matter of binder when resulting from: multiple binders are required. a. Previous change orders C. Internally subdivide the binder or written amendment. contents with permanent page dividers and tabs. b. Allowances. D. Contents: Prepare a Table of c. Unit prices. Contents as follows: d. Deductions for 1. Part 1: Directory, listing uncorrected work. names, addresses, and telephone numbers of e. Deductions for Engineer, Contractor, liquidated damages. Subcontractors and major equipment suppliers. f. Deductions for 2. Part 2: Project documents reinspection payments. and certificates, including the following: g. Other adjustments. a. Certificate of Substantial Completion 3. Total Contract Sum, as with signed-off adjusted. Substantial Completion punchlist. 4. Previous payments. b. Certificate of Final Acceptance. 5. Sum remaining due. c. Warranty of Title, form WT-1 C. Consultant will prepare a final d. Final Release of Lien Change Order, reflecting e. Pre- and Post- approved adjustments to the construction videos and Contract Sum which were not photographs on DVD or previously made by Change CD. Orders. f. Certifications of closeout of all 1.07 FINAL APPLICATION FOR applicable permits PAYMENT (NPDES, PBC Health Department, SFWMD, A. Contractor shall submit the final LWDD, PBC or CBB Application for Payment in Building Permits, etc.) accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the E. Submit Operation and Conditions of the Contract. Maintenance (0 & M) Manuals for all equipment. The O&M 1.08 RECORD DOCUMENT Manuals shall include the Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01700-3 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT • following information: a. Manufacturer's name, A. Submit written certification that address, and telephone the Work has been completed in number. accordance with Contract b. List of equipment Documents and is ready for the c. Parts list for each Substantial Completion and/or component Final Completion walk-throughs. d. Operating instructions e. Maintenance instructions for B. Provide submittals to the equipment and systems. Consultant and the CITY that are required by governing or F. Submit to the CITY, one (1) permitting authorities such as draft copy of the RECORD Palm Beach County Health DOCUMENT MANUAL fifteen Department, Palm Beach (15) days prior to the request for County Traffic/Land Final Inspection, Testing and Development, FDOT, etc. in Acceptance. This copy will be order to closeout the project. reviewed and returned prior to Final Inspection, Testing and C. Submit final Application for Acceptance, with the CITY's Payment identifying total comments. Revise content of adjusted Contract Sum, all document sets as required. previous payments, and full release of retainage. G. Submit one (1) revised FINAL RECORD DOCUMENT D. Final payment and release of MANUAL and six (6) sets for all retention with NOT be made Operation and Maintenance until the RECORD DOCUMENT Manuals, within ten (10) days MANUALS, Operation and after Final Inspection, Testing Maintenance Manuals, and the and Acceptance. . "AFTER" photographic survey, video, and photographs on PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) DVD/CD have been received and accepted by the CITY. PART 3 - EXECUTION END OF SECTION 3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01700-4 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT SECTION 01705 - RECORD DRAWING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL Minimum Technical Standards (MTS)requirements. 1.01 The terms "Record Drawing" and "As- Built Drawing" shall be synonymous. B. AutoCAD computer generated However, it is the CITY's preference to progress Record Drawings are refer to these drawings as "Record required to be submitted with each Drawings". The Record Drawings are Application for Payment. prepared by the Contractor and are used to document the actual 1.05 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD construction and other conditions noted DRAWINGS in the Contract Documents. A. The Contractor shall maintain full 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE size (24"x36") field drawings to reflect the installed/accepted items A. Contractor shall maintain at the site, of work as the Work progresses. a record copy of: Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall submit 1. Drawings two (2) sets of full size, signed and sealed Record Drawings and one 2. Approved Shop Drawings, (1) CD or DVD with the electronic Product Data and Samples PDF and AutoCAD files (AutoCAD 2010 or newer format). All Record 3. Field Test Records Drawings shall be generated with AutoCAD, and conversions from 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS: any other CAD platform to AutoCAD once the drawings are A. Measurement and Payment — finished are not allowed. Points Section SC01025 collected shall be generated with AutoCAD Land Desktop or B. Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, AutoCAD Civil 3D. An electronic and Samples—Section SC01340 set of the design drawings (including all pertinent XREF's, CTB C. Testing Laboratory Services — files, images, etc.) will be furnished Section SC01410 to the Contractor by the design engineer at no cost. D. Substitutions and Product Options— Section SC01630 B. Contractor shall label each document, "PROJECT RECORD 1.04 RELATED REQUIREMENTS DRAWING" in neat large printed letters, or by rubber stamp. A. The completed final Record Drawings shall be certified by a C. Contractor shall maintain Florida Registered Land Surveyor. documents in a clean, dry, legible This certification shall consist of the condition and in good order. Do not surveyor's embossed seal bearing use record documents for his/her registration number, the construction purposes. surveyor's signature and date (of the survey) on each sheet of the D. Record information must be created drawing set (including the cover concurrently with construction and key sheet). Standard Detail progress. Contractor shall not sheets are not required to be conceal any work until required included in the Record Drawing set. information is recorded. In addition, all Record Drawing sheets shall list the company name, E. Contractor shall make documents business address, and telephone and samples available for number of surveyor. Additionally, inspection by CITY and the Record Drawings shall meet all CONSULTANT at all times. Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01705-1 RECORD DRAWING REQUIREMENTS s 1.06 RECORD DRAWINGS E. Contractor's Record Drawings shall include the key sheet / key map A. Survey/GPS Points: All points shall with exact system pipe line and be collected via NAD83 FL State valve locations indicated including Plane coordinates and elevations GPS coordinates. collected via the NAVD88 vertical datum. All drawings shall be in the F. Computer generated Record proper coordinate base, Drawings shall be submitted; data coordinates shall be called out on in tabular form will not be accepted. the drawings, and all field collected data shall be submitted in comma G. Additionally, Station & Offset and delimited text electronic format. GPS coordinates certified by the surveyor, shall be provided for: B. Record Drawings shall include complete as installed information 1. Water Mains (including raw including paving and drainage water as applicable): Valves, relative to pavement location; fittings, fire hydrants, concrete curb; gutter and permanent sample points, sidewalks; elevations of surface service taps and meters. drainage flows to insure proper routings of storm water runoff; 2. Sanitary Sewers: - Manholes location of inlets, manholes, and cleanouts. outfalls, endwalls and control structures; as well as pipe inverts, 3. Stormwater systems: Inlets, top of grates, rim elevations, and manholes and outfalls other features that were (including MES). constructed in the Project. 4. Force Mains: Valves and C. The Record Drawings shall include fittings. complete as installed information of the utility systems, (water, sanitary 5. Reuse Mains: Valves, fittings, sewer and storm water systems) permanent sample points, including service laterals, sample service taps and meters. points, valves, backflow preventers, information relative to location of 6. Wellfields: Wellheads and manholes, valve pits (enclosures), valves wet wells, lift stations, as well as the inverts and rim elevations, and any 7. General: Street light poles, other features that were either hand-holds and pull boxes constructed as part of the project or discovered during the construction H. Representative items of work that of the project. Any and all As-Built shall be shown on the Record utilities that vary from the design Drawings as verified, changed or drawing set shall be moved added are shown below: spatially to its correct locations and reflected accordingly in the 1. Plans: AutoCAD, PDF, and hard copy Record Drawings. a. Structure types, location with grade of rim and flow- D. Dimensional ties to water lines shall line elevations. be provided, both horizontal and vertical, at a minimum of every 200 b. Piping system type (water linear feet (If). Each water line main, gravity sewer, etc.), dimensional tie shall include length, size and centerline stationing and be elevations. referenced to the nearest edge of roadway paving with elevation of c. Utility type, length, size the top of the pipe. and elevation in conflict structures Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01705-2 RECORD DRAWING REQUIREMENTS . 0 d. All maintenance access structures, valve pits, a. Rims, inverts and length of valves and hydrants within piping between structures right-of way. as well as slopes. e. Critical spot elevations at b. Separation callouts high or low intersections between water main, and the midpoint of all sanitary sewer mains and intersections. laterals and storm drainage piping and f. Sewer laterals. structures. 2. Pavement Marking and Signing c. The stub ends of all sewer Plans: Sign location where laterals shall be located installed if different from plans. via GPS and if there are any cleanouts installed on I. Record Drawing shall include the the sewer laterals then the following criteria at a minimum. invert elevation of these cleanouts need to be 1. Record Drawings of water lines obtained. shall include the following information: d. Lift station Record Drawings shall consist of a. Top of pipe elevations and top of wet well elevation, horizontal location every invert elevation of the 100 linear feet(If). incoming line, bottom of the wet well and of the b. Separation callouts compound area. between water main, sanitary sewer mains and 3. Force main Record Drawings laterals, reclaimed water shall be prepared the same as and storm drainage piping the water line Record and structures. Drawings. c. Final elevations of surface 4. Reclaimed water Record feature including roadway Drawings shall be prepared the crown, edge of pavement same as the water line Record (roadway and sidewalk) Drawings. and swale elevations every 200 liner feet(If). 5. Record Drawings of all storm water drainage systems shall d. Station and Offset, GPS include the following locations and elevations of information: fittings, valves, fire hydrants, permanent a. Structures, grate sample points and water elevations, inverts and service taps and meters. diameter and length of pipe line between e. All tie-ins to existing lines structures, type of shall be shown in an drainage system enlarged detail of the tie-in (conveyance and/or configuration. exfiltration) and weir elevations if applicable. f. All water services b. Separation callouts 2. Record Drawings of all gravity between water main, sanitary sewer lines include the sanitary sewer mains and following information: laterals and storm drainage piping and structures. Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01705-3 RECORD DRAWING REQUIREMENTS c. Cross section (ROW to the deep cut line, with the ROW) every 50 feet or distance between each shown critical change in elevation on the drawing. If there are and at each inlet showing contours indicated on the sidewalk, inlet grate and/or design plans, then they shall top and bottom of be recorded as well. swale/slope, edge of roadway, roadway crown, a. Retention area Record edge of roadway, grate Drawings elevations shall and sidewalk elevations. be taken at the bottom of the retention area and at 6. All rock and asphalt Record the top of bank. If there Drawings for parking lot, are contours indicated on roadways and swales areas the design plans, then they shall consist of the following: shall be recorded as well. a. Rock elevations at all high b. If a change is made via and low points, and at field order or deviation to enough intermediate any structure, pipeline, points to confirm slope etc., a new location shall consistency and every 50' be noted on the Record for roadways. Drawings. The Consultant may request additional b. Rock elevations shall be Record Drawing taken at all locations information to verify where there is a finish horizontal or vertical grade elevation shown on locations. the design plans. 1.07 SUBMITTAL c. All catch basin and manhole rim / grate A. Record Drawings - As a condition elevations shall be shown. precedent to the Contractor's request for Substantial Completion d. Elevations around island Inspection, the Contractor shall areas are required. furnish to CITY a complete set of full size paper prints, marked-up e. As constructed elevations Record Drawings with "RECORD shall be taken on all paved DRAWINGS" clearly printed on and unpaved swales prior each sheet for review and approval to placement of asphalt and acknowledge the receipt of and/or topsoil/sod, at marked up plans, comments that enough intermediate shall be addressed before Final points to confirm slope Completion If there was no change consistency and to the drawing, it shall be marked conformance to the plan "RECORD DRAWING - NO details. CHANGE" All final Record Drawing sheets shall be certified, signed and 7. Lake and canal bank Record sealed by the Contractor's Drawings shall include a key surveyor. sheet of the lake for the location of cross sections. B. Additionally, the Contractor shall Lake and canal bank cross certify by stamping and signing sections shall be plotted at a each Record Drawing sheet minimum of every 100 linear indicating the fact that it has been feet (If) and the top and bottom reviewed and accepted. of slope/edge of water around the lake or canal, unless C. Initially, two (2) signed and sealed otherwise specified. Record paper prints are to be submitted to Drawings shall consist of the the Project Manager for review. location and elevation of the Following review by the Consultant top of bank, edge of water and and CITY, any comments are to be Boynton Beach Utilities- SC01705-4 RECORD DRAWING REQUIREMENTS addressed. On final submission, the attachments to drawings (i.e., following items shall be provided: XREFs, Images, CTB files, or any such attached files) shall be written 1. Two (2) sets of signed and to CD or DVD. Original layer states sealed drawings (24 in. x 36 shall be saved in AutoCAD prior to in.). If sent by mail or courier, making any changes to drawings the drawings shall be packaged using the Layer State Manager in properly sized shipping tubes. under the Layer Properties Manager dialog box. As a minimum 2. PDF and AutoCAD electronic requirement, electronic files must files on CD or DVD. All include all features that were shown proposed data must be crossed on the approved construction plans. out and the computer generated As-Built data must be easily E. When identified on the Schedule of identified and put on AutoCAD Bid Items as a separate pay item, layers other than those used by Record Drawings shall be paid for the Design Engineer, with the once the FINAL project Record text "ASB" preceding the layer Drawings have been submitted to name. A bold or different font and accepted by the CITY and and line weight may be used. A CONSULTANT. sample of record data must be added to the legend and shown on each plan/profile sheet. PART 2 PRODUCTS -Not Used. D. The electronic files submitted must PART 3 EXECUTION -Not Used. be in PDF and AutoCAD 2010 or newer format. All digital files are to be copied on CD or DVD. All fonts END OF SECTION and line types shall be from the standard AutoCAD library. Any Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01705-5 RECORD DRAWING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL Samples. 1.01 IN-PROGRESS PROJECT 7. Field Test records. RECORD DOCUMENTS 8. Maintenance of Traffic A. All dimensions and annotations (MOT) Plans that are noted below shall be included on the progress and 9. Construction photographs. final Record Drawings. Contractor shall maintain on site B. Related Requirements one (1) record copy for the Described Elsewhere: Consultant of the following as it progresses: 1. Field Engineering: Section SC01050. 1. Drawings: 2. Shop Drawings, Working a. Trench bottom Drawings and Samples: elevations Section SC01340. b. Top of bedding (when 3. Construction Photographs: imported bedding is Section SC01380. required) 4. Video and Photographic c. Pipe invert at each Site Survey: Section structure SC01390 d. Station and off-set 1.02 RECORDING measurements including grate A. Label each document elevations for "PROJECT RECORD" in neat structures. large printed letters. e. GPS B. Record information concurrently coordinates/notations with construction progress. f. Mapping of all soil 1. Do not conceal any work density test results until required information is (pass and fail) recorded. 2. Specifications C. Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction: 3. Addenda. 1. Depths of various elements 4. Change Orders and other of foundation in relation to modifications of the finish first floor datum. Contract. 2. Location of existing internal 5. Consultant's Field Orders or utilities and appurtenances written instructions. concealed in the construction, referenced to 6. Approved Shop Drawings, visible and accessible Working Drawings and features of the structure. Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01720-1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. At Contract closeout, deliver 3. Field changes of dimension Record Documents to the and detail. Consultant for the CITY. 4. Changes made by Field B. Accompany submittal with Order or by Change Order. transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 5. Details not on original Contract Drawings. 1. Date. 6. Equipment and piping 2. Project title and number. relocations. 3. Contractor's name and D. Specifications and Addenda: address. Legibly mark each section to record: 4. Title and number of each Record Document. 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number of Supplier 5. Signature of Contractor or of each product and item of his authorized equipment actually installed. representative. 2. Product substitutions and PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) alternates utilized. PART 3— EXECUTION (NOT USED) 3. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. END OF SECTION 1.02 SUBMITTAL Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01720-2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS SECTION 01730 - OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 -GENERAL B. Format: 1.01 DESCRIPTION 1. Size: 8-1/2 inches x 11 inches. A. Scope of Work: 2. Paper: 20 pound 1. Contractor shall compile minimum, white, for typed product data and related pages. information appropriate for CITY's maintenance and 3. Text: Manufacturer's operation of products furnished printed data, or neatly under Contract. typewritten. a. Prepare operating and 4. Drawings: maintenance data as specified in this Section a. Provide reinforced and as referenced in other punched binder tab, pertinent sections of bind in with text. Specifications. b. Reduce larger 2. Contractor shall instruct CITY's drawings and fold to personnel in maintenance of size of text pages but products and in operation of not larger than 14 equipment and systems. inches x 17 inches. B. Related Requirements Described 5. Provide fly-leaf for each Elsewhere: separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. 1. Contract Closeout: Section SC01700 a. Provide typed description of projects and major 2. Project Record Documents: component parts of Section SC01720 equipment. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE b. Provide identified tabs. A. Preparation of data shall be done 6. Cover: Identify each volume by personnel: with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND 1. Trained and experienced in MAINTENANCE maintenance and operation of INSTRUCTIONS". List: described products. a. Title of Project. 2. Familiar with requirements of the Section. b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. 3. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to c. Identity of general subject communicate essential data. matter covered in the manual. 4. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings. C. Binders: 1.03 FORM OF SUBMITTALS 1. Commercial quality three-post binders with durable and A. Prepare data in form of an cleanable plastic covers. instructional manual for use by CITY's personnel. 2. Maximum post width: 2 inches. Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01730-1 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA drawings as necessary to 3. When multiple binders are clearly illustrate: used, correlate the data into related consistent groups. a. Relations of component parts of equipment and 1.04 CONTENT OF MANUAL systems. A. Neatly typewritten table of contents b. Control and flow diagrams. for each volume, arranged in systematic order. 2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record 1. Contractor, name of Documents to assure correct responsible principal, address illustration of completed and telephone number. installation. 2. A list of each project required 3. Do not use Project Record to be included, indexed to Documents as maintenance content of the volume. drawings. 3. List, with each project, name, D. Written test, as required to address and telephone number supplement product data for the of: particular installation: a. Subcontractor or installer. 1. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for b. A list of each product different procedures. required to be included, indexed to content of the 2. Provide logical sequence of volume. instruction of each procedure. c. Identify area of E. Copy of each warranty, bond and responsibility of each. service contract issued. d. Local source of supply for 1. Provide information sheet for parts and replacement. CITY's personnel, give: 4. Identify each product by a. Proper procedures in product name and other event of failure. identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. b. Instances which might affect validity of warranties B. Product Data: or bonds. 1. Include only those sheets 1.05 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND which are pertinent to the FINISHES specific product. A. Submit six (6) copies of complete 2. Annotate each sheet to: manual in final form to the CITY through the CONSULTANT. a. Clearly identify specific product or part installed. B. Content: for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: b. Clearly identify data applicable to installation. 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. c. Delete references to inapplicable information. a. Catalog number, size, composition. C. Drawings: b. Color and texture 1. Supplement product data with designations. Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01730-2 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA and commercial number of c. Information required for replaceable parts. reordering special manufacturing products. 2. Operating procedures: 2. Instructions for care and a. Start-up, break-in, routine maintenance. and normal operating instructions. a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types b. Regulation, control, of cleaning agents and stopping, shut-down and methods. emergency instructions. b. Cautions against cleaning c. Summer and winter agents and methods which operating instructions. are detrimental to product. d. Special operating c. Recommend schedule for instructions. cleaning and maintenance. 3. Maintenance procedures: C. Content,for moisture protection and weather-exposed products: a. Routine operations. 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full b. Guide to "trouble- information on products. shooting". a. Applicable standards. c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. b. Chemical composition. d. Alignment, adjusting and c. Details of installation. checking. 2. Instructions for inspection, 4. Servicing and lubrication maintenance and repair. required. D. Additional requirements for 5. Manufacturer's printed maintenance data: Respective operating and maintenance sections of Specifications. instructions. 1.06 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND 6. Description of sequence of SYSTEMS operation by control manufacturer. A. Submit five (5) copies of complete manual in final form to the CITY 7. Original manufacturer's parts through the CONSULTANT. list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams B. Content, for each unit of equipment required for maintenance. and system, as appropriate: a. Predicted life of parts 1. Description of unit and subject to wear. component parts. b. Items recommended to be a. Function, normal operating stocked as spare parts. characteristics, and limiting conditions. 8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. b. Performance curves, engineering data and 9. Each contractor's coordination tests. drawings. c. Complete nomenclature a. As-installed color coded Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01730-3 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA piping diagrams. shooting". 10. Charts of valve tag numbers, c. Disassembly, repair and with location and function of reassembly. each valve. 6. Manufacturer's printed 11. List of original manufacturer's operating and maintenance spare parts, manufacturer's instructions. current prices and recommended quantities to be 7. List of original manufacturer's maintained in storage. spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and 12. Other data as required under recommended quantities to be pertinent sections of maintained in storage. specifications. 8. Other data as required under C. Content, for each electric and pertinent sections of electronic systems, as appropriate: specifications. 1. Description of system and D. Prepare and include additional data component parts. when the need for such data becomes apparent during a. Function, normal operating instruction of CITY's personnel. characteristics, and limiting conditions. E. Additional requirements for operating and maintenance data: b. Performance curves, Respective sections of engineering data and Specifications. tests. 1.07 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of A. Submit two (2) copies of completed replaceable parts. data in final form to the CITY through the CONSULTANT no later 2. Circuit directories and than thirty (30) days following the panelboards. Consultant's review of the last shop drawing and/or other submittal a. Electrical service specified under Section SC01340. b. Controls 1. One copy will be returned with comments to be incorporated c. Communications into final copies. 3. As installed color coded wiring B. Submit six (6) copies of approved diagrams. manual in final form directly to the offices of the Consultant, within 4. Operating procedures: thirty (30) calendar days of product shipment to the project site and a. Routine and normal preferably within 30 days after the operating instructions. reviewed copy is received. b. Sequences required. C. Append six (6) copies of addendum to the operation and maintenance c. Special operating manuals as applicable and instructions. certificates as specified within thirty (30) days after final inspection and 5. Maintenance procedures: plant start-up test. a. Routine operations. 1.08 INSTRUCTION OF CITY'S PERSONNEL b. Guide to "trouble- Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01730-4 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Fully instruct CITY's designated operating and maintenance personnel in operation, adjustment and maintenance of products, equipment and systems. B. Review operating and maintenance manual with CITY's operating and maintenance personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. C. A list shall be provided to the CITY detailing the date, time and attendees of all training sessions. PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3- EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01730-5 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 - GENERAL contract. 1.01 DESCRIPTION 6. Provide information for CITY's personnel: A. Scope of Work: a. Proper procedure in 1. Contractor shall compile case of failure. specified warranties and bonds, as in Article 5 and b. Instances which might 13 of the General affect the validity of Conditions and as specified warranty or bond. in these Specifications. 7. Contractor, name of B. Related Work Described responsible principal, Elsewhere: address and telephone number. 1. General Conditions: Articles 5 and 13 1.03 FORM OF SUBMITTALS 2. Contract Closeout: Section A. Prepare in duplicate packets. SC01700. B. Format: 1.02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Size 8-1/2 inches by 11 A. Assemble warranties, bonds inches, punch sheets for and service and maintenance standard three (3) post contracts, executed by each of binder. the respective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors. a. Fold larger sheets to fit into binders. B. Number of original signed copies required: Two (2) each. 2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title C. Table of Contents: Neatly "WARRANTIES AND typed, in orderly sequence. BONDS". List: Provide complete information for each item. a. Title of Project. 1. Product of work item. b. Name of Contractor. 2. Firm, with name of principal, C. Binders: Commercial quality, address and telephone three (3) post binder, with number. durable and cleanable plastic covers and maximum post width 3. Scope. of two (2) inches. 4. Date of beginning of 1.04 WARRANTY SUBMITTALS warranty, bond or service REQUIREMENTS and maintenance contract. A. For all major pieces of 5. Duration of warranty, bond equipment, submit a warranty or service maintenance from the equipment Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01740-1 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 0 manufacturer. The the start of the Correction manufacturer's warranty period Period, the Contractor shall shall be concurrent with the obtain from the manufacturer a Contractor's for one (1) year, two (2) year warranty unless otherwise specified, commencing at the time of commencing at the time of final equipment delivery to the job acceptance by the CITY. site. This two (2) year warranty from the manufacturer shall not B. The Contractor shall be relieve the Contractor of the one responsible for obtaining (1) year warranty. certificates for equipment warranty for all major equipment D. The CITY shall incur no labor or specified under technical equipment cost during the specifications for Divisions 11: guarantee period. Equipment; 13: Special Construction; 15: Mechanical; E. Guarantee shall cover all and 16: Electrical and which necessary labor, equipment and has at least a 1 hp motor or replacement parts resulting from which lists for more than $1,000. faulty or inadequate equipment The Consultant reserves the design, improper assembly or right to request warranties for erection, defective workmanship equipment not classified as and materials, leakage, major. The Contractor shall still breakage or other failure of all warrant equipment not equipment and components considered to be "major" in the furnished by the manufacturer. Contractor's one-year warranty period even though certificates PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) of warranty may not be required. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) C. In the event that the equipment manufacturer or supplier is unwilling to provide a one (1) END OF SECTION year warranty commencing at Boynton Beach Utilities— SC01740-2 WARRANTIES AND BONDS SECTION 02018 VIBRATION MONITORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION: A. Furnish, install, maintain, monitor, and remove vibration-monitoring equipment as specified and as indicated. B. Monitor vibrations and noise levels originating from construction operations as indicated or specified. C. Modify construction operation procedures if existing operation creates vibration or noise exceeding specified amounts. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01340— Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, and Samples B. Section SC01700—Contract Closeout C. Section 03415— Prestressed Concrete Piles 1.3 REFERENCES Not Used 1.4 UNIT PRICE — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. When this Section is to be implemented, it shall be considered to be incidental to the specific Work scope for the individual Section, i.e., Pre-Cast Concrete Piles. 1.5 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit the following: 1. Qualifications of the independent vibration consulting firm's Professional Engineer including the names of the five (5) successful projects with names, current addresses, and telephone numbers of persons in charge of representing the owners or the owners at the time of monitored vibration-inducing operation and noise levels. 2. Qualifications of the vibration consulting firm's personnel to install, operate and interpret the monitoring equipment including the name of the personnel and the names of the three (3) projects per person which they installed, operated, monitored, and interpreted monitoring equipment with names, current addresses and telephone numbers of persons in charge of representing the owners or the owners at the time of monitored vibration-inducing operations and noise levels. 3. Prior to commencement of pile driving or other vibration inducing operations, submit in writing the plan for monitoring operations and equipment to be used to Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02018-1 Vibration Monitoring assure compliance with the vibration and noise limitation. As a minimum, this plan shall provide for the following: a. Recommended vibration-limiting methods to meet the specified peak particle velocity limitations and locations for taking measurements. b. Manufacturers' brochures and written operation instructions for seismograph recording equipment intended to be used for each vibration occurrence. 4. Daily reports, while driving sheeting, piles or performing other vibration-inducing operations, detailing each source of vibration, location of monitoring, and the vibration records highlighting peak particle velocities. All daily reports shall be stamped and signed by the Vibration Consulting Firm's Professional Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT: A. Provide a low frequency sensitive three-component seismic recording instrument with wave paper trace, variable trigger level setting, peak particle velocity memory operation (in inches/second)and sound level readout capability. B. Manufacturers: 1. Spregnether, St. Louis, MO 2. Slope Indicator Co., Seattle, WA 3. D&L Equipment Corp., Spoffard, NH 4. Or equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Provide in accordance with Division 1 B. Retain the services of an independent vibration consulting firm with the following in-house personnel to conduct the following vibration monitoring requirements: 1. Preparation, signing and stamping of monitoring plans and daily reports, and overseeing monitoring and interpretation of monitoring equipment shall be performed by personnel with the following qualifications: a. Be a Florida Registered Professional Engineer b. Have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the vibration-consulting field c. Have successfully completed at least five (5) projects with vibration- inducing operations and noise levels equal to or more severe than those to be encountered Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02018-2 Vibration Monitoring 2. Installation, monitoring and interpretation of monitoring equipment shall be performed by personnel with the following qualifications: a. Have at least three (3) years of experience in the operation of monitoring equipment proposed for use and interpretation of records produced by such equipment b. Have installed, operated, monitored and interpreted equipment and records on at least three (3) projects with vibration-inducing operations and noise levels equal to or more severe than those to be encountered 3.2 EXECUTION: A. Furnish specified instrumentation to be installed, operated and interpreted by the vibration consulting firm's personnel, as specified below and indicated. B. Monitor vibrations and record the entire particle velocity wave train, not just peak velocities. Obtain accurate, legible seismometer records of monitored vibrations. C. Perform all pile sheeting, driving, and other vibration-inducing operations so that vibrations reaching adjacent structures and facilities are within specified limits. D. Monitor vibrations by measuring the peak particle velocity in the vicinity of work. Peak particle velocity is defined as a maximum of the three velocity components, measured in three mutually perpendicular directions at any point by an instrument and combining the results. The peak particle velocity as measured by the vibration consulting firm's personnel on or at the location as specified in the submitted vibration monitoring plan, for blasting, pile driving, or other vibration-inducing operations, shall not exceed the following: Type of Concrete Peak Particle Age of Concrete, Velocity in/sec. hrs. Mass Concrete 0-11 1.0 11 and over 2.0 Concrete Structures 0-11 0.5 11-24 1.0 24 and over 2.0 Permanent Structure or Utility 2.0 E. In the event any recordings indicate that vibration limits are being exceeded, immediately suspend all sheeting, driving and other vibration-inducing operations and submit a report to the Engineer. Revise operations to reduce vibrations and submit a copy of the revised procedure to the Engineer at no additional cost to the City. F. If evidence of displacement or damage to utilities, equipment, or structures is observed or reported, immediately notify the Engineer and discontinue operations creating the vibrations. Revise operation to reduce vibrations and submit a copy of the revised procedure to the Engineer. G. Restore or replace utilities, equipment, or structures damaged by at no additional cost to the City. H. Monitor and record on chart noise originating from construction activities. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02018-3 Vibration Monitoring I. If noise limitations as specified City Ordinance's are exceeded notify the Engineer and discontinue operations creating noise. Revise operation to meet specified noise limitation before continuing. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02018-4 Vibration Monitoring SECTION 02060 AGGREGATE MATERIALS The Utilities Department uses the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the FDOT Design Standards latest edition (where applicable) as reference documents. It is the intent of the Utilities Department that this technical specification (02060) shall govern the applicable project work that is typically identified in the following FDOT Specification and Standard sections: • Section 204- Graded Aggregate Base • Section 210- Reworking Limerock Base • Section 220- Shaping and Compacting Local Base Rock • Section 230- Limerock Stabilized Base • Section 911 — Limerock Material for Base and Stabilized Base • Section 240- Sand-Clay Base • Section 250- Shell Base • Section 913—Shell Material • Section 913A—Shell—Rock Material • Section 914—Stabilization Materials • Section 260- Shell Stabilized Base • Section 270- Soil Cement Base • Section 901 - Course Aggregate • Section 902- Fine Aggregate In the event that this technical specification (02060) is either silent on an issue or requirement or if it appears to present a conflict with the referenced FDOT Specifications and Standards, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request clarification or resolution, in writing, from the Project Manager and Engineer. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aggregate materials 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01025 - Measurement and Payment B. Section SC01340— Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, and Samples C. Section SC01400 - Quality Requirements D. Section 02300 - Earthwork E. Section 02320—Trenching and Excavation F. Section 02322— Dewatering and Drainage G. Section 02324— Backfill H. Section 02371 - Riprap and Rock Lining Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02060-1 Aggregate Materials Section 02740— Subgrade, Base Course and Asphalt 1.3 REFERENCES A. Florida DOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction cited at the beginning of this section. B. AASHTO - M147 - Standard Specification for Materials for Aggregate and Soil-Aggregate Sub base, Base and Surface Courses C. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-Ib) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in) Drop D. ASTM C136 - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates E. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (6,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3) F. ASTM D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) G. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) H. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) I. ASTM D4318 - Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils 1.4 UNIT PRICES - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Section SC01025 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT B. Aggregate (other than required for roadway repair, construction, exfiltration trench and manhole/structure support pad): By the square yard - Includes supplying aggregate materials, stockpiling, placement, compaction and testing. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals for review and authorization to proceed 1. Materials Source: Submit name of imported materials suppliers 2. Materials: Submit material certificates including proctor and sieve analysis of each type of aggregate supplied PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COARSE AGGREGATE MATERIALS A. Coarse Aggregate Type FDOT 57 Stone 2.2 FINE AGGREGATE MATERIALS Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02060-2 Aggregate Materials A. Fine Aggregate Type FDOT Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Construction Section 902. B. ASTM D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). C. Materials generated from the on-site excavations or imported from an off-site source may be utilized for backfill of pipeline and associated structure excavations provided the materials consist of relatively clean sands or reasonably well graded, relatively clean sand-gravel mixtures that are free of timber, roots, clods, construction demolition debris, rubbish, trash or other deleterious matter. The materials shall have a maximum size of 1 inch, have not more than 10 percent passing the US Standard No. 200 Sieve and contain no more than 2 percent (by weight) of organic matter. 1. Backfill materials classification shall comply with the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) Group Symbols of SP, SP-SM, GP or GP-GM. 2. The S=Sand, G=Gravel, P=Poorly Graded, and M=Silty all per ASTM D 2487. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Coarse Aggregate Material - Testing and Analysis: Perform in accordance with ASTM D1557 or AASHTO T180 B. Fine Aggregate Material - Testing and Analysis: Perform in accordance with ASTM D1557 or AASHTO T180 C. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material or material source and retest D. Provide materials of each type from same source throughout the Work PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with State of Florida DOT standards 3.2 STOCKPILING A. Stockpile materials on site at locations designated by Engineer. B. Stockpile in sufficient quantities to meet Project schedule and requirements. C. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile apart to prevent mixing. D. Direct surface water away from stockpile site to prevent erosion or deterioration of materials. 3.3 STOCKPILE CLEANUP A. Remove stockpile, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade site surface to prevent free-standing surface water. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02060-3 Aggregate Materials SECTION 02082 PUBLIC MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES The Utilities Department uses the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the FDOT Design Standards, latest edition where applicable) as reference documents. It is the intent of the Utilities Department that this technical specification (02082) shall govern the applicable project work that is typically identified in the following FDOT Specification and Standard sections: • Section 400- Concrete Structures • Section 415- Reinforcing Steel • Section 416— Installing Adhesive-Bonded Anchors and Dowels for Structural Applications • Section 417- Epoxy Coating of Reinforcing Welded Wire Fabric • Section 425- Inlets, Manholes, and Junction Boxes In the event that this technical specification (02082) is either silent on an issue or requirement or if it appears to present a conflict with the referenced FDOT Specifications and Standards, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request clarification or resolution, in writing, from the Project Manager and Engineer. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Modular precast concrete manhole and inlet sections with tongue-and-groove joints, risers, transition to lid, frames, covers, anchorage, and accessories. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01025 - Measurement and Payment B. Section SC01340—Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, and Samples C. Section SC01400—Quality Requirements D. Section SC01700—Contract Closeout E. Section 02060—Aggregate Materials F. Section 02320—Trenching and Excavation G. Section 02322— Dewatering and Drainage H. Section 02324— Backfill Section 02513— Public Water& Reclaimed Water Distribution Systems J. Section 02536— Force Mains K. Section 02538 - Sanitary Sewer System L. Section 02630— Storm Drainage M. Section 02740— Subgrade, Base Course and Asphalt Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02082- 1 Public Manholes and Structures 1.3 REFERENCES Not Used. 1.4 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Refer to Section SC01025— MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The replacement of existing irrigation (public or private) in the Public ROW as the result of public manholes and structures installation is NOT a pay item. Replacement of existing ROW irrigation (to match existing quality, quantity and size) shall be incidental to the Unit Price of the pipeline, structure or swale development. 1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED A. Shop Drawings: Indicate location and size of reinforcing steel, manhole locations, inlet locations, elevations, piping, conduit, and any weir control structures, sizes and elevations of penetrations for the following: 1. Precast Manhole (including reinforcing and joint), including Frame and Cover and all brickwork. 2. Precast Structure / Inlet (including reinforcing and joint) including Frame and Cover / Grate (all grates for storm water inlets shall be reticuline with a traffic rating of H- 20) and all brickwork. 3. Precast Junction Box and conflict structure (including reinforcing and joint), including Frame and Cover and all brickwork. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Refer to Section SC01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT for additional requirements. B. Refer to Section SC01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS for additional requirements. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with precast concrete manufacturer's instructions for unloading, storing and moving precast manholes and drainage structures. Cracks or broken ends due to improper handling will not be acceptable. Lift holes will not be allowed. B. Store precast concrete manholes and drainage structures to prevent damage to Owner's property or other public or private property. Repair property damaged from materials storage. C. Mark each precast structure by indentation or waterproof paint showing date of manufacture, manufacturer, and identifying symbols and numbers shown on Drawings to indicate its intended use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANHOLES (SANITARY) Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02082-2 Public Manholes and Structures A. Materials 1. Concrete: 4,000 psi 2. Reinforcement: a. All reinforcement shall be A.S.T.M A615, Grade 60 or 65 ksi welded wire fabric, either smooth or deformed. b. Except when ACI hooks are specifically required, reinforcement top and slab shall be straight embedment. c. All steel bars shall have 1-1/2" minimum cover unless otherwise shown except for precast circular units manufactured under ASTM C-76 or ASTM C-478. Horizontal steel in rectangular structures shall be lapped a minimum of 24 bar diameters at corners. 3. Flexible Gasket: Ram Neck Seal 4. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Coatings: a. Interior Coating: Manhole interior protection shall consist of the following approved processes: ThoRoc, Mainstay, Sewpercoat, Strong Seal or Refratta HAC 100 coating applied in the field. b. Exterior Coating: CARBOLINE (Koppers) Bitumastic 300M Outside Structure: 1st coat gray or red, 2nd coat black. 5. Manhole Brick: ASTM C32-73 (3-hole) and shall be sound, hard and uniformly burned brick, regular and uniform in shape and size, of compact texture, and satisfactory to the Engineer. Brick shall comply with the ASTM Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (made from clay or shale). Grade SS brick shall be used for paved inverts and shelves, and grade MS shall be used for walls. 6. Masonry Mortar: ASTM C270-82, Type M -Type II Cement. 7. Manhole Frame and Cover: Traffic rated, conforming to U.S. Foundry No. 230- AB-MC, or equal. 8. Manhole frames and covers shall be the Utility Department Standard as shown on the project construction drawings and of such quality and composition as will make the metal of the casing strong and tough and of even grain. They shall be smooth, free from scale, lumps, blisters and sand holes. No plugging or filling will be allowed. The words "SANITARY SEWER" shall be cast in the cover so as to be plainly visible. Frames and covers shall have a protective coating of black paint. All covers shall have a non-penetrating or concealed type pick hole. B. Construction 1. Manholes shall be constructed of precast reinforced concrete. Reinforcing for the base section and top shall be as shown on the drawings. Reinforcing for the wall sections shall be as specified in ASTM C478 and shall extend into the tongue and groove of the joints. There shall be a #4 continuous rebar hoop around openings. The base shall be monolithic with the first wall section using a Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02082-3 Public Manholes and Structures water stop between base and first wall section. Adjustable riser rings are preferred for all manholes. 2. Water stop shall be manhole manufacturer's standard. If the manufacturer does not have a standard, use a 4-inch wide, #10 gauge steel sheet, welded continuous through the joint. 3. Joints shall be tongue and groove suitable for flexible Ram Neck seal gasket. 4. Lifting hooks shall be used throughout. Lift holes will not be allowed. 5. Components of the manhole shall be free of fractures, cracks, and undue roughness. Concrete shall be free of defects that indicate improper mixing or placing, and surface defects such as honeycomb or spalling. The Owner reserves the right to inspect manholes at the factory. 2.2 INLETS, JUNCTION BOXES, MANHOLES (STORM) A. Materials 1. Concrete: 4,000 psi. 2. Reinforcement: As stated above. 3. Sizing a. Standard structure bottoms 4'-0" diameter and smaller (Alt. A) and 3'-6" square (Alt. B) are designated Type P. Larger standard structure bottoms are designated Type J. Adjustable riser rings are preferred for all structures. b. Walls of circular structures (Alt. A) constructed in place may be of non- reinforced concrete or brick or reinforced concrete. Precast and rectangular structures (Alt. B) shall be constructed of reinforced concrete only. c. Wall thickness and reinforcement are for either reinforced cast-in-place or precast concrete units except that precast circular units may be furnished with walls in accordance with either ASTM C-478 (up to 96" diameter) or ASTM C-76 Class III B Wall, modified where the elliptical steel cage area is placed in the center one-third of the wall. d. Top and floor slab thickness and re-enforcement are precast and cast-in- place construction. Top and floor slabs shall be of Class II concrete. Concrete as specified in ASTM C-478 (4,000 psi) may be used in lieu of Class I and Class II concrete in precast items manufactured in plants which are under the 'Standard Operating Procedures' for the inspection of precast drainage products. e. Structure bottoms may be used in conjunction with curb inlet tops Types 1,2,3,4,5,6,9, and 10, and any manhole or junction box unless otherwise shown in the plans or other standard drawings. Alt. B structure bottoms may be used in conjunction with curb inlet Types 7 & 8, or any ditch bottom inlet unless otherwise shown in the plans or other standard drawings. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02082-4 Public Manholes and Structures f. Rectangular structures may be rotated as directed by the Engineer in order to facilitate connections between the structure walls and storm sewer pipes. g. The corner fillets shown are necessary for rectangular structures used with circular risers and inlet throats and used on skew with rectangular risers, inlet and inlet throats. Fillets will be required in lieu of the bottom slab of the Alt. B riser when used with the Alt. A box. Each fillet shall be reinforced with 2-#5 bars. 4. Frames, Covers and Grates: a. All grates for storm water inlets shall be reticuline with a traffic rating of H- 20 as shown on FDOT Standard Index No.232. b. Inlet throats, riser or manhole tops shall be secured to structures as shown on FDOT Standard Index No. 201. c. For manhole and junction box tops for frames and covers, and for supplementary details, see same FDOT Standard Index No. 201. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section SC01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verify items provided by other sections of Work are properly sized and located. B. Verify that the Project is ready to receive the structures. C. Verify excavation for manholes is correct. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of inlet and outlet pipe or duct sleeves required by other sections. 3.4 MANHOLE INSTALLATION (WASTEWATER) A. Trenches and excavations shall be kept dry while work is in progress. Excavations for manholes and other structures shall be over-excavated and plastic filter fabric (Geotextile), of a sufficient size to envelope the rock support bed shall be placed in the bottom of the excavation, then place a 12 inch thick (or as specified on the project construction drawings)rock support bed of FDOT 57 rock and then install the structure. The manhole invert shall be carefully shaped to conform to the pipe flow channel. Flow channels within the manholes involving changes of direction or slide slopes shall smoothly direct the flow in accordance with detail drawings. All concrete irregularities shall be plastered with cement mortar in such a manner as to give neat and watertight job. Manholes shall be core-drilled to provide pipe opening when precast hole is not available. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02082-5 Public Manholes and Structures B. "Ram-nek" or equivalent shall be used at all riser joints. Structures with any leakage will not be accepted. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF PIPE INTO MANHOLE (WASTEWATER) A. Trenches and excavations shall be kept dry while work is in progress. All pipe penetrations shall be supplied with NPC KOR-N-SEAL flexible pipe-to-manhole connector. Base slab and wall thickness for precast manholes shall be as shown on the detail drawings. Invert shall be constructed as shown on the detail drawings. Steep slopes outside the invert channels shall be avoided. Changes in size and grade shall be made gradually and evenly. Changes in the direction of the sewer and entering branch or branches shall have a true curve; of as large a radius as the size of the manhole will permit. Manhole inverts may be constructed prior to installation by grouting pipe in place with cement mortar and approved joint mix. 3.6 INLET/ STRUCTURE INSTALLATION (STORMWATER) A. Trenches and excavations shall be kept dry while work is in progress. Appurtenance shall be set to the pipe grade firm and plumb in the location(s) shown on the project construction drawings. Excavations for inlets and other stormwater structures shall be over-excavated and plastic filter fabric (Geotextile), of a sufficient size to envelope the rock support bed shall be placed in the bottom of the excavation, then place a 12 inch thick rock support bed of FDOT 57 rock and then install the structure. Joints shall be cleaned, primed and the required gasket or sealant applied as recommended by the manufacturer. Voids remaining in the joint shall be caulked with anhydrous cement grout on both the inside and outside to make a smooth watertight seal. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT INTO INLET/ STRUCTURE A. Trenches and excavations shall be kept dry while work is in progress. The diameter for the pipe opening in the structure shall be 6 inches larger than the outside diameter of the pipe. Pipe shall penetrate the inside wall of the inlet/structure a minimum of 2-inchs and a maximum of 4-inches. After pipe is set, the space between the pipe and inlet/structure wall shall be filled with 3-holes brick and hydraulic cement or sealed in accordance with the project construction drawings. Refer to Section 02538 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM and 02630 STORM DRAINAGE for discipline specific requirements. Base slab and wall thickness for precast structures shall be as shown on the detail drawings. Slopes within the inlet/structure bottom shall be avoided. B. If inlet / structure contains a weir of other water elevation control structure, the weir wall shall incorporate the bleed down orifice with the opening bottom set at the normal control elevation. The top of the weir wall shall be set at the design elevation that shall be between 6" and 12" below the bottom of the structure top slab or inlet grate. 3.8 FRAMES AND COVERS A. The manhole, inlet and structure frames and covers shall be set firmly in mortar so that the top of cover will be flush with the finished grade in paved areas (following the cross slope / slope of roadways and/or driveways) and 1-inch above the finished grade in unpaved areas, unless shown otherwise on the project construction drawings. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02082-6 Public Manholes and Structures SECTION 02084 WET WELLS The Utilities Department uses the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the FDOT Design Standards, latest edition, as reference documents. It is the intent of the Utilities Department that this technical specification (02084) shall govern the applicable project work that is typically identified in the following FDOT Specification and Standard sections: • Section 400- Concrete Structures • Section 415- Reinforcing Steel • Section 416- Installing Adhesive-Bonded Anchors and Dowels for Structural Applications • Section 417- Epoxy Coating of Reinforcing Welded Wire Fabric • Section 425- Inlets, Manholes, and Junction Boxes In the event that this technical specification (02084) is either silent on an issue or requirement or if it appears to present a conflict with the referenced FDOT Specifications and Standards, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request clarification or resolution, in writing, from the Project Manager and Engineer. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Modular precast concrete manhole and inlet sections with tongue-and-groove joints, risers, transition to lid, frames, covers, anchorage, and accessories. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01025 - Measurement and Payment B. Section SC01330— Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, and Samples C. Section SC01400—Quality Requirements D. Section SC01700— Contract Closeout E. Section 02060—Aggregate Materials F. Section 02320—Trenching and Excavation G. Section 02322— Dewatering and Drainage H. Section 02324— Backfill Section 02513— Public Water& Reclaimed Water Distribution Systems J. Section 02536— Force Mains K. Section 02538 - Sanitary Sewer System L. Section 02630— Storm Drainage M. Section 02740— Subgrade, Base Course and Asphalt Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02084- 1 Wet Wells 1.3 REFERENCES Not Used. 1.4 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Refer to Section SC01025— MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The replacement of existing irrigation (public or private) in the Public ROW as the result of wet well installation is NOT a pay item. Replacement of existing ROW irrigation (to match existing quality, quantity and size) shall be incidental to the Unit Price of the wet well/lift station. 1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED A. Shop Drawings: Indicate location and size of reinforcing steel, manhole locations, inlet locations, elevations, piping and conduit, sizes and elevations of penetrations for the following: 1. Precast Wet Well (including reinforcing and joint), precast sections, including top slab. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Refer to Section SC01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT for additional requirements. B. Refer to Section SC01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS REQUIREMENTS for additional requirements. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with precast concrete manufacturer's instructions for unloading, storing and moving precast wet well or sections. Cracks or broken ends due to improper handling will not be acceptable. Lift holes will not be allowed. B. Store precast concrete wet wells or sections to prevent damage to Owner's property or other public or private property. Repair property damaged from materials storage. C. Mark each precast structure by indentation or waterproof paint showing date of manufacture, manufacturer, and identifying symbols and numbers shown on Drawings to indicate its intended use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WET WELLS A. Materials 1. Concrete: 4,000 psi 2. Reinforcement: a. All reinforcement shall be A.S.T.M A615, Grade 60 or 65 ksi welded wire fabric, either smooth or deformed. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02084-2 Wet Wells b. Except when ACI hooks are specifically required, reinforcement top and slab shall be straight embedment. c. All steel bars shall have 1-1/2" minimum cover unless otherwise shown except for precast circular units manufactured under ASTM C-76 or ASTM C-478. Horizontal steel in rectangular structures shall be lapped a minimum of 24 bar diameters at corners. 3. Flexible Gasket: Ram Neck Seal 4. Wet Well Coatings: a. Interior Coating: Manhole interior protection shall consist of the following approved processes: ThoRoc, Mainstay, Sewpercoat, Strong Seal or Refratta HAC 100 coating applied in the field. b. Exterior Coating: CARBOLINE (Koppers) Bitumastic 300M Outside Structure: 1st coat red, 2nd coat black. 5. Manhole Brick: ASTM C32-73, Grade MA. 6. Masonry Mortar: ASTM C270-82, Type M -Type II Cement. 7. Top slab and access hatch shall be the Utility Department Standard as shown on the project construction drawings. Access hatch shall be installed as to open away from the pump control panel. All wet well top slab hatches shall have integral, aluminum safety grates as manufactured by US Foundry Fabrication, Inc. B. Construction 1. Wet wells and sections shall be constructed of precast reinforced concrete. Reinforcing for the base section and top shall be as shown on the drawings. Reinforcing for the wall sections shall be as specified in ASTM C478 and shall extend into the tongue and groove of the joints. There shall be a #4 continuous rebar hoop around openings. The base shall be monolithic with the first wall section using a water stop between base and first wall section. 2. Joints shall be tongue and groove suitable for flexible Ram Neck seal gasket. 3. Lifting hooks shall be used throughout. Lift holes will not be allowed. 4. Components of the wet well shall be free of fractures, cracks, and undue roughness. Concrete shall be free of defects that indicate improper mixing or placing, and surface defects such as honeycomb or spalling. The Owner reserves the right to inspect all precast components at the factory. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section SC01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02084-3 Wet Wells 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verify items provided by other sections of Work are properly sized and located. B. Verify that the Project is ready to receive the structures. C. Verify excavation for wet well is correct. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of inlet and outlet pipe or duct sleeves required by other sections. 3.4 WET WELL INSTALLATION A. Trenches and excavations shall be kept dry while work is in progress. Wet wells shall be set according to project construction drawings and shall be precast in accordance with approved shop drawings, specification detail and project construction drawings for this project. All concrete irregularities shall be plastered with cement mortar in such a manner as to give neat and watertight job. Wet wells shall be core-drilled to provide pipe opening when precast hole is not available. B. "Ram-nek" or equivalent shall be used at all riser joints. Structures with any leakage will not be accepted. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF PIPE INTO MANHOLE (WASTEWATER) A. Trenches and excavations shall be kept dry while work is in progress. Base slab and wall thickness for precast manholes shall be as shown on the detail drawings. Invert shall be constructed as shown on the project construction drawings. Steep slopes outside the invert channels shall be avoided. Changes in size and grade shall be made gradually and evenly. B. Refer to the AGRU Sure-Grip, ChemRex ThoRoc or SewperCoat details for installation details and requirements. 3.6 FRAMES AND COVERS A. The wet well frames and covers (or top slabs) shall be set firmly in mortar so that the top of cover will be flush with the finished grade in paved areas (following the cross slope / slope of roadways and/or driveways) and 1-inch above the finished grade in unpaved areas, unless shown otherwise on the project construction drawings. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02084-4 Wet Wells SECTION 02270 SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and perform all installation, maintenance, removal and area cleanup related to erosion and sedimentation control work as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. The work shall include, but not necessarily be limited to; installation of temporary access ways and staging areas, silt fences, stone filter boxes, stone filter berms, sediment removal and disposal, device maintenance, removal of temporary devices, temporary mulching, excelsior matting installation and final cleanup.CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing effective temporary erosion and sediment control measures during construction or until final controls become effective. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section SC01110— Environmental Protection Procedures B. Section SC01568—Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control C. Section SC01340 - Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, and Samples D. Section 02300 - Earthwork E. Section 02924 - Seed, Mulch and Fertilizer F. Section 02925 - Sodding 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Section SC01340 SHOP DRAWINGS,WORK DRAWINGS,AND SAMPLES, within 10 days after award of Contract, technical product literature for all commercial products, including straw mulch tackifier, to be used for erosion and sedimentation control. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Be responsible for the timely installation and maintenance of all sedimentation control devices necessary to prevent the movement of sediment from the construction site to off site areas or into the stream system via surface runoff or underground drainage systems. Measures in addition to those shown on the Drawings necessary to prevent the movement of sediment off site shall be installed, maintained, removed, and cleaned up at the expense of the Contractor. No additional charges to the Owner will be considered. B. Sedimentation and erosion control measures shall conform to the requirements outlined in the drawings and in The Florida Development Manual. 1.5 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02270-1 Sedimentation and Erosion Control A. The Lump Sum item for NPDES Compliance shall include all Sediment and Erosion Control efforts included in this section with measurement and payment in accordance with Section SC01025 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Crushed stone for sediment filtration devices,access ways and staging areas shall conform to FDOT "Standards and Specifications for Highway and Bridges". B. Berm structural stone shall be rip-rap as follows: 1. Rip-rap shall be sound, durable rock which is roughly rectangular shape and of suitable quality to insure permanence in the condition in which it is to be used. Rounded stones, boulders, sandstone or similar soft stone will not be acceptable. Material shall be free from overburden, spoil, shale and organic material, meet the Engineer's approval and be well graded within the following limits: Weight of Stone Percent Finer by Weight 40 lb 100 12 1b 50 3 lb 0 C. Sediment Fence 1. Sediment fence shall be a prefabricated commercial product made of a woven, polypropylene, ultraviolet resistant material such as "Envirofence" by Mirafi Inc., Charlotte, NC or equal. D. 1/4-in woven wire mesh for filter boxes shall be galvanized steel or hardware cloth. E. Straw mulch shall be utilized on all newly graded areas to protect areas against washouts and erosion. Straw mulch shall be comprised of threshed straw of oats,wheat,barley,or rye that is free from noxious weeds, mold or other objectionable material. The straw mulch shall contain at least 50 percent by weight of material to be 10-in or longer. Straw shall be in an air-dry condition and suitable for placement with blower equipment. F. Latex acrylic copolymer, or organic tackifier shall be a commercial product specifically manufactured for use as straw mulch tackifier. G. An asphalt tackifier shall only be used when temperatures are too low to allow the use of a latex acrylic copolymer and only with prior written approval from the Project Manager and Engineer. H. Erosion control blanket shall be installed in all seeded drainage swales and ditches as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Erosion control blanket shall be 100 percent agricultural straw matrix stitch bonded with degradable thread between two photodegradable polypropylene nettings,such as Model S150 Double Net Short-Term Blanket(10 months)by North American Green, Evansville, IN or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02270-2 Sedimentation and Erosion Control A. Sediment Fence Installation 1. Sediment fences shall be positioned as indicated on the Drawings and as necessary to prevent off site movement of sediment produced by construction activities as directed by the Project Manager and Engineer. 2. Dig trench approximately 6-in wide and 6-in deep along proposed fence lines. 3. Drive stakes, 8-ft on center (maximum) at back edge of trenches. Stakes shall be driven 2-ft (minimum) into ground. 4. Hang filter fabric on posts carrying to bottom of trench with about 4-in of fabric laid across bottom of trench. Stretch fabric fairly taut along fence length and maintain secure both ways. 5. Backfill trench with excavated material and tamp. 6. Install pre-fabricated silt fence according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Construct filter boxes as detailed on the Drawings,from 1/4-in woven wire mesh or hardware cloth and wood. Fill with crushed stone and place over all drop inlets and manholes to storm drain system as each inlet is completed. This should be done prior to setting casting,if there is a delay between installation of inlet structures or drain manholes and setting of castings. An alternate method is to ring each inlet with a sediment fence. C. Stone Filter Berm Installation 1. Place berm structural stone across channel just below lower sandbag wall at work area. Face upstream side of structural berm with crushed stone. D. Staging areas and access ways shall be surfaced with a minimum depth of 4-in of crushed stone. 3.2 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTIONS A. Inspections 1. The Contractor shall make a visual inspection of all erosion and sedimentation control devices once per week and promptly after every rainstorm. If such inspection reveals that additional measures are needed to prevent movement of sediment to offsite areas, promptly install additional devices as needed. Sediment controls in need of maintenance shall be repaired promptly. B. Device Maintenance 1. Sediment Fences a. Remove accumulated sediment once it builds up to 1/2 of the height of the fabric. b. Replace damaged fabric, or patch with a 2-ft minimum overlap. c. Make other repairs as necessary to ensure that the fence is filtering all runoff directed to the fence. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02270-3 Sedimentation and Erosion Control 2. Filter Boxes a. Replace crushed stone when it becomes saturated with silt. 3. Stone Filter Berm a. Muck out trapped silt from dewatering operations when it has built up to within 6-in of the top of the berm. b. Replace crushed stone filter when saturated with silt. 4. Add crushed stone to access ways and staging area as necessary to maintain a firm surface free of ruts and mudholes. 3.3 TEMPORARY MULCHING A. Apply temporary mulch to areas where rough grading has been completed but final grading is not anticipated to begin within 30 days of the completion of rough grading. B. Straw mulch shall be applied at rate of 100 lbs/1000 sq ft and tackified with latex acrylic copolymer at a rate and diluted in a ratio per manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 EROSION CONTROL BLANKETS A. Erosion control blankets shall be installed in all seeded drainage swales and ditches as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Project Manager and Engineer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. The area to be covered shall be properly prepared, fertilized and seeded with permanent vegetation before the blanket is applied. When the blanket is unrolled, the netting shall be on top and the fibers in contact with the soil over the entire area.The blankets shall be applied in the direction of water flow and stapled. Blankets shall be placed a minimum of three rows (of 4-ft) wide (total approx. 12-ft width)within the drainage swale/ditch and stapled together in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Side overlaps shall be 4-in minimum. The staples shall be made of wire, .091-in in diameter or greater, "U" shaped with legs 10-in in length and a 1-1/2-in crown. Commercial biodegradable stakes may also be used with prior approval by the Project Manager and Engineer. The staples shall be driven vertically into the ground, spaced approximately two linear feet apart, on each side, and one row in the center alternately spaced between each size. Upper and lower ends of the matting shall be buried to a depth of 4-in in a trench. Erosion stops shall be created every 25-ft by making a fold in the fabric and carrying the fold into a silt trench across the full width of the blanket. The bottom of the fold shall be 4-in below the ground surface. Staple on both sides of fold. Where the matting must be cut or more than one roll length is required in the swale, turn down upper end of downstream roll into a slit trench to a depth of 4-in. Overlap lower end of upstream roll 4-in past edge of downstream roll and staple. 1. To ensure full contact with soil surface, roll matting with a roller weighing 100 lbs/ft of width perpendicular to flow direction after seeding, placing matting and stapling. Thoroughly inspect channel after completion. Correct any areas where matting does not present a smooth surface in full contact with the soil below. 3.5 PERFORMANCE A. Should any of the temporary erosion and sediment control measures employed by the Contractor fail to produce results which comply with the requirements of the State of Florida or the Federal Government, Contractor shall immediately take whatever steps are necessary to correct the deficiency at his own expense. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02270-4 Sedimentation and Erosion Control 3.6 REMOVAL AND FINAL CLEANUP A. Once the site has been fully stabilized against erosion,remove sediment control devices and all accumulated silt. Dispose of silt and waste materials in proper manner. Re-grade all areas disturbed during this process and stabilize against erosion with surfacing materials as indicated on the Drawings. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02270-5 Sedimentation and Erosion Control SECTION 02320 TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION The Utilities Department uses the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the FDOT Design Standards, latest edition, as reference documents. It is the intent of the Utilities Department that this technical specification (02320) shall govern the applicable project work that is typically identified in the following FDOT Specification and Standard sections: • Section 120- Excavating and Embankment • Section 125- Excavation for Structures and Pipe • Section 160- Stabilizing • Section 514- Plastic Filter Fabric (Geotextile) In the event that this technical specification (02320) is either silent on an issue or requirement or if it appears to present a conflict with the referenced FDOT Specifications and Standards, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request clarification or resolution, in writing, from the Project Manager and Engineer. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Definitions B. Field Measurements C. Fill Materials D. Preparation E. Dewatering and Drainage F. Excavation G. OSHA Safety Compliance H. Field Quality Control I. Pavement Removal and Replacement 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01010— Summary of Project B. Section SC01025 - Measurement and Payment C. Section SC01400 -Quality Requirements D. Section 02300— Earthwork E. Section 02322— Dewatering and Drainage Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02320-1 Trenching And Excavation F. Section 02324 - Backfill G. Section 02740— Subgrade, Base Course and Asphalt 1.3 REFERENCES A. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-Ib) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in) Drop B. ASTM C136 - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates C. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method D. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort [6,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)] E. ASTM D2321 — Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications F. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) G. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 1.4 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit pricing will only be considered for special trenching requirements not associated with utility installations. If required and as approved by Project Manager, a Change Order will be issued to authorize payment to the Contractor for special trenching. 1.5 SUBMITTALS Not used. 1.6 DEFINITIONS A. Excavation consists of removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations indicated and subsequent disposal or reuse of materials removed. B. Additional Excavation: If the Engineer believes that the existing soil at subgrade will not support the planned construction, the Engineer may order additional excavation and replacement of the unsuitable material with select material. C. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Engineer, shall be at Contractor's expense. Under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavation by extending indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position, when acceptable to Engineer. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02320-2 Trenching And Excavation In locations other than those above, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by Engineer. D. Subgrade: The undisturbed earth or the compacted soil layer immediately below granular subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. E. Structure: Buildings, foundations, slabs, tanks, curbs, or other man-made stationary features occurring above or below ground surface. F. Utility: Any buried pipe, duct, conduit, cable or structure. 1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that survey benchmark, control points, and intended elevations for the Work are as shown on drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FILL MATERIALS A. Coarse Aggregate shall conform to FDOT Specification 901 with the exception that slag or crushed slag shall not be used. Stone size shall be No. 57. B. Fine Aggregate Type FDOT Specification for Road and Bridge Construction Section 902 C. ASTM D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) shall be used in the identification, classification and acceptance of fill materials. 2.2 Concrete: Lean concrete Class 1 conforming to Section 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE with a compressive strength of 2,500 psi, unless otherwise noted on the construction plans. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Geotextile Fabric: Non-biodegradable, woven per FDOT specification Section 514. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site Information: Subsurface soils investigation report (if performed) has been included in the project bid package for information only. Data on indicated subsurface conditions is not intended as representative or a warranty of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. It is expressly understood that Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn by Contractor from the soils investigation report. Data is made available only for convenience of Contractor. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be performed by Contractor, at the Contractor's option; however, no change in the Contract Sum will be authorized for such additional exploration. B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in areas of excavation work. If utilities are indicated to remain in place, provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02320-3 Trenching And Excavation Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult with Project Manager and utility owner (ex. Bell South, FPL, FPUC, Comcast)or Sunshine State One Call immediately for directions. Uncharted or incorrectly charted underground utilities that are discovered during construction shall be incorporated into the project Record Drawings with vertical and horizontal coordinates. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. Do not interrupt existing utility services except when permitted in writing by Project Manager and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. C. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. D. Use of explosives is not permitted. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. B. Protect plant life, lawns, rock outcropping and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping. C. Protect benchmarks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. D. Maintain and protect above and below grade utilities that are to remain. E. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with approved materials as specified in Part 2 above. F. Dewatering, when and where required due to the groundwater elevation relative to the bottom of the excavation or subgrade (in the case of roadway construction) shall be performed in accordance with Section 02322 DEWATERING AND DRAINAGE. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. Prior to commencement of trenching and/or excavation, the Contractor shall physically locate all underground utilities as shown on the project construction drawings or as marked by Sunshine One Call or the underground utility Owners. This information shall be provided to the Project Manager prior to trenching and excavation. B. Perform all excavation to depths indicated or as specified. During excavation, pile material suitable for backfilling in an orderly manner a sufficient distance from banks of trench to avoid overloading and to prevent slides or cave-ins. Unsuitable backfill material shall be identified and segregated from suitable backfill material and shall be removed from the project site by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. C. The bottom of the excavations shall be firm and dry and in all respects acceptable to the Project Manager and Engineer. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02320-4 Trenching And Excavation D. Excavation and dewatering shall be accomplished by methods which preserve the undisturbed state of subgrade soils. The trench may be excavated by machinery to, or just below the designated subgrade, provided that material remaining in the bottom of the trench is no more than slightly disturbed. Subgrade soils which become soft, loose, "quick", or otherwise unsatisfactory as a result of inadequate excavation, dewatering or other construction methods shall be removed and replaced by screened gravel fill as required by the Project Manager and Engineer at the Contractor's expense. E. The length of open trench shall be related closely to the rate of pipe lay. Accurately grade bottom of excavations to provide uniform bearing and support for the item being installed on undisturbed soil at every point along its entire load bearing sections, except for portions of pipe sections where it is necessary to excavate for bell holes and for proper sealing of pipe joints. F. Where pipe is to be laid directly on the trench bottom, final excavation at the bottom of the trench shall be performed manually, providing a flat bottom true to grade upon undisturbed or slightly disturbed material. G. Grade area to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations, and remove any water accumulating therein by pumping or by other approved methods. H. Correct areas over excavated in accordance with Section 02300 EARTHWORK or Section 02324 BACKFILL. Where encountered in trench bed, rock shall be excavated to a depth of 1/4 of the pipe diameter below the bottom of the pipe but in no case less than 4 inches. All undercut excavations shall be backfilled and tamped with materials as specified in accordance with Section 02300 EARTHWORK or Section 02324 BACKFILL. J. Dig bell holes and depressions for joints after trench bottom has been graded and only of such length, depth, and width as required for properly making particular type of joint, so that pipe rests on prepared bottom for as nearly to its full length as practicable. K. Were wet or unstable soil that is incapable of properly supporting pipe, as determined by Project Manager and Engineer, is encountered in the bottom of trench, the trench bottom shall be excavated to a depth of at least two feet below the specified trench bottom. Place filter fabric in the bottom of the trench and support the filter fabric along the trench walls until the trench stabilization has been placed to the proper grade. The ends of the filter fabric shall be overlapped prior to placing the pipe. L. For Public Water Distribution Systems, Force Mains, Sanitary Sewers and Storm Drainage: Provide width of trench, at and below top of the pipe, with a clear space between barrel of pipe and trench wall as required by the pipe manufacturer recommendations. As a minimum, the distance between the pipe barrel and the trench wall shall not be less than 24-inches on both sides. This spacing does not apply to exfiltration trenches and the exfiltration trench width shall be as shown on the project construction drawings. The pipe shall rest firmly on undisturbed soil or pipe bedding material for as nearly to the full length of barrel as proper jointing operations will permit. M. Electrical Ducts or Cables: Provide trenches for cables or duct of a depth that will provide not less than 2 feet of cover below finished grade. Cut trenches for cables to an over depth of not less than 3 inches. Use select backfill material for not less than 3 inches bedding and 3 inches backfill over cable. N. Excavation for Appurtenances: Make sufficient excavation for manholes and similar structures to leave at least 18-inches of clearance between their outer surfaces and Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02320-5 Trenching And Excavation embankment or timber which may be used to hold and protect banks. Consider any over depth excavation below such appurtenances that has not been directed by Project Manager or Engineer as unauthorized and fill with sand, gravel, or concrete as directed by the Project Manager or Engineer and at expense of Contractor. O. Do not interfere with 45° bearing splay of foundations. P. Excavations shall not be left open overnight. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS A. Excavated material shall be stacked without excessive surcharge on the trench bank or obstructing free access to hydrants and gate valves. Inconvenience to traffic and adjacent property owners/users shall be avoided as much as possible. Excavated material shall be segregated for use in backfilling as specified below. B. It is expressly understood that no excavated material shall be removed from the site of the work or disposed of, except as directed by the Project Manager and Engineer. When removal of surplus materials has been approved by the Project Manager and Engineer, dispose of such surplus material in approved designated areas. C. Should conditions make it impracticable or unsafe to stack material adjacent to the trench, the material shall be hauled and stored at a location provided. When required, it shall be re-handled and used in backfilling the trench. 3.5 OSHA SAFETY COMPLIANCE A. Description: The use of trench box or other approved means to comply with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Chapter 90-96, Laws of Florida), and OSHA Trench Safety Standards, shall be used where excavation exceeds 5 feet in depth. CS/HB 3183 called for the OSHA revised excavation safety standards (29 C.F.R. S 1926.650, Subpart P) to be the safety standards for work under this section. B. Requirements: The Contract bid submitted by the Contractor who will perform such excavation shall include: 1. A reference to the trench safety standards that will be in effect during the period of construction. 2. Written assurance that such Contractor will comply with the applicable trench safety standards. 3. A unit price quotation on the appropriate line item identifying the cost of compliance (as established in the Summary of Bid Items). 4. Slope slides of excavations to comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling. C. Execution by Contractor 1. The Contractor performing trench excavation shall, as a minimum, comply with the excavation safety standards, which are applicable to this project. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02320-6 Trenching And Excavation 2. Adhere to any special shoring requirements, if any, of the State or other political subdivisions, which may be applicable to such a project. 3. The Contractor shall consider all geotechnical information, including his own site investigation, in his design of the trench safety system he will employ on the project. The Contractor shall submit his design to the Project Manager at the Pre-Construction Conference. 4. Trenches and excavations shall not be left open overnight without the written authorization of the Project Manager. All trenches and excavations within 6-feet of the edge of roadway shall be backfilled and properly compacted or trench- plated by the Contractor. In either case, the Contractor shall place type II lighted barricades and snow fence around the trench/excavation at the end of each working day. 5. Trenches or excavations that reduce the roadway or travel lane width shall be backfilled with suitable sub-grade material and road rock. If the temporary reinstatement is to be in place longer than 48 hours, the roadway shall backfilled and trench-plated by the Contractor. In either case, the Contractor shall place type II lighted barricades adjacent to the roadway impact area(s). 3.6 SHEETING AND BRACING A. The Contractor shall provide all trench and structural bracing, sheeting, or shoring necessary to construct and protect the excavation, existing utilities, structures and private property of all types and as required for the safety of the employees. Sheeting shall be removed during backfilling operations. Removal of shoring for structures shall be done in such a manner as not to disturb or mar finished masonry or concrete surfaces. B. When moveable trench bracing such as trench boxes, moveable sheeting, shoring or plates are used to support the sides of the trench, care shall be taken in placing and moving the boxes or supporting bracing to prevent movement of the pipe, or disturbance of the pipe bedding and backfill. C. When installing pipe, trench boxes, moveable sheeting, shoring or plates that extend below the mid diameter of the pipe shall be raised to the mid diameter of the pipe before they are moved forward or removed from the excavation. As trench boxes, moveable sheeting, shoring or plates are raised and moved, suitable backfill material shall be placed to fill any voids created and the backfill shall be re-compacted and density tested to provide and confirm uniform side support for the pipe. Refer to Section 02324 BACKFILL for additional information and requirements. D. The cost for use of trench boxes and/or steel sheeting will be included in the bid items for pipe and structures and shall include full compensation for driving, bracing and later removal of sheeting. E. All sheeting and bracing shall be carefully removed in such manner as not to endanger the construction of other structures, utilities, or property, whether public or private. All voids left after withdrawal of sheeting and/or bracing shall be immediately refilled with suitable backfill materials by ramming with tools especially adapted to that purpose. Compaction and density verification testing is required. 3.7 PROTECTION OR REMOVAL OF UTILITY LINES A. Prior to construction the Contractor shall locate for physical location, elevation and dimensions and adequately uncover existing utilities, (within the path of his proposed Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02320-7 Trenching And Excavation work), to determine possible conflicts. By starting underground constructions, the Contractor has agreed that they are fully responsible for any and all damages and/or delays that may arise from not having adequately locating the underground utilities. This applies to underground utilities that are shown on the project construction drawings and those that have been physically marked in the field by the various locating organizations or agencies. B. Information provided on the plans may be used as an approximate guide to assist the Contractor, however, the Contractor shall rely on actual field investigation to assure that all of the existing utilities are accurately located prior to commencement of his work. C. Existing structures reflect the best available information, but it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to acquaint him with all information and to avoid conflict with existing conditions. Protect all existing utility lines that are to be retained, or utility line constructed during excavation operations, from damage during excavation and backfilling; if damaged, repair at Contractor's expense. D. Existing Utility Lines to be Retained: Repair damaged lines that are not shown on drawings, or locations of which are not known to Contractor in sufficient time to avoid further damage. E. Uncharted or incorrectly charted underground utilities that are discovered during construction shall be incorporated into the project As-Builts with vertical and horizontal coordinates. F. Prior to commencement of any excavation, the Contractor shall comply with Florida Statute 553.851 for the protection of underground gas lines and underground telecommunication lines. 3.8 BACKFILL A. Refer to Section 02324 BACKFILL for backfill, compaction and density testing requirements. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section SC01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. B. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or AASHTO T180. C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace, compact, and retest. Refer to Section SC01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. D. Frequency of Density Tests: Refer to Section 02324 BACKFILL. 3.10 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Maintain the elevations and contours of berms, ponds and embankments during construction. B. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic during construction. 3.11 PAVEMENT, REMOVAL, AND REPLACEMENT Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02320-8 Trenching And Excavation A. Removal: Where it is necessary to cut existing pavement, curbs, gutters, make saw cut with neat, parallel straight lines, at least 2 feet wider than trench width on each side of trench; approved dust control measures shall be implemented by the Contractor when cutting roadways and curbs. B. Replacement: Replace pavement, curbs and gutters, and sidewalks to same cross section as original, except when otherwise detailed on the project construction drawings, using materials same as original construction. Replace no pavement until trench has been backfilled, compacted and accepted as specified herein. C. Temporary Surfaces: For temporary road surface, use temporary asphalt (preferred) or crushed stone (to be watered at least 3 times a day including weekends), as approved. One-way traffic must be maintained at all times and street must be fully opened to traffic as quickly as possible. The temporary surface or permanent pavement shall be placed no later than 2 days after the trench backfilling. Completely remove temporary materials and dispose when permanent pavement is replaced. * SPECIAL NOTE: The Owner retains the option to utilize up to 20% of the excess material from excavation and trenching operations. If the Owner exercises this option, Contractor shall stockpile the excess material and deliver to the Owner's facility as directed by the Project Manager. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02320-9 Trenching And Excavation SECTION 02322 DEWATERING AND DRAINAGE The Utilities Department uses the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the FDOT Design Standards, latest edition, as reference documents. It is the intent of the Utilities Department that this technical specification (02322) shall govern the applicable project work that is typically identified in the following FDOT Specification and Standard sections: • Section 120- Excavating and Embankment • Section 125- Excavation for Structures and Pipe • Section 160- Stabilizing • Section 514- Plastic Filter Fabric(Geotextile) In the event that this technical specification (02322) is either silent on an issue or requirement or if it appears to present a conflict with the referenced FDOT Specifications and Standards, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request clarification or resolution, in writing, from the Project Manager and Engineer. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor is responsible to obtain and pay for all permits required for temporary dewatering and drainage systems as required by the appropriate authorities having jurisdiction over the work. B. Original permits shall be prominently displayed on the site prior to constructing dewatering and drainage systems. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish, install, operate, monitor, maintain and remove temporary dewatering and drainage systems as required and lower and maintain groundwater levels a minimum of 2 feet below sub-grades of excavations. Continuously maintain excavations free of water, regardless of source, and until backfilled to final grade. Prevent surface water runoff from entering or accumulating in excavations. B. Furnish the services of a licensed professional engineer registered in the State of Florida, to prepare dewatering and drainage system designs and submittals. C. Collect and properly dispose of all discharge water from dewatering and drainage systems in accordance with State and local requirements and permits. As a minimum, no discharge or run-off of groundwater or surface water that is contaminated with any petroleum products (gasoline, diesel fuel, oil, grease, hydraulic fluid, etc.) and/or sanitary waste shall be made to surface water systems such as lakes, rivers, streams, the Intracoastal Waterway or "on-site" retention ponds that secondarily discharge to these surface water systems. D. Repair damage caused by dewatering and drainage system operations. E. Remove temporary dewatering and drainage systems when no longer needed. Restore all disturbed areas. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02322- 1 Dewatering and Drainage F. Furnish, install, monitor, maintain and remove groundwater observation wells (piezometers) as specified herein.] 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. The pre-design Geotechnical report is being provided for "reference only" and to provide the Contractor with the bore hole locations and general findings of subsurface materials. Refer to Section 02320 TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION for additional clarification. B. Section SC01010— Summary of Project C. Section SC01110— Environmental Protection Procedures D. Section SC01025 - Measurement and Payment E. Section SC01400 - Quality Requirements F. Section 02300— Earthwork G. Section 02320—Trenching and Excavation H. Section 02324 - Backfill 1.4 UNIT PRICE — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. There is no unit pricing for this work and all on-site dewatering and drainage shall be considered to be incidental to the cost of the associated pay item(s). B. If identified in the Schedule of Bid Items, the cost of securing a General Water Use Permit from the South Florida Water Management District shall be reimbursed as an Allowance in accordance with Section SC01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Section SC01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS, AND SAMPLES the temporary dewatering and drainage system plan and design. At the discretion of the Owner, dewatering and drainage system designs shall be prepared by a licensed professional engineer, registered in the State of Florida, having a minimum of 5 years of professional experience in the design and construction of dewatering and drainage systems. The submittal will be for authorization to make formal permit application to the South Florida Water Management District for the General Water Use Permit. The Contractor shall be responsible for adequacy and safety of construction means, methods and techniques. 1.6 DEFINITIONS A. Wellpoint: A dewatering system utilizing wellpoints to extract surrounding groundwater in the area of trenching/excavating in order to maintain the operation in a dry condition for preparation of the trench bottom, for pipe laying, placement of bedding material and/or backfill, compaction and density testing. B. A dry excavation / trench: Shall be defined as the in situ soil moisture content is no more than two percentage points above the optimum moisture content for that general soil. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02322-2 Dewatering and Drainage 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Pump Drivers A. Noise levels emitted by diesel and/or gasoline pump drivers shall be controlled by the use of a "quiet-pack" muffler system or other suitable sound attenuation methods and shall not exceed 60 dB for daytime use and 55 dB for night time use at the nearest "receiving" property line. Contractor shall demonstrate, measure and record the dB levels at the time of initial set-up. The Contractor shall record dB levels weekly. The City's Code Compliance Division of the Boynton Beach Police Department shall have jurisdictional control over the Contractor's compliance with the City's Noise Ordinance. 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Protection of Property - Contractor shall make an assessment for dewatering induced settlement and shall provide devices or systems, including but not limited to re-injection wells, infiltration trenches and cutoff walls, necessary to prevent damage to existing facilities, completed Work and adjacent facilities. B. Control surface water and groundwater such that excavation to final grade is made in the dry, and bearing soils are maintained undisturbed. Prevent softening, or instability of, or disturbance to, the sub-grade due to water seepage. C. Provide protection against flotation for all work. D. The impact of anticipated subsurface soil/water conditions shall be considered when selecting methods of excavation and temporary dewatering and drainage systems. Through the use of groundwater observation wells (piezometers), where groundwater levels are found not to be at least 2 feet below the proposed bottoms of excavations, a pumped dewatering system is required for pre-drainage of the soils prior to excavation and for maintenance of the lowered groundwater level until construction has been completed to such an extent that the foundation, structure, pipe, conduit, or fill will not be floated or otherwise damaged. Type of dewatering system, spacing of dewatering units and other details of the work are expected to vary with soil/water conditions at a particular location. E. Wellpoints shall not be set in such a way that undermines or jeopardizes paved areas; if the setting of wellpoints undermines or impacts paved areas, the impacted areas shall be removed and restored equal to or better than their original condition at the expense of the Contractor. F. Pipe and conduit shall not be installed in water or allowed to be submerged prior to backfilling. Pipe and conduit which becomes submerged shall be removed and the excavation dewatered and restored to proper conditions prior to reinstalling the pipe and conduit 3.2 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A. Control surface water runoff to prevent flow into excavations. Provide temporary measures such as dikes, ditches and sumps. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02322-3 Dewatering and Drainage 3.3 GROUNDWATER OBSERVATION WELLS (PIEZOMETERS) A. Groundwater observation wells (piezometers) shall be installed for monitoring groundwater levels before and during construction / installation of pipelines, foundations and structures that are below or just above the existing groundwater table. A minimum of one well for every 100 feet of pipeline and two wells at each foundation or structure in locations accepted by the Engineer. Observation wells shall be designed and installed in such a manner as to provide an accurate and reliable indication of the groundwater levels adjacent to the pipelines, foundations and structures. B. Each observation well shall be installed in a 2% inch diameter bore hole extending at least 4-ft below the invert of the pipeline, foundation or structure. Backfill the annular space surrounding the intake and casing with filter sand especially processed for this purpose. Cap the top of the well to prevent infiltration of surface water. C. Maintain observation wells until pipelines, foundations and structures are backfilled. Observe and record daily the groundwater elevation in each well. Furnish measurements daily to the Project Manager. Periodically verify observation well accuracy by adding water to the well and recording the drop in level from the time the water was added. Redevelop plugged observation wells to maintain accuracy and reliability of groundwater level indication. D. Excavation work shall not be performed until the readings obtained from the observation wells indicate that the groundwater has been lowered at least 2 feet below the bottom of the sub-grade within the limits of excavation. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF DRAINAGE WATER A. All water discharged from temporary dewatering and drainage systems shall be disposed of in accordance with the sedimentation and control plans as specified in Section SC01110 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PROCEDURES. Existing or new sanitary sewer systems shall not be used to dispose of drainage without written authorization from the Project Manager. B. Collect and properly dispose of all discharge water from dewatering and drainage systems in accordance with State and local requirements and permits. As a minimum, no discharge or run-off of groundwater or surface water that is contaminated with any petroleum products (gasoline, diesel fuel, oil, grease, hydraulic fluid, etc.) and/or sanitary waste shall be made to surface water systems such as lakes, rivers, streams, the Intracoastal Waterway or "on-site" retention ponds that secondarily discharge to these surface water systems. 3.5 DEWATERING A. All State and local permits associated with dewatering are the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Dewatering systems shall be designed to allow for localized variations in the depths of the excavations. C. Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding areas. All pumping and drainage shall be done with no damage to property or structures and without interference with the rights of the public, owners of private property, pedestrians and vehicular traffic. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02322-4 Dewatering and Drainage D. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of sub-grades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. E. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rainwater and water removed from excavations to collecting or runoff areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. F. Dewatering shall be accomplished well enough in advance of excavation to ensure that groundwater is already lowered prior to completing the final excavation to finish grade. G. Lower and maintain groundwater level a minimum of two (2) feet below bottom of excavation during placement and compaction of bedding material and foundation soils and during placement and compaction of fill and back-fill material. H. Excavations for foundations and structures shall be maintained in-the-dry for a minimum of 4 days after concrete placement. In no event shall water be allowed to enter an excavation and rise to cause unbalanced pressure on foundations and structures until the concrete or mortar has set at least 24 hours. Dewatering and drainage operations shall at all times be conducted in such a manner as to preserve the natural undisturbed bearing capacity of the sub-grade at the bottom of the excavation. If the sub-grade becomes disturbed for any reason, the unsuitable sub-grade material shall be removed and replaced with concrete, compacted granular fill, or other approved material to restore the bearing capacity of the sub-grade to its original undisturbed condition at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.6 DAMAGE RESTORATION A. Damage restoration: The Contractor shall be responsible for any heaving, settlement and/or separation of pavement that results from the dewatering operations. A damage restoration/remediation plan will be required for review and authorization to proceed. 3.7 RESTORATION OF DEWATERING ACTIVITIES A. As the wellpoints are withdrawn, the locations of the voided areas shall immediately backfilled by jetting approved backfill material into the voids until they are completely filled. These restored wellpoint voids are subject to random density verification testing. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02322-5 Dewatering and Drainage SECTION 02324 BACKFILL The Utilities Department uses the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the FDOT Design Standards, latest edition, as reference documents. It is the intent of the Utilities Department that this technical specification (02324) shall govern the applicable project work that it typically identified in the following FDOT Specification and Standard sections: • Section 125- Excavation for Structures and Pipe • Section 514- Plastic Filter Fabric(Geotextile) In the event that this technical specification (02324) is either silent on an issue or requirement or if it appears to present a conflict with the referenced FDOT Specifications and Standards, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request clarification or resolution, in writing, from the Project Manager and Engineer. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Materials B. Execution C. Examination D. Preparation E. Bedding F. Backfilling G. Field Quality Control H. Compaction Frequency of Tests 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01025 - Measurement and Payment B. Section SC01340— Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, and Samples C. Section SC01400 - Quality Requirements D. Section 02060—Aggregate Materials E. Section 02300— Earthwork F. Section 02320— Trenching and Excavation Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02324- 1 Backfill G. Section 02322—Dewatering and Drainage H. Section 02371 - Riprap and Rock Lining I. Section 02740—Subgrade, Base Course and Asphalt 1.3 REFERENCES A. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-Ib) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in) Drop. B. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. C. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (6,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)). D. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). E. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). F. ASTM D 2487-06 — Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) 1.4 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Material that is excavated for the purpose of installing water mains and service connections, force mains, sanitary sewers and laterals or storm drainage piping and their associated public manholes and structures and then reused as bedding and/or backfill material are not subject to this UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT provision. The use of the in-situ material as backfill material shall be considered as incidental to the item installation. B. Fill Type — Fine Aggregate : By the cubic yard. Includes excavating existing subsoil, supplying fill materials, stockpiling, scarifying substrate surface, placing where required, and compacting. C. Structural Fill Type — Course Aggregate : By the cubic yard. Includes supplying fill material, stockpiling, scarifying substrate surface, placing where required, and compacting. D. Concrete (Flowable) Fill: For"areas", by the cubic yard, and for grout filling of abandoned pipe, by the linear foot. Includes supplying materials, forming, mixing, and placing (and curing where required). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FILL MATERIALS-GENERAL A. All fill material shall be approved by the Project Manager and Engineer. Contractor shall notify the Project Manager and Engineer 1 week in advance of providing imported material, shall provide a 1 cubic yard sample and the results of a signed and sealed proctor test and material classification report for the material to the Project Manager and Engineer. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02324-2 Backfill B. Materials generated from the on-site excavations or imported from an off-site source may be utilized for backfill of pipeline and associated structure excavations provided the materials consist of relatively clean sands or reasonably well graded, relatively clean sand-gravel mixtures that are free of timber, roots, clods, construction demolition debris, rubbish, trash or other deleterious matter. The materials shall have a maximum size of 1 inch, have not more than 10 percent passing the US Standard No. 200 Sieve and contain not more than 2 percent(by weight)of organic matter. C. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, SW, and SP. D. Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, GM, SC, SM, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT. E. Coarse Aggregate shall conform to FDOT Specification 901 with the exception that slag or crushed slag shall not be used. Stone size shall be No. 57. F. Fine Aggregate shall conform to FDOT Specification 902. G. Subbase, Backfill, and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials free of clay, debris, waste, vegetation, rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, and other deleterious matter. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Geotextile Fabric: Non-biodegradable, woven per FDOT Specification Section 514. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect the area to be backfilled to assure that all preceding work activities have been completed and accepted, otherwise, the Contractor will be "at risk" until the preceding work has been accepted by the Project Manager. 3.2 DEFINITION OF BACKFILL ZONES A. Lowest Zone: The lowest zone is backfilled for deep undercuts up to within 6-inches of the bottom of the pipe. B. Bedding Zone: The zone above the lowest zone is the Bedding Zone. Usually it will be backfill which is the 6-inches, or the thickness identified on the project construction drawings, of soil below the bottom of the pipe. If the bedding zone has been constructed (vs. undisturbed in-situ material), the Bedding Zone shall be placed in lifts no greater than 6-inches (compacted thickness). C. Cover Zone: The next zone is backfill that is placed after the pipe has been laid and will be called the Cover Zone. This zone extends to 12-inches above the top of the pipe. The Cover Zone and the Bedding Zone are considered the Soil Envelope for the pipe. The Cover Zone shall be placed in lifts no greater than 6-inches (compacted thickness). Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02324-3 Backfill D. Top Zone: The Top Zone extends from 12-inches above the top of the pipe to the base or final grade. The Top Zone shall be placed in lifts no greater than 12-inches (compacted thickness). 3.3 BACKFILL FOR PIPELINES A. LOWEST ZONE 1. When over-excavation is required due to unforeseen site conditions backfill of the over-cut shall have a minimum thickness of 6-inches and shall be manually or mechanically tamped to simulate comparable density to that of the native soils. B. BEDDING ZONE 1. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02320 TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION for work of this Section. Hand trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated. If a trench box is used for the installation of the piping, it shall be raised to an elevation even with the top of the pipe before the Bedding Zone materials are placed. Once the trench-box has been moved upward, forward or removed from the excavation, the voids created by this action shall receive supplemental backfill material and re-compacted to 98% of modified proctor where applicable. 2. If required, bedding material shall be placed to provide uniform support along the bottom of the pipe and to place and maintain the pipe at the proper elevation. The initial layer of bedding placed to receive the pipe shall be brought to the grade and dimensions indicated on the project construction drawings. All bedding shall extend the full width of the trench bottom. The pipe shall be placed and brought to grade by tamping the bedding material or by removal of the excess amount of the bedding material under the pipe. Adjustment to grade line shall be made by scrapping away or filling with bedding material. Wedging or blocking up of pipe is not permitted. Applying pressure to the top of the pipe, such as with a backhoe bucket, to lower the pipe to the proper elevation or grade shall not be permitted. 3. Were wet or unstable soil that is incapable of properly supporting pipe, as determined by Project Manager and Engineer, is encountered in the bottom of trench, the trench bottom shall be excavated to a depth of at least two feet below the specified trench bottom. Place filter fabric in the bottom of the trench and support the filter fabric along the trench walls until the over-excavation has been backfilled, in two (2) 1-foot lifts (as applicable based on the backfill material; structural backfill or FDOT rock). The ends of the filter fabric shall be overlapped prior to placing the pipe. C. COVER ZONE 1. Haunching: Initial backfill/haunching material shall be carefully placed by hand until one third of the pipe diameter has been covered. The Contractor shall use non-mechanical means to tamp the backfill/haunching material to form unified initial support for the pipe for each lift. 2. After haunching of the pipe, carefully and evenly backfill trenches on all sides with suitable backfill materials and thoroughly and carefully tamped each lift until the backfill material reaches the same elevation as the top of the pipe. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02324-4 Backfill If a trench box is used for the installation of the piping, it shall be raised to an elevation even with the top of the pipe before the Cover Zone backfill materials are placed. Once the trench-box has been moved upward, forward or removed from the excavation, the voids created by this action shall receive supplemental backfill material and re-compacted to 98% of modified proctor. 3. To prevent longitudinal movement of the pipe, dumping backfill material into the trench and then spreading will not be permitted until approved material has been placed and compacted to a level 1-foot over the pipe. D. TOP ZONE 1. For the remaining lifts of backfill, the material shall be placed in 12-inch lifts and compacted. Compact each layer to a density of 98% of modified proctor in paved areas and 95% of modified proctor in landscaped and open areas. 2. For all non-metallic pipeline installations, detection tape shall be buried 4 to 10- inches beneath the ground surface directly over the top of the utility. Should detection tape need to be installed deeper, the Contractor shall provide 3-inch wide tape. In no case shall detection tape be buried greater than 20-inches from the finished grade surface. Detection tape shall be appropriately identified based on the specific utility installation. 3.4 FOR STRUCTURES: A. All structures shall be marked and numbered with gradient lines, by the Contractor, to indicate the required lift thickness. B. Carefully backfill around all sides in a continuous and progressive manner in lifts no greater that 6-inchs (compacted thickness) with excavated materials approved for backfilling, free from large clods of earth and stones and compact to 98% of modified proctor in all areas. C. For the sides of the structure where there is pipe penetration, the compacted backfill shall be brought up to a point where the pipe, at the correct invert elevation, is resting on compacted backfill. A bell-hole, extending no further than 1-foot from the structure, may be left around the penetration point for mudding-up around the pipe. 3.5 GENERAL BACKFILL A. All backfill operations shall be done in the dry. The dry condition shall be maintained during placement, compaction and density testing. B. As soon as practicable after the pipe has been laid and jointed, backfilling shall begin and thereafter be prosecuted expeditiously. C. Flooding of backfill (with potable water) will only be permitted when so directed in writing by the Project Manager. D. Reopen improperly backfilled trenches, or trenches where settlement occurs, to depth required for proper compaction, as determined by the Engineer, then refill and compact, with surface restored to required grade and compaction, mounded over and smoothed off. E. Backfill open trenches across roadways or other areas to be paved as specified above, backfill entire depth of trench in 6-inch layers, and compact each layer to a density of Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02324-5 Backfill 98% of modified proctor, so that paving can proceed immediately after backfilling is completed. F. Grade ground to reasonable uniformity along all other portions of trenches and leave mounding over trenches in a uniform and neat condition, to the satisfaction of Engineer. G. Except as otherwise indicated, top of all piping and conduit to be 36" below finish grade (keeping project swale development in mind) unless incased in concrete. Concrete encasement to consist of a minimum of 4" thick concrete base slab placed prior to installation of piping or conduit and a minimum 4" thick concrete encasement (sides and top) placed after installation and testing of piping or conduit. H. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following: 1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade including, where applicable, damp proofing,waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities have been performed and recorded. 3. Removal of concrete formwork. 4. Removal of trash and debris from excavation. Backfill areas to contours and elevations with approved materials. J. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet or spongy subgrade surfaces. K. Place geotextile fabric over Class A-7 material existing prior to placing next lift of fill (if approved). L. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work. M. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. N. Backfill against supported foundation walls and concrete structures. Do not backfill against unsupported foundation walls. O. Backfill simultaneously on each side of unsupported foundation walls until supports are in place. P. Slope grade away from building minimum 2 inches in 10 ft, unless noted otherwise. Q. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas. R. Remove surplus backfill materials from site as directed by the Project Manager and/or Engineer. S. Leave fill material stockpile areas free of excess fill materials. T. TOLERANCES: 1. Top surface of backfill for site clearing and general earthwork shall be plus or minus 0.10 foot from required elevations. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02324-6 Backfill 2. Top surface of backfill for the creation of or improvements to berms or other stormwater containment earthworks shall be plus 0.10 foot, minus 0.00 foot from required elevations. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section SC01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS B. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or AASHTO T180 in locations as specified by the Project Manager or Engineer. Project Manager and/or Engineer are to select specific locations and lifts as well as witnessing of all compaction testing. C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest. 3.7 COMPACTION A. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum density, in accordance with AASHTO T-180 specifications or ASTM D1557: 1. Structures, Building Slabs and Steps: 98% of the modified proctor. 2. Pipe Bedding Zone and Cover Zone: 98% of the modified proctor. 3. Driveway aprons, sidewalk sections that form part of a driveway apron, driveways and roadways: As a minimum, compact top 12" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material to 98% of the modified proctor. Roadways may require special subgrade stabilization as specified in the project construction drawings. 4. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: From 1-foot above the top of the pipe (Top Zone), 95% of the modified proctor; areas around structures shall be 98% of the modified proctor. 5. Sidewalks and walkways: Compact top 12 inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material to 95% of the modified proctor. B. All subgrade shall be compacted and tested up to 6-inches from the edge of the pavement (asphalt or concrete). If for specific design reasons and the project construction drawings requires an area greater than 6-inches outside the edge of slab to be compacted and tested, then those more stringent requirements shall take precedence. C. Frequency of Tests: 1. Pipelines: In Public Right Of Way, swales and under sidewalks, every 100 feet per lift, for driveway aprons each lift, for road crossings each lift in three (3) locations, as directed by Engineer or Project Manager. Additionally, in the event of low production, density verification testing shall be performed on each day's work as directed by the Project Manager or Engineer. 2. In utility easements, every 200 feet per lift. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02324-7 Backfill 3. Public Manholes and Structures: Each lift around structure; all sides shall be tested in random order. In addition, the final lift under pipe penetrations shall be tested. 4. Berms: Every 200 feet per lift. 5. Swales: For areas that have been built-up and a swale cut-in every 200 feet; otherwise, density testing of swales cut-in to existing ground does not require density testing. D. The Contractor's Test Lab is to"map" all density test results (pass and fail) on the Record Drawings on each day when field tests are performed. Contractor's Testing Lab shall leave a copy of the day's density testing results on site. E. Contractor is to instruct their Testing Lab to directly mail signed and sealed copies of all Test Reports (Proctor, Density, Water Quality, etc.)to the Project Manager and Engineer on a weekly basis. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02324-8 Backfill SECTION 02446 DIRECTIONAL DRILLING(PIPE 12"OR LESS) The Utilities Department uses the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the FDOT Design Standards, latest edition, as reference documents. It is the intent of the Utilities Department that this technical specification(02446)shall govern the applicable project work that is typically identified in the following FDOT Specification and Standard sections: • Section 555—Directional Bore In the event that this technical specification(02446)is either silent on an issue or requirement or if it appears to present a conflict with the referenced FDOT Specifications and Standards, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request clarification or resolution,in writing,from the Project Manager and Engineer. PART 1 GENERAL Formatted:Bullets and Numbering 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals B. Contractor Qualifications C. Products D. Pipelines(Directional Drilling) E. Directional Drilling Equipment F. Installation G. Backfill and Restoration 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01025-Measurement and Payment B. Section SC01340—Shop Drawings,Work Drawings,and Samples C. Section SC01400-Quality Requirements D. Section SC01700—Contract Closeout E. Section 02320—Trenching and Excavation F. Section 02324—Backfill G. Section 02513—Public Water&Reclaimed Water Distribution Systems H. Section 02536—Force Mains Boynton Beach Utilities-2022 02446-1 Directional Drilling 1.3 REFERENCES Not Used. 1.4 UNIT PRICE-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Pipe by Directional Drilling: By the linear foot. Includes mobilization of equipment, dewatering, excavation of entry, exit recovery pits or any other excavation, steel pipe sleeve material (if required by the project construction drawings), carrier pipe, casing vents (as required), directional drilling operation, backfill, compaction, density testing, grouting casing ends and restraints(if/where necessary). B. Carrier pipe: By the linear foot. Includes mobilization of equipment, dewatering, carrier pipe,joint restraints,casing spacers and pressure testing. C. Valves: Refer to Section SC01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: The CONTRACTOR shall submit shop drawings of pipe casing in accordance with the requirements in Section SC01340, SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS, AND SAMPLES, and the following supplemental requirements as applicable: 1. Subcontractor qualification. 2. Casing installation schedule which includes excavation, pipeline installation, and backfill operations. 3. Material list including diameter,thickness,and class of steel casing. 4. Detailed locations and sizes of all pits. B. Certifications:The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a certified affidavit of compliance with the specifications for the physical and chemical properties of all steel pipe and other products or materials furnished under this Section of the Specifications. C. Submit plans and descriptions of the proposed equipment arrangement and installation procedures including a plotted chart of the pipeline installation based on the field located obstructions and utilities prior to commencing the work. Include provisions for any permit requirements or conditions associated with the work. 1.6 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractor performing the work under this section must be one experienced and regularly engaged in this type of work. At the request of the Engineer, Contractor must supply references of previous work, totaling a minimum of ten (10) years experience. Welding procedures shall be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1 and welders shall be qualified and certified in the 4G position as specified in AWS D1.1. 'PART 2 PRODUCTS Formatted:Bullets and Numbering 2.1 All materials are to be MADE IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.Allowable exceptions are ductile iron fittings supplied by American Cast Iron Pipe Company from Brazil, Sigma Corporation from China, Star Pipe Products from the United States and China, and Tyler Union from the Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02446-2 Directional Drilling United States and China; and Electronic Marking System (EMS)full-range markers by 3M from Mexico. .< .2.2 PIPELINES(DIRECTIONAL DRILLING) �Fannatted:Bullets and Numbering A. Pipe material shall be as manufactured by Plexco,Phillips 66 or other approved equal. B. The supplied fittings shall be molded from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equaling or exceeding that of the pipe material. The resin used to manufacturer the fitting shall be of the same type as that used to manufacture the pipe. C. For additional requirements, refer to Section 02513 — PUBLIC WATER & RECLAIMED WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS or Section 02536—FORCE MAINS as applicable. D. The pipe and fittings shall be manufactured from new resin and shall contain no recycled compounds. The pipe shall be homogenous throughout and be free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions or other deleterious defects; and all piping shall be identical in color,density,melt index,and other physical properties. E. The polyethylene resin shall be pre-compounded prior to pipe extrusion;in-plant blending is not acceptable. F. The Engineer may request certified laboratory data to verify the physical properties of the supplied pipe and fittings for polyethylene slip lining, or horizontal directional drills, or may take random material samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. G. Failure to comply with the product specifications contained herein will be sufficient cause for rejection of work performed and materials installed under this section. No payment will be made for defective materials and the equipment and labor costs associated with the installation and removal of defective materials. PART 3 EXECUTION Formatted:Bullets and Numbering 3.1 EXAMINATION {Formatted:Bullets and Numbering A. Noise levels emitted by diesel and/or gasoline pump drivers shall be controlled by the use of a "quiet-pack" muffler system or other suitable sound attenuation methods and shall not exceed 60 dB for daytime use and 55 dB for night time use at the nearest"receiving" property line. Contractor shall demonstrate, measure and record the dB levels at the time of initial set-up. The Contractor shall record dB levels weekly. The City's Code Compliance Division of the Boynton Beach Police Department shall have jurisdictional control over the Contractor's compliance with the City's Noise Ordinance. B. Field verify locations and elevations of all utilities and potential obstructions and submit plan and profile of proposed bore path for review by Project Manager and Engineer prior to the commencement of directional boring or jack and bore activities. C. Verify existing conditions are ready for directional drilling and/or the installation of steel pipe sleeves. D. Note subsurface irregularities affecting work of this section. • 3.2 PREPARATION {Formatted:Bullets and Numbering A. Cut pipe ends square,ream pipe and tube ends to full pipe diameter,and remove burrs. — -{Formatted:Bullets and Numbering Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02446-3 Directional Drilling B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. 3.3 PIPELINES(DIRECTIONAL DRILLING) {Formatted:Bullets and Numbering A. Material Handling: • Formatted:Bullets and Numbering 1. Unfused pipe sections shall be stored on clean, level ground. If the pipe is to be stacked for storage, stacking shall be accomplished in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Pipe shall be handled so that it is not damaged; repair of damages caused by improper handling shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 2. Fused pipe lengths shall be handled with nylon slings or other equipment that will not cut or gouge the pipe. The use of spreader bars when lifting long lengths of fused pipe is advised. B. Pipe Fusion: 1. Sections of polyethylene pipe shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground.Joining pipe sections shall be accomplished by use of the butt fusion process as recommended by the pipe manufacturer's representative. The equipment used to accomplish the fusion shall be capable of performing as specified by the pipe manufacturer with regard to temperature, alignment, pressure,and other variables. 2. Joints between plain end pipes and fittings shall be made by butt fusion, and joints between the main and saddle branch fittings shall be made using saddle fusion using only procedures that are recommended by the pipe and fitting manufacturer.The Contractor shall ensure that persons making heat fusion joints have received training in the manufacturer's recommended procedure. The Contractor shall maintain records of trained personnel, and shall certify that training was received not more than 12 months before commencing construction and the personnel have performed similar work within three(3)months. External and internal beads shall not be removed. 3. Upon request, the manufacturer shall provide training in the manufacturer's recommended butt fusion and saddle fusion procedures to the Contractor's installation personnel,and to inspectors representing the Utilities Department. C. Butt Fusion Testing 1. On every day butt fusions are to be made, the first fusion of the day shall be a trial fusion. The trial fusion shall be allowed to cool completely, and then fusion test straps shall be cut out. The test strap shall be 12 inches (minimum) or 30 times the wall thickness in length with the fusion in the center, and 1 inch (minimum)or 1.5 times the wall thickness in width. Bend the test strap until ends of the strap touch. If the fusion fails at the joint,a new trial fusion shall be made, cooled completely and tested. Butt fusion of pipe to be installed shall not commence until a trial fusion has passed the bent strap test. D. Mechanical Joining: 1. Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be joined together or to other materials by means of flanged connections(flange adapters and back-up rings)or mechanical couplings designed for joining polyethylene pipe or for joining polyethylene pipe Boynton Beach Utilities-2022 02446-4 Directional Drilling to another material. Mechanical couplings shall be fully pressure rated and fully thrust restrained such that when installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, a longitudinal load applied to the mechanical coupling will cause the pipe to yield before the mechanical coupling disjoins. External joint restraints shall not be used in lieu of fully restrained mechanical couplings. E. Branch Connections: 1. Branch connections to the main shall be made with saddle fittings or tees. Polyethylene saddle fittings shall be saddle fused to the main pipe. F. Mechanical Joint&Flange Installation: 1. Mechanical joints and flange connections shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedure. Flange faces shall be centered and aligned to each other before assembling and tightening bolts. In no case shall the flange bolts be used to draw the flanges into alignment. Bolt threads shall be evenly tightened according to the tightening pattern and torque step recommendations of the manufacturer. At least one (1) hour after initial assembly, flange connections shall be re-tightened following the tightening pattern and torque step recommendations of the manufacturer. The final tightening torque shall be 100 ft-lbs or less as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.4 Field Repair: Formatted:Bullets and Numbering A. Section of pipe having scratches or gouges,the depth of which exceeds 10 percent of the Formatted:Bullets and Numbering pipe wall thickness, shall be repaired. Repairing the pipe shall consist of cutting out the damaged section and fusing the undamaged sections together. This process shall be accomplished at no additional cost and in compliance with Paragraph 3.3 of this Section. 3.5 Directional Drilling Equipment: A. The directional drilling system shall be remotely steerable with electronic location capabilities by means of wire line signal from a remote magnetic survey probe located directly behind the cutter head. The system shall be capable of determining drill head location,drill head rotation,drill head angle and magnetic bearing. B. The drill rig shall be capable of 90,000 pounds of pullback. It shall incorporate the use of a downhole motor(mud motor)and shall employ a fluid-cutting process(high pressure - low volume)utilizing a liquid clay(Bentonite); a clay lining is to remain in the drilled hole for lubrication. The clay fluid is to be totally inert and contain no environmental risk. Mechanical,pneumatic or water jetting methods will be considered unacceptable. C. A Bentonite recovery system shall be utilized on site. Cuttings recovered from the Bentonite and any unsuitable materials recovered shall be removed from the site and legally disposed of by the Contractor. A wash pipe shall be used with the drill stem to facilitate Bentonite recovery and recycling. D. When drilling beneath surface water a vacuum Bentonite evacuation system is to be kept at the site and shall be employed in the event of a soil fracture or other loss of Bentonite to the surface water. 3.6 Preparation • (Formatted:Bullets and Numbering Boynton Beach Utilities-2022 02446-5 Directional Drilling A. Properly anchor the drilling rig and verify operation of equipment and sufficient quantities - [Formatted:Bullets and Numbering of materials. B. Prepare exit hole pit, including any necessary well pointing for dewatering to keep the pit dry throughout the installation operation. Meet all laws, codes, and ordinances and obtain all necessary permits for dewatering. 3.7 Installation f Formatted:Bullets and Numbering A. Drill a pilot hole complete to the exit hole as indicated on the Construction Drawings. B. While setting up the drilling equipment and drilling the pilot hole, fuse the HDPE carrier pipe together in lengths indicated on the Construction Drawings or as space allows. C. Upon completion of the pilot hole, replace the cutting head with a suitable back-ream head,bearing swivel and capped carrier pipe for pullback through the pilot hole. D. Prepare carrier pipe for connection to pipeline system. Remove and dispose of excess HDPE pipe and fill drill-hole beyond final installed pipeline with Bentonite slurry. E. In areas where the polyethylene pipe is exposed due to open excavation,the trench shall conform to the pipeline trench detail on the drawings except that the material identified as "hand placed select material"shall be a ratio of 4:1/sand:cement stabilized backfill. F. Pull the HDPE a minimum of 3%further than the total length of pull to allow for sufficient pipe length for trimming back to final required length once the total length of pipe has stabilized. G. A surface tracking system shall be for secondary confirmation of the final "As-Built" information. H. All HDPE pipe to be installed shall be pressure tested and visually inspected prior to installation. Contractor shall consult with the pipe manufacturer and provide the Engineer with their proposed pressure testing method in writing for comments prior to installation. I. During installation the Contractor shall continuously monitor and record the following data as a minimum: • Axial Tension Force • Insertion Velocity • Mud Flow circulation&exit rates • Actual length of pipe installed J. Precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to avoid pipe buoyancy. K. The manufacturer's recommendation for maximum bending radii shall not be exceeded during installation. L. Joints: All joints of the carrier pipe within the casing shall be restrained in accordance with the specification Sections for the type of pipe material installed. M. Testing of the Carrier Pipe: Boynton Beach Utilities-2022 02446-6 Directional Drilling Hydrostatic testing of the carrier pipe shall be completed prior to the filling of the annular space between the casing and carrier pipe with sand. Hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 02513 PUBLIC WATER & RECLAIMED WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. 3.8 BACKFILURESTORATION • (Famatbed:Bullets and Numbering Backfill and restoration of surface and subsurface improvements shall be done in concurrence with the work and accordance with the applicable sections of the project construction drawings and Section 02324 BACKFILL and Section 02960 RESTORATION OF SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS. Restoration shall be accomplished so that the condition of the original feature(s) is met or exceeded by the restoration. Restoration cost is to be included in the unit price of the pipeline installation. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities-2022 02446-7 Directional Drilling SECTION 02536 FORCE MAINS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 The scope of this technical specification is for traditional, open-cut installation of force mains that are not associated with directional drilling installation. For force mains installed with directional drilling, refer to technical specification 02446 DIRECTIONAL DRILLING. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals B. Products C. Preparation D. Installation E. Cleaning and Flushing F. Testing 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01025 - Measurement and Payment B. Section SC01340—Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, and Samples C. Section SC01400—Quality Requirements D. Section SC01700—Contract Closeout E. Section 02060—Aggregate Materials F. Section 02082— Public Manholes and Structures G. Section 02320—Trenching and Excavation H. Section 02322— Dewatering and Drainage Section 02324 - Backfill J. Section 02446— Directional Drilling K. Section 02538 - Sanitary Sewer System L. Section 02740— Subgrade, Base Course and Asphalt M. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.4 REFERENCES A. Not used. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02536-1 Force Mains 1.5 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Refer to Section SC01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. When existing Right-Of-Way (ROW) irrigation must be disturbed due to pipeline installation or swale development, any existing irrigation lines shall be marked on the Contractors drawings prior to or at the time of temporary cutting-&-capping. The replacement of existing irrigation in the Public Right-Of-Way as the result of pipeline installation or swale development is NOT a pay item. Replacement of existing ROW irrigation (to match existing quality, quantity and size) shall be incidental to the Unit Price of the pipeline or swale development. 1.6 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED A. Refer to Section 02082 PUBLIC MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES and 02446 DIRECTIONAL DRILLING. B. Submit shop and manufacturer's drawings and catalog cut sheets for all pipe system components. 1.7 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Refer to Section SC01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT and SC01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS for additional requirements. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to applicable Palm Beach County Health Department rules for materials and installation of the work of this section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 All materials are to be MADE IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. Allowable exceptions are ductile iron fittings supplied by American Cast Iron Pipe Company from Brazil, Sigma Corporation from China, and Star Pipe Products from the United States and China; and Electronic Marking System (EMS)full-range markers by 3M from Mexico. 2.2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. For Aboveground Installation: 1. Ductile iron pipe for aerial canal crossings and lift station installations shall conform to ANSI A21.15 and be flanged. The pressure class shall be Class 350 and thickness shall be Special Thickness Class 53. Flanges shall conform to ANSI A21.15. All pipe supports, clamps and/or cradles shall have a 1/2 inch neoprene liner between the pipe and support. B. For Underground Installation: 1. In general, the pressure class shall be Class 350. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to ANSI A21.51. Pipe shall have a wall thickness designed in compliance with ANSI 21.50, "American National Standard for the Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02536-2 Force Mains 2. Joints shall be push-on rubber gaskets unless identified otherwise in the project construction drawings. 3. Restrained joints shall be as specified in 2.7, Restrained Mechanical Joints. 2.3 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS A. Fittings for ductile iron pipe shall be manufactured of ductile iron shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110) or ANSI A21.53 (AWWA C153). Fittings shall be compatible with the pipe and designed for 350 psi working pressure. The lining and coating of the fittings shall be as specified for the pipe. Joints for fittings 16-inches in diameter and under shall be mechanical joint, except above ground fittings shown on the drawings, shall be flanged. Joints for fittings 18-inches in diameter and above shall be restrained type in accordance with the schedule shown on the Standard Detail Drawing. Gaskets for the flanged joints shall be "Tourseal, TM" or approved equal. B. Lining Pipe and Fittings: 1. DIP and fittings for force mains shall be ceramic epoxy lined (millage to be according to manufacturer specification) in accordance with ASTM D1248. 2.4 POLYVINYLCHORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe shall be unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe with integral bell containing a locked-in ring and spigot joints 4-inch through 12-inch. B. Pipe shall be the requirements of AWWA C900 or C905 "Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe", Class 150 and shall meet the requirements of SDR-18. PVC compound for pipe and fittings shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1784. C. Fittings shall be Class 150 and conform to the requirements of SDR-18, designed to withstand a minimum of 755 PSI quick burst pressure at 73°F, tested in accordance with ASTM D1599. Bells shall be gasketed joint conforming to ASTM D3139 with gaskets conforming to ASTM P477. Ductile iron push on joint or M.J. (conforming to ANSI A21- 10, AWWA C110) or ANSI A21.53 (AWWA C153) will be allowed as alternative when PVC sizes are not available. Fittings shall be as manufactured by the Harrington Company, Scepter Mfg. Co., LTD. or approved equal. 2.5 EXTERIOR FINISH A. For aboveground installation, the exterior surfaces of pipe and fittings shall be sandblasted to SSPC-SP-6 commercial blast requirements and painted with a three (3) coat system. The 1st and 2nd coats shall be epoxy and the 3rd (final) coat shall be polyurethane and colored BEIGE. The coating system shall be manufactured by M.A.B. Paints, Tnemec or an approved equal. B. For underground installation, all pipe and pipe fittings installed under this project will be color coded or marked in accordance with subparagraph 62-604.300(8)(a), F.A.C., using GREEN as the predominant color. Ductile iron pipe and fittings for force mains shall have the standard bituminous coat on the exterior with GREEN stripes applied during manufacturing or installation. Underground plastic pipe shall be solid-wall GREEN pipe. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02536-3 Force Mains C. Pipe striped during manufacturing of the pipe will have continuous stripes that run parallel to the axis of the pipe wall, that are located at no greater than 90-degree intervals around the pipe, and that will remain intact during and after installation of the pipe. If paint is used to stripe the pipe during the installation of the pipe, the paint will be applied in a continuous line that runs parallel to the axis of the pipe and that is located along the top and along each side. 2.6 ELECTRONIC MARKERS A. Electronic Marking System (EMS) full-range markers shall be by 3M. Full-range markers shall be green for wastewater. The Contractor shall install the full-range markers in accordance with the manufacturer's and City's standards. The full-range markers shall be placed at the following locations: 1. Fittings, bends, reducers, tees, crosses, deflections, valves, and air release valves (ARV). B. The installation of the full-range markers shall be field verified by the Project Manager and Engineer prior to the certification of the work. 2.7 RESTRAINED MECHANICAL JOINTS A. All pipe-to-pipe, branch connections, valves and all change of direction fittings shall be restrained with EBAA Iron MEGALUG products or approved equal. A second form of restraint, either thrust blocks or EBAA Iron mid-span MEGALUG, may be required in certain cases as directed by the Project Manager and Engineer. B. All valves and change of direction fittings 16" diameter and larger shall have two (2) forms of restraint. The valve and fittings shall have mechanical joints with EBAA Iron MEGALUG products or approved equal, and either thrust blocks or tie rods. If tie-rods are approved, the tie-rods shall be in a "mid-span" configuration utilizing EBAA Iron products or approved equal. C. Any line terminated as a construction phase that is a known future extension, shall have a valve placed at the end, and restrained with EBAA Iron MEGALUG products or approved equal to the last two (2) pipe joints. D. Flex-Ring Restrained Joint Ductile Iron pipe supplied by American Cast Iron Pipe Company (ACIPCO)and TR Flex Restrained Joint Ductile Iron pipe supplied by U.S. Pipe & Foundry, LLC may be used as approved by the Project Manager and Engineer. Self restraining push-on gaskets are allowed for Jack & Bore applications only as approved by the Project Manager and Engineer. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS A. For installation of pipe segments and/or structures where moderate to significant root intrusion could be a factor, the Contractor shall furnish and install BioBarrier (or approved equal) as a root barrier as directed by the Project Manager and Engineer. Furnishing and installing a BioBarrier is considered as an incidental cost. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02536-4 Force Mains A. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive Work as required by this Section and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on project construction drawings. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Cut pipe ends square, ream pipe and tube ends to full pipe diameter, remove burrs. B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C. Prepare pipe connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.3 INSTALLATION - PIPE SYSTEM A. Installation: 1. Installation of pipe and associated fittings shall be in accordance with current AWWA and NSF specifications, and manufacturer's requirements for their particular products. All mains shall have a 36" clear cover to finished grade (keeping in mind the project's swale requirements) with pipe being as level as possible. Any variance will require approval by the Project Manager. 2. Changes in pipe alignment may be accomplished using appropriate fittings or through pipe deflection. Pipe deflection at the joint is allowed with ductile iron pipe only and shall not exceed 75% of the manufacturer's recommended maximum joint deflection. 3M Full-Range Markers are required at all fittings and valves. Regardless of pipeline or pipeline component depth, the full-range markers shall be installed no deeper than 8 feet and shall be directly over the fitting or adjacent to the valve. 3. All pipe shall be laid in trenches having a dry and stable bottom. Backfill shall be free of boulders and debris. Pipe shall be fully supported along its entire length. Sharp or rocky material encountered in the base shall be replaced with proper bedding. Pipe shall be laid on line and grade as designed. 4. All valves (gate, butterfly, air release, etc.) shall be placed according to plans unless relocation is approved by the Project Manager. As-built drawings shall reflect the actual location of all mains and valves. In all instances, effectiveness of placement shall be primary criteria in determining valve location. Valves placed in curbs will not be accepted. For force mains, all valves boxes require lids be marked as "Sewer" and painted GREEN. 5. All road crossings, pavement cuttings and restoration shall be in accordance with the requirements of the City or Palm Beach County (if project is located in their jurisdiction but within the Department's service area). 6. At certain locations restrained joints shall be used in accordance with the details shown on the project construction drawings. Restrained joints shall be special restrained push-on joint with the approved pipe material MEGLUGS (or approved equal). Selection of MEGALUG mechanical joint restraints shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02536-5 Force Mains 7. Self restraining push-on gaskets may be used for Jack & Bore installations only where specifically approved by the Project Manager and Engineer. 8. Clearance of 18" or one pipe diameter, whichever is greater, shall be maintained between all fittings (bells, valves, flanges, etc.). 3.4 CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM: A. All connections to existing force mains shall be made under the direct supervision of the Project Manager. Valves on existing force mains shall be operated by Department personnel or under direct supervision by the Project Manager. B. Prior to connection, the contractor shall verify the structural integrity of the pipeline to be tapped or cut by means of a non-destructive evaluation technique (i.e. ultrasonic). Findings shall be reported and delivered to the Project Manager and Engineer for confirmation of the proposed connection location. C. All pipe coupons from tapping sleeve tie-ins shall be saved, labeled and dated by the Contractor and transmitted to the Project Manager. D. Tapping sleeve and valve shall be pressure tested prior to tapping. If service must be cut off to existing customers, the Project Manager must have seven (7)days notice to make necessary notifications. The Contractor may be required to assist in notifications. In this event, Contractor shall be ready to proceed with as much material pre-assembled as possible at the site to minimize the length of service interruption. The Project Manager will postpone a service cut-off if the contractor is not ready to proceed on schedule. Such connections may be made at night to minimize effects. No customer should be without service for more than six (6) hours. 3.5 CLEANING AND FLUSHING (DOMESTIC WATER): A. Upon completion of pipe installation, for any section, perform canon flushing and pigging/ swabbing in accordance with the detail shown on the project construction drawings. Project Manager and Engineer must observe the pig/swab being inserted in the line and the flushing operation. 3.6 TESTING A. Pressure: 1. Prior to conducting the official pressure test, to be witnessed by the Project Manager and Engineer, the Contractor shall conduct and document a preliminary pressure test meeting all of the following requirements. 2. All force mains shall be pressure tested. Potable water shall be supplied to the main and pumped to the required pressure of 150 psi. The force main being tested shall be separated from the supply line or isolated by a double valve arrangement. Allowable leakage shall be one-half of that as determined by the following formula: L _ SD,I P 148,000 Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02536-6 Force Mains L = Allowable leakage (gallon per hour) S = Length of pipe (feet) D = Nominal diameter of pipe (inches) P = Average test pressure (PSIG) 3. The maximum length of line to be tested as one section will be 2,000 feet. The standard test duration is two (2) hours. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02536-7 Force Mains SECTION 02538 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals B. Products C. Precast Manholes D. Sewer Laterals E. Bedding F. Installation G. Inspection and Testing 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01025 - Measurement and Payment B. Section SC01700—Contract Closeout C. Section 02060—Aggregate Materials D. Section 02082— Public Manholes and Structures E. Section 02320—Trenching and Excavation F. Section 02322— Dewatering and Drainage G. Section 02324— Backfill H. Section 02740—Subgrade, Base Course and Asphalt Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C14 - Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe B. ASTM C76 - Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe C. ASTM C443 - Standard Specifications for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets D. ASTM D3034 - Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02538- 1 Sanitary Sewer System E. ASTM A746 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe F. ASTM C564 - Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings G. ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120 H. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 1.4 UNIT PRICE — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Refer to Section SC01025— MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT When existing Right-Of-Way (ROW) irrigation must be disturbed due to pipeline installation or swale development, any existing irrigation lines shall be marked on the Contractors drawings prior to or at the time of temporary cutting-&-capping. The replacement of existing irrigation in the Public Right-Of-Way as the result of pipeline installation or swale development is NOT a pay item. Replacement of existing ROW irrigation (to match existing quality, quantity and size) shall be incidental to the Unit Price of the pipeline or swale development. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Reinforcing steel, manhole locations, inlet locations, elevations, pipe, conduit, and any weir control structures, sizes and elevations of penetrations. B. Submit shop drawings for the following: 1. Precast Manhole (including reinforcing and joint), including Frame and Cover. 2. Precast Junction Box and conflict structure. C. Submit for the various types of pipe and fittings will be specified in the in Part 2 PRODUCTS below. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Refer to Section SC01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT and SC01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS for additional requirements. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable Palm Beach County Health Department rules for installation of the Work of this section. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements and elevations are as indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 All materials are to be MADE IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. Allowable exceptions are ductile iron fittings supplied by American Cast Iron Pipe Company from Brazil, Sigma Corporation Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02538-2 Sanitary Sewer System from China, and Star Pipe Products from the United States and China; and Electronic Marking System (EMS)full-range markers by 3M from Mexico. 2.2 SEWER PIPE MATERIALS A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 1. Pipe shall be the requirements of AWWA C900-16 "Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe", Class 150 and shall meet the requirements of SDR-18. PVC compound for pipe and fittings shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1784. B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Fittings 1. Fittings shall be C-900 and conform to the requirements of ASTM D 3034. The ring groove and gasket ring shall be compatible with PVC pipe ends. The flanged fittings shall be compatible with cast-iron or ductile iron pipe fittings. 2. The stiffness of the fittings shall be not less than the stiffness of adjoining pipe. C. Ductile Iron Pipe 1. For Underground Installation: a. In general, thickness class shall be Class 350. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to ANSI A21.51. Pipe shall have a wall thickness designed in compliance with ANSI A21.50, "American National Standard for the Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe". Earth loads to be taken from the standard tables in the manual based on a minimum 150 psi working pressure, trench condition 2, width d + (2 feet) and depth of cover as shown on the profile drawings. b. Generally, joints for ductile iron pipe shall be push-on or mechanical type designed in accordance with ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C111) or ANSI A21.53 (AWWA C153). Joint lubrication shall be as furnished by the manufacturer. c. At certain locations restrained joints shall be used in accordance with the details on the project construction drawings as approved by the Project Manager and Engineer. d. Flex-Ring Restrained Joint Ductile Iron pipe supplied by American Cast Iron Pipe Company (ACIPCO)and TR Flex Restrained Joint Ductile Iron pipe supplied by U.S. Pipe & Foundry, LLC may be used as approved by the Project Manager and Engineer. 2. Fittings for ductile iron pipe shall be manufactured of ductile iron and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110) or ANSI A21.53 (AWWA C153). Fittings shall be compatible with the pipe and designed for 250 psi working pressure. The lining of the fittings shall be as specified for the pipe. Joints for fittings 16-inches in diameter and under shall be mechanical joint, except above ground fittings shown on the drawings, shall be flanged. Joints for fittings 18-inches in diameter and above shall be restrained type in accordance with the schedule shown on the Standard Detail Drawing. Gaskets for the flanged joints shall be "Tourseal, TM" or approved equal. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02538-3 Sanitary Sewer System 3. Lining: a. Smaller than 4-inches: The interior of ductile iron pipe and fittings 4- inches and smaller, shall be lined with a two-component coal tar epoxy. The lining shall be resistant to fatty oils, detergents, sewage generated hydrogen sulfide, and liquids in a pH range of 1-14. The lining shall be guaranteed against peeling. Lining shall meet the requirements of U.S. Corps of Engineers Specification C-200. Lining shall be applied to a thickness of at least 40 mils, tapering at the pipe ends where it shall be brushed on to at least a 10 mil thickness in the last 2-inches. b. 4-inches and larger: The interior of ductile iron pipe and fittings 4-inches and larger shall be ceramic epoxy lined (millage to be according to manufacturer specification) Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP). The epoxy coating shall cover the inner surface of the pipe extending from the plain or beveled end to the rear of the gasket socket. 4. Exterior Finish: a. For underground installation pipe and fittings shall have the standard bituminous coat on the exterior. 5. Corrosion Protection: For protection against corrosive soils in those areas designated by the Project Manager and Engineer, ductile iron pipe and fittings shall additionally be enclosed in a polyethylene sheet or tube and each length joined with 2-inch wide polyethylene adhesive tape. The sheet or tube shall be made from polyethylene resin meeting the requirements of ASTM D1248 and shall be Type I, Class C, Category 5, Grade J-3 with minimum carbon black content of 2.5% and 8 mils thickness. The sheet or tube shall be in accordance with the provisions of ANSI A21.5 (AWWA C105). Methods shall be such as to minimize danger to the sheet also be used to repair tears or punctures. a. Installation of polyethylene encasement shall be in accordance with ANSI A21.5. D. DIP shall be required in the following circumstances: 1. Anytime a wastewater line passes under any other pipe with less than 12" clearance. (No joint within 10 feet of crossing potable/reclaimed water lines). 2. When a wastewater line passes over any potable/reclaimed water main regardless of separation and over the pipe with less than 12" clearance (No joint within 10 feet of crossing potable/reclaimed water lines). 3. When there is less than four (4) feet from finish surface to the invert of the pipe. Four and one half (4.5) feet to invert shall be the standard design depth. Less depth will not be accepted unless it is unavoidable and has prior approval from the Project Manger and Engineer. 4. Any time the wastewater line is separated horizontally (wall to wall) from a potable water main by less than six (6)feet or reclaimed water main by less than three (3)feet. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02538-4 Sanitary Sewer System 5. The last run of pipe into a wet well. 6. Inside bore &jack casings (with mechanical / restrained joint). 2.3 PRECAST MANHOLES A. MANHOLES 1. Materials a. Concrete: 4,000 psi b. Reinforcement: 1. All reinforcement shall be A.S.T.M A615, Grade 60 or 65 ksi welded wire fabric, either smooth or deformed. 2. Except when ACI hooks are specifically required, reinforcement top and slab shall be straight embedment. 3. All steel bars shall have 1-1/2" minimum cover unless otherwise shown except for precast circular units manufactured under ASTM C-76 or ASTM C-478. Horizontal steel in rectangular structures shall be lapped a minimum of 24 bar diameters at corners. c. Flexible Gasket: Ram Neck Seal d. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Coatings: 1. Interior Coating: Manhole interior protection shall consist of the following approved processes: ThoRoc, Mainstay, SewperCoat, StrongSeal or Refratta HAC 100 coating applied in the field. 2. Exterior Coating: CARBOLINE (Koppers) Bitumastic 300M Outside Structure: 1st coat red, 2nd coat black. Minimum thickness is 12 — 15 mils per coat or per manufacturer's recommendations. e. Manhole Brick: ASTM C32-73, Grade MA, 3-hole. f. Masonry Mortar: ASTM C270-82, Type M -Type II Cement. g. Manhole Frame and Cover: Traffic rated, conforming to U.S. Foundry No. 230-AB-M or approved equal. h. Manhole frames and covers shall be the Utility Department Standard as shown on the project construction drawings and of such quality and composition as will make the metal of the casing strong and tough and of even grain. They shall be smooth, free from scale, lumps, blisters and sand holes. No plugging or filling will be allowed. The words "SANITARY SEWER" shall be cast in the cover so as to be plainly visible. Frames and covers shall have a protective coating of black paint. All covers shall have a non-penetrating or concealed type pick hole. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02538-5 Sanitary Sewer System 2. Construction a. Manholes shall be constructed of precast reinforced concrete. Reinforcing for the base section and top shall be as shown on the drawings. Reinforcing for the wall sections shall be as specified in ASTM C478 and shall extend into the tongue and groove of the joints. There shall be a #4 continuous rebar hoop around openings. The base shall be monolithic with the first wall section using a water stop between base and first wall section. b. Water stop shall be manhole manufacturer's standard. If the manufacturer does not have a standard, use a 4-inch wide, #10 gauge steel sheet, welded continuous through the joint. c. Joints shall be tongue and groove suitable for flexible Ram Neck seal gasket. d. Lifting hooks shall be used throughout. Lift holes will not be allowed. e. Components of the manhole shall be free of fractures, cracks, and undue roughness. Concrete shall be free of defects, which indicate improper mixing or placing, and surface defects such as honeycomb or spalling. The Owner reserves the right to inspect manholes at the factory. 2.4 SEWER LATERALS AND CLEANOUTS A. PVC: Refer to the details on the project construction drawings. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS A. Electronic Marking System (EMS) full-range markers shall be by 3M. Full-range markers shall be green for wastewater. The Contractor shall install the full-range markers in accordance with the manufacturer's and City's standards. The full-range markers shall be placed at the following locations: 1. Fittings, bends, reducers, tees, crosses, deflections, valves, and air release valves (ARV). B. The installation of the full-range markers shall be field verified by the Project Manager and Engineer prior to the certification of the work. C. The installation of the pipe segments and/or structures, where moderate to significant root intrusion could be a factor, the Contractor shall furnish and install Biobarrier (or approved equal) as a root barrier as directed by the Project Manager and Engineer. Furnishing and installing the BioBarrier is considered to be an incidental cost. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive Work as required by this Section and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on project construction drawings. 3.2 BEDDING Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02538-6 Sanitary Sewer System A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02320 TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION for work of this Section. Hand trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated. Correct over excavation with fine aggregate. B. Place bedding material at trench bottom, level materials in continuous layer not exceeding 6 inches compacted depth, compact to 98 percent modified proctor. C. Backfill around sides and to top of pipe with cover fill, tamp in place and compact to 98 percent modified proctor for One (1) foot above the top of pipe. Once this elevation has been achieved continue backfilling in accordance with Section 02324 BACKFILL. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Pipe Installation: 1. Gravity wastewater lines shall be laid accurately to both line and grade. The Project Manager will generally not accept any line laid with a slope varying by more than 10% of its design slope especially for lines laid at minimum gradients. For specific instance the minimum acceptable slope of an 8" line shall be 0.40% if the design called for 0.44%. The design slope shall be 0.40% for replacement of existing lines, but in no case shall a replacement line slope be less than the existing slope. The Project Manager reserves the right to independently verify questionable survey results. Visible leakage deflections, horizontal misalignment, significant bowing, non- constant slopes between manholes and sagging joints shall each be grounds for rejection of lines. Certified verification by televising of line will be required by the Project Manager. 2. The minimum design depth of a PVC gravity wastewater line shall be 4.5 feet to invert. DIP shall be placed for all lengths with less than 4.5 feet to invert in cases where this cannot be met and prior approval is obtained. 3. Trenches and excavations shall be kept dry while work is in progress. The contractor shall be responsible to ensure that all safety requirements are met. Unsuitable excavated material such as boulders, logs, and other deleterious material shall be removed from the site. The pipe barrel shall be uniformly supported along its entire length on undisturbed soil or bedding material. Proper bedding shall be supplied if the existing material includes rock, organic material, or other sharp or unsuitable material. 4. By-passing of sewage during construction shall be minimized. Wherever it is required to connect to existing facilities or test new treatment facilities after flows have been accepted, the work or tests shall be planned and scheduled so as to allow little or no bypassing of sewage. Such plans and schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval by the proper authority before any bypassing takes place. The Contractor shall NOT intentionally discharge any wastewater into an unlined open trench during repairs or tie-in operations. 5. Where connecting to existing lines, it shall be done at such a time in such a manner to cause the least amount of interruption to the customer services and the handling of any "wet sewers" shall be in accordance with the regulations of the Palm Beach County Health Department. B. Manhole Installation: Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02538-7 Sanitary Sewer System 1. Excavations for manholes and other structures shall be over-excavated and plastic filter fabric (Geotextile) of a sufficient size to envelope the rock support bed shall be placed in the bottom of the excavation. The rock support bed shall be 12-inch thick (or as specified on the project construction drawings) FDOT 57 rock and shall be placed prior to installing the structure. Manholes shall be set according to project construction drawings and shall be precast in accordance with approved shop drawings, specification detail and project construction drawings for this project. The manhole invert shall be carefully shaped to conform to the pipe flow channel. Flow channels within the manholes involving changes of direction or slide slopes shall smoothly direct the flow in accordance with detail drawings. All concrete irregularities shall be plastered with cement mortar in such a manner as to give neat and water-tight job. Manholes shall be core-drilled to provide pipe opening when precast hole is not available. 2. "Ram-nek" or equivalent shall be used at all riser joints. Structures with any leakage will not be accepted. 3. Brick used for risers, setting frames, and covers shall be 3-hole brick. C. INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT INTO INLET/ STRUCTURE 1. The diameter for the pipe opening shall be 6 inches larger than the outside diameter of the pipe. The pipe shall penetrate the interior wall of the structure a minimum of 2-inches and shall be centered in the opening. After pipe is set, the annular space around the outside of the pipe and the wall of the structure shall be filled with a minimum of one (1) course of 3-hole brick and cement mortar or approved grout mix. D. Service Lateral Installation 1. Service lines shall be connected to the sewer lines by means of a wye fitting with a branch as shown on the standard drawings. The branch of the wye fitting will be elevated as directed depending on the depth of the sewer and the elevation of the property to be served. Eighth bends shall be used to connect the service line at the wye branch. Service lines shall be installed at such grades as will adequately serve the properties. 2. Service lines shall extend from the sewer main to the property line and be reconnected to the existing building sewer line unless otherwise shown. Service lines shall be 6-inches with adaptors or reducers as required to make the tie in connection. 3. Changes in pipe alignment may be accomplished using appropriate fittings or through pipe deflection. Pipe deflection at the joint is allowed with ductile iron pipe only and shall not exceed 75% of the manufacturer's recommended maximum joint deflection. E. Cleanouts 1. Material to be the same as service line. Configuration to be shown on the project construction drawings. Cleanouts that must be installed in traffic bearing areas require the approval of the Project Manager and Engineer on a case-by-case basis. When this configuration is approved, cleanouts shall be installed in "mini- manholes". Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02538-8 Sanitary Sewer System 2. Establish elevations and pipe inverts for cleanout wye inline connection before installation. 3. All road crossings and pavement cuttings shall be in accordance with the requirements of the City or Palm Beach County (if the project is located in their jurisdiction and within the Department's service area). 3.4 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. VISUAL INSPECTION: 1. Test for Displacement of Sewers: Sewer mains will be checked by Engineer to determine whether any displacement of pipe has occurred, after trench has been backfilled to 2 feet above pipe and tamped as specified. Light will be flashed between manholes, or, if manholes have not as yet been constructed, between locations of manholes, by means of flashlight or by reflecting sunlight with a mirror. If illuminated interior of pipelines show poor alignment, displaced pipe, or any other defects, remedy as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remedy at their expense. 2. Watertight Construction: It is imperative that all sewers and force mains, manholes, and service connections be built watertight and that the Contractor adhere rigidly to the specifications for material and workmanship. All of the sewage will be pumped for treatment and special care and attention must be given to securing watertight construction. B. STATIC HEAD PRESSURE TEST: 1. Contractor shall test all sewer lines for infiltration/exfiltration using a static-head pressure test. The maximum allowable leakage shall not exceed 200- gallons/inch pipe diameter per mile per 24-hour period. Once a system or system segment has passed the static head pressure test, the Contractor shall generate a Test Report, signed by the Contractor and Project Manager, for inclusion in the Project Record Documents. C. Final Inspection: 1. Inspection: Contractor shall clean and perform a T. V. inspection with video tape or DVD recording and log of the sewer line. All repairs shown necessary by the T. V. inspection are to be made, all deposits removed and the sewers left true to line and grade, clean and ready for use. All inspection costs shall be paid for by the Contractor. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02538-9 Sanitary Sewer System SECTION 02668 VALVES AND APPURTENANCES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 PERFORMANCE A. Section generally defines Contractors responsibilities unless otherwise indicated, for the following: 1. Gate Valves 2. Butterfly Valves 3. Air Release Valves 4. Valve Boxes 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. All Special Conditions. B. Section 02320—Trenching and Excavation. C. Section 02324— Backfill. D. Section 02446— Directional Drilling and Pipe Sleeves E. Section 02513— Public Water& Reclaimed Water Distribution Systems F. Section 02536— Force Mains 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 (Latest Revision) - Cement mortar lining for ductile iron pipe and fittings for water and reclaimed water. B. ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 (Latest Revision) - Ductile iron and grey iron fittings 3 inch through 48 inch for water and other liquids. C. ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 (Latest Revision) - Rubber gasket joints for ductile iron and grey iron pressure pipe and fittings. D. ANSI/AWWA C600 (Latest Revision) - Installation of ductile iron water mains and appurtenances. E. ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 (Latest Revision) — Ductile Iron Compact Fittings for Water and Reclaimed Services. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02668-1 Valves and Appurtenances A. Gate Valves: 1. Gate valves, unless otherwise specified or approved, shall be ductile iron body, resilient seat gate valves with mechanical joints conforming to the AWWA standard specifications for gate valves for ordinary water works service, designation C509, in so far as applicable. 2. Gate valves shall be as manufactured by Mueller, American or approved equal. 3. Buried gate valves shall be non-rising stem type with 2 inch square cast iron wrench nuts. 4. Face to face dimension shall conform to ANSI standard face to face and end to end dimensions of ferrous valves, (ANSI B16.10)for 125-pound cast-iron valves. 5. Hand wheels or chain wheels shall be turned counter clockwise to open the valves. Hand wheels shall be of ample size and shall have an arrow and the word 'open" cast thereon to indicate the direction of opening. 6. Stuffing box follower bolts shall be of brass and the nuts shall be of bronze. 7. Where required, gate valves shall be provided with a box cast in a slab and a box cover. 8. Box cover opening shall be for valve stem and nut. Valve wrenches and extension stems shall be provided by the manufacturer to actuate the valves. 9. Acceptable Manufacturers are as follows: a. Mueller b. U.S. Pipe c. American d. Kennedy/Clow e. DeZurik B. Butterfly Valves: 1. Butterfly valves for water working pressures up to 150 psi shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C504 — Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves, subject to the following requirements. Valves shall be of the size and class indicated and, unless otherwise shown, shall be short-bodied. Flanged valves for interior and exposed piping shall have ANSI 125-lb flanges. Valves for buried services shall have mechanical join body design. Shaft seals shall be designed for use with standard split-V type packing, or other acceptable seal. The interior passage of butterfly valves shall not have any obstructions or stops. The seats shall be positively clamped or bonded into the disc or body of the valve, but cartridge-type seats which rely on a high coefficient of friction for retention shall not be acceptable 2. Manual Actuators: Unless otherwise indicated, all manually-actuated butterfly valves shall be equipped with a 2-inch square actuating nut. Screw-type (traveling nut) actuators will not be permitted for valves 30-inches in diameter and larger. 3. Worm Gear Actuators: Valves 30-inches and larger, as well as all submerged Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02668-2 Valves and Appurtenances and buried valves, shall be equipped with worm-gear actuators, lubricated and sealed to prevent entry of dirt or water into the housing. 4. All exposed butterfly valves shall be installed with a means of removing the complete valve assembly without dismantling the valve or operator. 5. Acceptable Manufacturers are as follows: a. American Flow Control b. Kennedy/Clow c. Mueller Lineseal C. Air Release Valves: 1. The air release valves shall be installed as shown on the drawings and shall be the automatic type. 2. Air release valves shall have a cast iron body, cover and baffle, stainless steel float, bronze water diffuser Buna-N or Viton seat and stainless steel trim. 3. Air release valves shall be provided with a vacuum check to prevent air from re- entering the line. 4. Air release valve fittings shall be threaded. 5. Acceptable Manufacturers are as follows: a. Potable Water Main 1) ARI D-040 Combination ARV 2" Inlet 2) ARI D-070 Multifunctional Combination ARV (3"-8" Flanged) b. Force Main 2" Inlet 1) ARI D-020 2) ARI D-025 c. Reclaimed Water 2" Inlet 1) ARI D-021 6. Air release valve manholes shall be precast concrete and shall conform to ASTM C478 and ASTM C-76, latest revision, Class II, Wall B, Type II Portland Cement, 4,000 psi. Steel reinforcing shall conform to ASTM A 185. Walls shall be 8" minimum. Manholes shall have a minimum 7 day cure time prior to delivery. Any visible reinforcing or honeycombing shall be cause for rejection. The base slab and first ring of the manhole shall be cast monolithically. The minimum diameter of the MH shall be 48" with a 22-1/4" frame and cover. The interior of the MH shall be coated with the high solids epoxy compound REZCLAD 125S in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The exterior of the MH shall be coated with two coats of an approved coal tar epoxy (Koppers 300-M or approved equal). The frame shall have a 30" opening. The cover shall be two piece and shall have the words "POTABLE WATER ARV", "RECLAIMED WATER ARV" or "FORCE MAIN ARV" (as appropriate) cast into it. Cover and frame shall be US Foundry & Mfg. Corp. Model # 690-AG-M or approved equal. For offset air release valves and/or tangential offset air/vacuum combination valves manholes, use 32" diameter safetely ventilated hinged manhole cover by PAMREX or approved equal. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02668-3 Valves and Appurtenances D. Valve Boxes: 1. All buried valves shall have cast iron two piece valve boxes with cast iron covers. 2. Valve boxes shall be provided with suitable heavy bonnets and will extend to an elevation at or slightly above the finished grade surface as directed by the Engineer. 3. The barrel shall be one or two piece, screw type, having a 5-1/4 inch shaft diameter. 4. Covers shall have "Water", "Reuse" or "Sewer" cast into the top and shall be painted the corresponding color (blue, pantone purple or green) for the pipe commodity that they are for. 5. All valves shall have actuating nuts extended to within six inches of the top of valve box cover. E. Fire Hydrants: 1. Fire hydrants (AWWA C-502 "traffic type" break-away flange, no cut bolts; non- rising stem; dry barrel, 5 1/4 inch main valve opening; bronze to bronze seating). 2. Fire hydrants shall be factory coated of "Fire Engine" or "Safety" red in color. Valve box lids for fire hydrant shall be painted BLUE and Siamese connections shall be painted RED. 3. Acceptable Manufacturers are as follows: a. American Darling B-84-B b. Clow Medallion PART 3 - EXECUTION Refer to Section 02513 PUBLIC WATER & RECLAIMED WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS for the installation of valves and appurtenances. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02668-4 Valves and Appurtenances SECTION 02730 MILLING OF EXISTING ASPHALT PAVEMENT The Utilities Department uses the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the FDOT Design Standards, latest edition, as reference documents. It is the intent of the Utilities Department that this technical specification (02730) shall govern the applicable project work that is typically identified in the following FDOT Specification and Standard sections: • Section 327— Milling of Existing Asphalt Pavement In the event that this technical specification (02730) is either silent on an issue or requirement or if it appears to present a conflict with the referenced FDOT Specifications and Standards, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request clarification or resolution, in writing, from the Project Manager and Engineer. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE The work specified in this Section consists of removing existing asphaltic concrete pavement by milling to improve the rideability of the finished pavement, to lower the finished grade adjacent to existing curb prior to resurfacing, or to completely remove existing pavement. When milling to improve rideability, an average depth of cut will be specified in the plans. Unless otherwise specified, the milled material becomes the property of the Contractor. 1.2 REFERENCES Florida Department of Transportation - Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (Latest Edition). PART 2 EQUIPMENT 2.1 MILLING MACHINE The milling machine shall be capable of maintaining a depth of cut and cross slope that will achieve the results specified in the plans and specifications. The overall length of the machine (out to out measurement excluding the conveyor) shall be a minimum of 18 feet. The minimum cutting width shall be six feet. The milling machine shall be equipped with a built-in automatic grade control system that can control the transverse slope and the longitudinal profile to produce the specified results. Any commercially manufactured milling machine meeting the above requirements will be approved to start the project. If it becomes evident after milling has started that the milling machine cannot consistently produce the specified results, the milling machine will be rejected for further use. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02730- 1 Milling of Existing Asphalt Pavement When milling to lower the grade adjacent to existing curb or other areas where it impractical to use the above described equipment, the use of a smaller milling machine will be permitted. The milling machine shall be equipped with means to effectively limit the amount of dust escaping the removal operation. For complete pavement removal, the use of alternate removal and crushing equipment, in lieu of the equipment specified above, may be approved by the Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION When milling to improve rideability, the existing pavement shall be removed to the average depth specified in the plans, in a manner that will restore the pavement surface to a uniform cross section and longitudinal profile. The Project Engineer may require the use of a stringline to ensure maintaining the proper alignment. The contractor may elect to make multiple cuts to achieve the required pavement configuration or depth of cut. The milling machine shall be operated to effectively minimize the amount of dust being emitted from the machine. Pre-wetting of the pavement may be required. If traffic is to be maintained on the milled surface prior to the placement of the new asphaltic concrete, the pattern of striations shall be such as to produce an acceptable riding surface. Prior to opening an area which has been milled to traffic, the pavement shall be thoroughly swept with a power broom or other approved equipment to remove to the greatest extent practicable, fine material which will dust under traffic. This operation shall be conducted in a manner so as to minimize the potential for creation of a traffic hazard and to minimize air pollution. Sweeping of the milled surface with a power broom will be required prior to placing asphaltic concrete. In urban and other sensitive areas where dust would cause a serious problem, the Contractor shall use a street sweeper (using water) or other equipment capable of removing and controlling dust. Approval of the use of such equipment is contingent upon its demonstrated ability to do the work. To prevent, to the greatest extent practicable, the infiltration of milled material into the storm sewer system when the milling operation is within the limits of and adjacent to a municipal curb and gutter or a closed drainage system, the sweeping operation shall be performed immediately after the milling operations or as directly by the Engineer. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02730-2 Milling of Existing Asphalt Pavement SECTION 02734 FLOW BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): D3350-84, Polyethylene Plastics, Pipe and Fittings Materials. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: 1. It is essential to the operation of the existing sewerage system that there be no interruption in the flow of sewage throughout the duration of the Project. Provide, maintain, and operate all temporary facilities such as dams, plugs, pumping equipment (both primary and backup units as required), conduits, and all necessary power to intercept the sewage flow before it reaches the point where it would interfere with the Work, carry it past the Work, and return it to the existing sewer downstream of the Work. 2. Design, install, and operate the temporary pumping system. 3. Convey the sewage safely past this Work area. Do not stop or impede the main flows under any circumstances. 4. Maintain sewer flow around the Work area in a manner that will not cause surcharging of sewers, damage to sewers, and that will protect public and private property from damage and flooding. 5. Protect water resources, wetlands, and other natural resources. 6. Provide 24 hour/day, 7 days/week monitoring of the bypass pumping system with immediate notification to the Contractor and OWNER of any pumping system problems, and field response by Contractor to correct issues within 1 hr. of notification of a problem. B. Design Requirements: 1. Provide all pipeline plugs, pumps of adequate size to handle peak flow, and temporary discharge piping, to ensure that the total flow of the sewer and service connections can be safely diverted around the section to be replaced. Bypass pumping system will be required to be operated 24 hours per day 7 days per week, including holidays during bypass pumping operation. The system operating pressure shall be as required to pump into the system. 2. Install one bypass pump at each pump station or manhole to be bypassed, as required. There shall be one back-up pump ready for immediate use in the event of an emergency or breakdown of any of the pumps. Each pumping location shall have provisions for immediate installation of a redundant pump without shutting the system down. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02734- 1 Flow Bypass Pumping System 3. Single discharge piping shall be provided for all bypass pumping operations. Each individual discharge pipeline shall be of adequate size to convey the required flow for the system's normal operating pumps. 4. Provide adequate enclosure around all bypass pumping equipment. 5. To minimize odors, install the discharge piping to within 2 feet of the manhole bottom and provide lockable security covers with an inspection door over all suction and discharge manholes. Covers can be made of 3/4-inch plywood, securely fastened over the manholes. 6. Maintain onsite portable lights for emergency use only. 7. Discharge must have an isolation valve and a check valve. 8. Pump station cleanouts shall not be used for bypass pumping. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Detailed plans and descriptions outlining all provisions and precautions regarding the handling of existing wastewater flows. This plan must be specific and complete including such items as schedules, locations, elevations, capacities of equipment, materials and all other incidental items necessary and/or required to ensure proper protection of the facilities, including protection of public and private property from damage and flooding by surcharging of sewers. The plan must be approved by the OWNER and ENGINEER a minimum of 72 hours prior to the start of by-pass operations. The plan shall include, but not be limited to, details of the following: 1. Staging areas for pumps. 2. Sewer plugging method and types of plugs. 3. Size, material, location and method of installation of suction piping. 4. Size, material, method of installation and location of installation of discharge piping. 5. Bypass pump sizes, capacity, and power requirements. 6. Calculations of static lift, friction losses, and flow velocity (pump curves showing pump operating range shall be submitted). 7. Standby power generator size, location. 8. Downstream discharge plan. 9. Method of protecting discharge manholes or structures from surface water infiltration, erosion, and damage. 10. Thrust and restraint block sizes and locations. 11. Sections showing any suction and discharge pipe depth, embedment, select fill and special backfill where required. 12. Method of noise control for each pump and/or generator. 13. Any temporary pipe supports and anchoring required. 14. Plans for access to bypass pumping locations. 15. Calculations for selection of bypass pumping pipe size. 16. Schedule for installation of and maintenance of bypass pumping lines. 17. Plan indication selected location of bypass pumping line and air valve locations. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02734-2 Flow Bypass Pumping System 18. Inventory of disinfection materials in case of spillage. 19. Description of 24 hr/day, 7 days/week monitoring system and immediate notification to Contractor and OWNER of any pumping system problems. 20. Description of procedures to be used for field response by Contractor to correct issues within 1 hr. of notification of a problem. 21. Locations of all existing utilities. 22. Pre-construction photos and video of the by-pass project area. B. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Certification of vendor's compliance with qualifications included in Article QUALITY ASSURANCE. 2. Weekly maintenance and inspection logs. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. System operators to be full-time employees or specialized vendor with minimum 1 year experience in operating and maintaining bypass systems. 1. Provide three references from projects of similar size performed in the past 3 years. B. Be responsible for any spillage of raw sewage that results in civil or criminal charge from any local, state, or federal agency. Bear costs for these charges and any required restoration. 1.05 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance Service: Ensure that the temporary pumping system is properly maintained and that a responsible operator is on call at all times when pumps are operating. B. Extra Materials: Spare parts for pumps and piping shall be kept onsite as necessary. Spare parts shall include, but not be limited to, the following: Extra pipe for each size and repair clamps for each bypass discharge line installed. C. Adequate hoisting equipment for each pump and accessories shall be maintained on the site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BYPASS PIPING MATERIALS A. Header Piping: Header piping shall be used to connect the pumps to the discharge piping, if required. The header shall be constructed of rigid pipe with positive, restrained joints or reinforced high pressure hose, with a total maximum length of 50 feet. Under no circumstances will aluminum "irrigation" type piping or glued PVC pipe be allowed. Header piping will only be allowed in short sections and by specific permission from the ENGINEER or OWNER. B. Discharge Piping: Discharge piping shall be used from the connection at the header piping to the discharge point. At the beginning of the Project, all discharge piping shall be Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02734-3 Flow Bypass Pumping System new high density polyethylene pressure piping conforming to ASTM D3350 with a minimum SDR of 32.5, or reinforced high pressure hose. Discharge piping may be reused for subsequent flow bypass pumping system placements, however, the OWNER or ENGINEER at their sole discretion shall have the right to reject sections of discharge piping deemed by either of them to be unserviceable. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. All pumps used shall be fully automatic self priming units that do not require the use of foot-valves or vacuum pumps in the priming system. The primary pumps must be electric with diesel powered backup. Pumps can be trailer mounted. All pumps used must be constructed to allow dry running for long periods of time to accommodate the cyclical nature of effluent flows. B. Provide the necessary stop/start controls and a visual alarm indicating a pump malfunction for each pump. C. The back-up pumps shall be online, isolated from the primary system by a valve. D. Incorporate noise prevention measures for any and all equipment being used to insure minimum noise impact on the surrounding areas. 1. Include: hospital grade silencers or mufflers, equipment modifications, and special equipment or sound barrier walls as necessary to limit noise levels below 55 decibels at a distance of 25 feet in the direction of any residential home for all diesel powered back-up pumps. Contractor shall perform a dry run to test actual decibel levels prior to the start of by-pass operations. 2. In the event the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with maximum permissible noise level decibels in the operation of the flow bypass pumping system, the OWNER or ENGINEER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop operation of the flow bypass pumping system until such time as specified noise levels are achieved. The termination of the flow bypass pumping system for such reason shall not be the basis for any extension of Contract time not for any claim for additional compensation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Precautions: 1. Locate any existing utilities in the area selected to locate the bypass pipelines. Locate bypass pipelines to minimize any disturbance to existing utilities and obtain approval of the pipeline locations from OWNER, property owners, all utilities, and the ENGINEER prior to installation. 2. Bypass pump all wastewater flows during all phases of the Work and coordinate all bypass pumping operations with the ENGINEER or OWNER. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Plugging or blocking of sewage flows shall incorporate a primary and secondary plugging device. When plugging or blocking is no longer needed for performance and acceptance of Work, it is to be removed in a manner that permits the sewage flow to slowly return to Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02734-4 Flow Bypass Pumping System normal without surge, to prevent surcharging or causing other major disturbances downstream. B. When working inside manholes, exercise caution and comply with combustible or oxygen-deficient atmospheres, confined spaces, and all OSHA requirements. C. The bypass pipeline should be located off streets, sidewalks, and shoulders of the roads whenever possible. When the bypass pipeline crosses local streets and private driveways, place the bypass pipelines in trenches and cover with temporary pavement or other approved methods. Obtain approvals for placement of the temporary pipeline within public rights-of-ways. D. Protect the bypass discharge line from damage in the areas of backhoe operations. E. Confine the bypass discharge pipeline to the area within the temporary construction area and permanent easement, for in-place or during relocation of the pipeline. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test: Perform a hydrostatic pressure test with clean water for each section of discharge piping with a maximum pressure equal to 1.5 times the maximum operation pressure of the system. The ENGINEER or OWNER shall witness the test to ensure that there are no leaks in the discharge piping prior to actual operation. B. Monitoring Test: Perform a test of the monitoring system and demonstrate proper notification is sent to the Contractor and OWNER in case of pumping system problems. C. The Operator shall inspect the bypass pumping system every hour, or on a schedule approved by the ENGINEER or OWNER. 1. An inspection log shall be kept at each pumping location. Each inspection log shall be marked with a time clock stamp to ensure the required maintenance and inspections are being performed. D. Noise Levels: Contractor shall perform decibel tests every 4 hours around the clock. A log of test results shall be kept at each pumping location. 3.04 CLEANING A. Sewage remaining in the bypass discharge pipeline and/or pumping equipment shall be flushed with City water and discharged to a working sewer before the bypass pumping system is broken down and moved to the next section. City water service must be protected by use of a backflow preventor. B. Disturbed Areas: Upon completion of the bypass pumping operation, the contractor shall clean up all areas disturbed by these operations, restoring same to a condition, including pavement restoration, at least equal to that which existed prior to the start of the Work. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02734-5 Flow Bypass Pumping System SECTION 02740 SUBGRADE, BASE COURSE, AND ASPHALT The Utilities Department uses the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the FDOT Design Standards, latest edition, as reference documents. It is the intent of the Utilities Department that this technical specification (02740)shall govern the applicable project work that is typically identified in the following FDOT Specification and Standard sections: • Section 160— Stabilizing • Section 200- Rock Base • Section 204—Graded Aggregate Base • Section 210- Reworking Limerock Base • Section 230- Limerock Stabilize Base • Section 250- Shell Base • Section 260- Shell Stabilized Base • Section 285- Optional Base Course • Section 330- Hot Mix Asphalt-General Construction Requirements • Section 334—Superpave Asphalt Concrete • Section 337-Asphaltic Concrete Friction Courses • Section 339- Miscellaneous Asphalt Pavement • Section 706— Raised Pavement Markers and Marker Adhesive • Section 709—Two Reactive Components Pavement Markings • Section 710— Painting Pavement Markings • Section 711 —Thermoplastic Pavement Markings • Section 911 — Base and Stabilized Base Materials • Section 914—Stabilization Materials In the event that this technical specification (02740) is either silent on an issue or requirement or if it appears to present a conflict with the referenced FDOT Specifications and Standards, or with specific requirements by the County or FDOT, it is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to request clarification or resolution, in writing, from the Project Manager and ENGINEER. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Unit Price— Measurement and Payment B. Submittals C. Products D. Execution including examination, excavation, subgrades and base course E. Overlay Operations F. Striping, Reflective Pavement Markers (RPMs) and Roadway Signage G. Field Quality Control 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02740- 1 Subgrade, Base Course,and Asphalt A. Section SC01025— Measurement and Payment B. Section SC01340— Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, and Samples C. Section SC01400—Quality Requirements D. Section SC01410—Testing Laboratory Services E. Section SC01700—Contract Closeout F. Section 02060—Aggregate Materials G. Section 02322— Dewatering and Drainage 1.3 REFERENCES A. Florida Department of Transportation - Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (Latest Edition). B. AASHTO M216 - Standard Specification for Lime for Soil Stabilization C. Al MS-2 - Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot-Mix Types D. ASTM D946 - Standard Specification for Penetration-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction E. ASTM C977 - Standard Specification for Quicklime and Hydrated Lime for Soil Stabilization F. TAI - (The Asphalt Institute) - MS-8 Asphalt Paving Manual G. NLA (National Lime Association) Bulletin 326 - Lime Stabilization Construction Manual 1.4 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Refer to Section SC01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED A. The job mix formula including the prime and tack coat, materials (including RPMs), and construction methods shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval before paving begins. Refer to Section SC01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS, AND SAMPLES for additional requirements. B. Rock Record Drawings 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The CONTRACTOR will employ a testing laboratory to evaluate the materials delivered to and placed at the site. B. Certificates of material compliance, signed by material supplier and CONTRACTOR, may be submitted in lieu of material testing when acceptable to the ENGINEER and Project Manager. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02740-2 Subgrade, Base Course,and Asphalt 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and elevations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Lime: 1. Lime used as a stabilizing material: ASTM C207 Type N. B. Limerock Base: 1. Limerock as stabilizing material or base coarse shall be to a compacted depth of at least 8 inches and shall consist of fossiliferous limestone of uniform quality, and shall not contain hard or flinty pieces that will prevent attainment of a smooth pavement surface free from pits and pockets. At the CONTRACTOR's option, either Ocala limerock or Miami Oolite limerock may be used, but only one type may be used on this Project. 2. Limerock shall be composed of not less that 70% of carbonates of calcium and magnesium, and not more than 3% of water-sensitive clay mineral. C. Shell Base: 1. Shell as a stabilizing material or base course shall be to a compacted depth of at least 8 inches and shall be of mollusk family (i.e. oysters, mussels, clams, or cemented coquina). Steamed shell will not be permitted. 2. At least 50% (by weight) of the total material shall be retained on a No. 4 sieve. Not more than 7.5 % (by weight) of the total material passing the No. 200 sieve shall be removed by washing and the remainder shall consist of shell particles, chert and sand. D. Prime/Tack Coat: The bituminous material to be used for prime/tack coats shall be either Cut-back Asphalt, Grade RC-70 or RC-250, or emulsified asphalt grades as specified in Section 300-2.1 of the "Standard Specifications" and approved by the ENGINEER. Materials shall conform to "Standard Specifications", Section 916 and the AASHTO requirements specified therein. E. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course: 1. Asphaltic concrete surface course Superpave, Type S, S-I, S-Il and S-III shall be composed of a mixture of aggregate, mineral filler and asphalt cement. Other types will be considered if not specified on the construction plans. Type should match adjacent existing pavement type if the Project requires restoration and not total resurfacing. 2. The job mix formula, size and percent of aggregates shall be as specified in the "Standard Specifications". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02740-3 Subgrade, Base Course,and Asphalt A. CONTRACTOR must examine the site conditions and assure themselves that all proceeding construction activities are complete and the area is ready, as applicable, for stabilizing, application of base course and/or asphalt. B. Paver must examine the areas and conditions under which paving is to be installed. Notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Paver. 3.2 EXCAVATION A. Excavation shall be as required for the subgrade and cross section as shown on the project construction drawings. All suitable materials removed from the excavation shall be used as far as practicable in the formation of embankments, subgrades, and shoulders, and in such other places as directed by the ENGINEER. No excavated material shall be wasted without permission and where necessary to waste such material, it shall be disposed of in the locations directed by the ENGINEER. Muck and other unsuitable material shall be removed and replaced with suitable material. All material used shall be free of stumps, roots, brush, sod, rubbish, rocks or other unsuitable material. 3.3 SUBGRADES A. Subgrade construction shall consist of bringing the bottom of excavations and top of embankments of the roadway, between the outer limits of the paving or base course, to a surface conforming to the grades, lines and cross sections shown on the drawings, of uniform density, ready to receive the base course. The entire subgrade in both cuts and fills shall be thoroughly plowed and mixed to a depth of at least 12 inches below grade. B. The limits of the roadbed included in the designation of subgrade shall be as shown in the profile shown on the project construction drawings. The lines and grades shall be established by the CONTRACTOR as shown on the drawings and shall be maintained by means of grade stakes placed in lines parallel to the centerline of the area to be paved and spaces so that string lines may be stretched between the stakes. C. At least 6 inches (loose measurement) of a suitable commercial stabilizing material shall be mixed into the subgrade for stabilization in accordance with the "Standard Specifications", Section 160 and 230. The Florida Bearing Value (FBV) shall be 75 pounds. Density tests will be paid for by CONTRACTOR except for additional tests requested by the Project Manager and/or ENGINEER. D. After the subgrade has been prepared, it shall be kept free from ruts, depressions and any damage resulting from the hauling or handling of tools and equipment. 3.4 BASE MATERIALS A. Limerock or Shell: 1. Base material shall be dumped on the end of the preceding spread without dumping or hauling directly on the sub-grade. Equipment for spreading and grading shall be as specified in Section 200 and 250 of the "Standard Specifications". After the spreading is completed, the entire surface shall be scarified and then shaped to produce the required grade and cross section after compaction. Water shall be added as required to obtain the specified density. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02740-4 Subgrade, Base Course,and Asphalt B. If, at any time, the subgrade material should become mixed with the base course material, the CONTRACTOR shall, without additional compensation, dig out and remove the mixture, reshape and compact the subgrade, and replace the materials removed with clean base material which shall be shaped and compacted as specified above. C. The completed base course shall be thoroughly cured before the prime coat or wearing surface is laid. The prime coat shall be applied only when the moisture content of the base does not exceed 90% of the optimum moisture for the base material. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the base course to a true and satisfactory surface until the first lift of asphalt is laid. D. After completion of compaction, the surface of the base course shall be checked with a template cut to the required crown, and the thickness shall be checked by borings. Any surface irregularities in excess of 1/4 inch or any deficient thickness shall be corrected by scarifying and adding material after which the entire area shall be re-compacted and examined. 3.5 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Overlay Operations 1. Mill all keyways and areas as shown on the project construction drawings. 2. Remove all loose material from existing asphalt surface immediately before applying prime coat. 3. Tack Coat: Apply at the rate of 0.02 to 0.08 gallon per sq. yd., over existing asphalt surface. Application of tack coat shall be immediately before overlay operations. B. Roadway Construction 1. Proof roll prepared base course surface to check for unstable areas and areas requiring additional compaction. 2. Remove all loose material from compacted base surface immediately before applying prime coat. 3. Prime Coat: Apply at the rate of 0.35 to 0.40 gallon per sq. yd., over compacted base course. Apply material to penetrate and seal, but not flood, surface. Apply a light uniform cover of sand and allow to cure. Unless approved by the Project Manager, application of prime coat shall be within 48 hours of the asphalting operations. 3.6 PLACING ASPHALT A. General 1. Lay all asphalt, including leveling course, other than adjacent to curb and gutter or other true edges, by the string line method to obtain an accurate, uniform alignment of the pavement edge. For overlay operations only, an alternative to the initial string line method would be to apply the asphalt overlay, survey and mark the roadway centerline, measure lane width on each side of centerline then string line and saw-cut the Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02740-5 Subgrade, Base Course,and Asphalt edge to match the existing in order to obtain an accurate, uniform alignment of the pavement edge. In no case shall the asphalt overlay material "overhang" the edge of the existing roadway. 2. Place asphalt mixture on clean prepared surface, spread and strike-off. Place inaccessible and small areas by hand. Place each course to required grade, cross-section and compacted thickness. 3. Follow "Standard Specification" Section 330 for general construction of the surface course as applicable to this project. B. Joints: 1. Make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days work, to ensure continuous bond between adjoining work. 2. Construct joints to have same texture, density and smoothness as other sections of asphalt concrete course. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat. C. Protection: 1. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from mechanical injury for sufficient time necessary or until surface temperature is less than 140°F. 2. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled and attained its maximum degree of hardness. 3.7 STRIPING (TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT) RAISED PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE A. Once the asphalt has been placed and has achieved its maximum degree of hardness, CONTRACTOR shall apply temporary STOP BARS and striping as specified on the project construction drawings or in the applicable FDOT Index (9535 through 17356). B. Depending on the chemistry of the thermostripping material, after the final asphalt placement, permanent striping and RPMs shall be applied as specified on the project construction drawings or in the applicable FDOT Index (9535 through 17356). For sanitary and force main ARV manholes located within the grassed right of way (ROW) or swale, green RPMs shall be placed near the center of the roadway on the corresponding side of the yellow line. For sanitary and force main ARV manholes located in the rear easement, green RPMs shall be placed near the corresponding edge of the roadway. Blue RPMs shall be placed in the center on the nearest travel lane directly in front of all fire hydrants. C. Roadway signage shall be as specified on the project construction drawings or in the applicable FDOT Index. Street terminations shall be signed as specified in FDOT Index 17349 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section SC01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS B. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or AASHTO T180 in locations as specified by the Project Manager or ENGINEER. Project Manager and/or ENGINEER are to select specific locations and lifts as well as witnessing of all compaction testing. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02740-6 Subgrade, Base Course,and Asphalt C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest. In general, the re-test locations shall be as specified in FDOT Standard Specification 125. D. Roadway Subgrade Compaction: 1. As a minimum, the top 12-inches of the roadway subgrade shall be compacted to 98% of the modified proctor. Some roadways may require special subgrade stabilization, i.e., LBR 40 or as otherwise specified in the project construction drawings. When special subgrade stabilization is required by the project construction drawings, those requirements shall be superior to this specification requirement. 2. The frequency of density verification testing shall be 3 tests (usually edge of roadway — crown/center — edge of roadway) every 100 linear feet and 1 test for every 100 linear feet of curb. E. Roadway Base Course Compaction: 1. Compaction shall be by rolling with a combination of steel wheel and rubber tired rollers until 98% of the maximum density is reached as tested under AASHTO Method T-180. Compaction and finishing shall be in accord with single course base requirements of Paragraph 200-6 AND 250-7 of the "Standard Specifications". 2. The frequency of density verification testing shall be 3 tests (usually edge of roadway — crown/center — edge of roadway) every 100 linear feet and 1 test for every 100 linear feet of curb. F. Asphalt Testing/Verification: Test the in-place asphalt courses for compliance with requirements for thickness and surface smoothness. Repair or remove and replace unacceptable paving as directed by ENGINEER. G. Thickness: The compacted thickness of the base or surface courses shall be not less than that shown on the project construction drawings. H. Surface Smoothness: 1. Test finished surface of each asphalt course for smoothness, using 15 foot straightedge applied parallel with the centerline of paved area and extended across all joints. Surfaces will not be acceptable if exceeding the following tolerances for smoothness. a. Base Course Surface: 1/4 inch b. Wear Course and Overlay Surface: 1/8 inch 2. Check surfaced areas at intervals as directed by the ENGINEER 3. Using the CONTRACTOR's water truck or metered fire hydrant, CONTRACTOR shall flood the finished roadway to verify water coursing and flow line. Any ponding or"bird baths"will be cause for rejection. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02740-7 Subgrade, Base Course,and Asphalt SECTION 02821 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES The Utilities Department uses the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the FDOT Design Standards, latest edition, as reference documents. It is the intent of the Utilities Department that this technical specification (02821) shall govern the applicable project work that is typically identified in the following FDOT Specification and Standard sections: • Section 550 - Fencing, Design Standard Index Number 452 (Type B) and Design Standard Index Number 453 (Slide Gate) In the event that this technical specification (02821) is either silent on an issue or requirement or if it appears to present a conflict with the referenced FDOT Specifications and Standards, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request clarification or resolution, in writing, from the Project Manager and Engineer. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Unit Price— Measurement and Payment B. Submittals C. Products D. Execution E. Erection Tolerances 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01025— Measurement and Payment B. Section SC01400—Quality Requirements C. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM A116 - Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated, Steel Woven Wire Fence Fabric B. ASTM A121 - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Barbed Wire C. ASTM A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products D. ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware E. ASTM A392 - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02821 - 1 Chain Link Fences and Gates F. ASTM A428 - Standard Test Method for Weight of Coating on Aluminum-Coated Iron or Steel Articles G. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Annealed) by the Hot-Dip Process H. ASTM A491 - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric I. ASTM A585 - Standard Specification for Aluminum Coated Steel Barbed Wire J. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready-mixed Concrete K. ASTM F567 - Standard Practice for Installation of Chain-Link Fence L. ASTM F668 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric M. ASTM F1043 - Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Metal Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework N. ASTM F1083 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures O. Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (CLFMI) - Product Manual 1.4 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Fencing: By the linear foot, to the fence height specified, based on the specified post spacing. Includes posts, rails, tension bars, tension wire, truss rod, fabric, accessories and attachments. B. Gates: Each specified type. Includes frame posts, fabric, accessories (latch and hold- backs), and hardware. 1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED A. Product Data: Provide data on fabric, posts, accessories, fittings and hardware. Refer to B. Shop Drawings: Indicate plan layout, spacing of components, post foundation dimensions, hardware anchorage, and schedule of components. 1.6 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of property perimeter posts relative to property lines and easements. Refer to Section SC01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT and SC01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS for additional requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Unless specifically authorized by the Project Manager in writing, all fencing material/components (except barbed wire) shall be black PVC coated; chain link Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02821 -2 Chain Link Fences and Gates fabric (core wire) shall be No. 9 qaqe. Refer to FDOT Design Standard Index No. 452 for additional requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install framework, fabric, accessories and gates in accordance with ASTM F567. B. Place fabric on outside of posts and rails. C. Set intermediate, terminal, gate, and corner posts plumb, in concrete footings with top of footing 2 inches above finish grade. Slope top of concrete for water runoff. D. Line Post Footing Depth Below Finish Grade: ASTM F567. E. Corner, Gate and Terminal Post Footing Depth Below Finish Grade: ASTM F567. F. Brace each gate and corner post to adjacent line post with horizontal center brace rail [and diagonal truss rods]. Install brace rail one bay from end and gate posts. G. Provide top rail through line post tops and splice with 6-inch long rail sleeves. H. Install center and bottom brace rail on corner gate leaves. Do not stretch fabric until concrete foundation has cured to 28 days concrete strength. J. Stretch fabric between terminal posts or at intervals of 100 feet maximum, whichever is less. K. Position bottom of fabric 2 inches above finished grade. L. Fasten fabric to top rail, line posts, braces, and bottom tension wire with tie wire at maximum 15 inches on centers. M. Attach fabric to end, corner, and gate posts with tension bars and tension bar clips. N. Install bottom tension wire stretched taut between terminal posts. O. Install support arms sloped outward and attach barbed wire; tension and secure (if called for on the project construction drawings). P. Do not attach the hinged side of gate from building wall; provide gate posts. Q. Install gate with fabric and barbed wire overhang (if called for on the project construction drawings) to match fence. Install three hinges per leaf, latch, catches, drop bolt retainer, locking clamp and holdbacks. 3.2 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Offset From True Position: 1 inch. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02821 -3 Chain Link Fences and Gates C. Components shall not infringe adjacent property lines. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02821 -4 Chain Link Fences and Gates SECTION 02925 SODDING The Utilities Department uses the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the FDOT Design Standards, latest edition, as reference documents. It is the intent of the Utilities Department that this technical specification (02925) shall govern the applicable project work that is typically identified in the following FDOT Specification and Standard sections: • Section 575—Sodding • Section 580— Landscape Installation In the event that this technical specification (02925) is either silent on an issue or requirement or if it appears to present a conflict with the referenced FDOT Specifications and Standards, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request clarification or resolution, in writing, from the Project Manager and Engineer. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work consists of establishing a grass covering on slopes, shoulders, lawns, and other areas by sodding as shown on the project construction drawings. Also included are fertilizing, watering and maintenance as required to produce a healthy stand of grass. The phrase "grassing or sodding" in Section SC01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT is a generic use of terms that can be applied to a wide variety of field applications such as for a cross-country pipeline corridor (grassing), a pipeline corridor through a park (sodding) and the pipeline corridor in or impacting the neighborhood swales (sodding). Grassed areas apply to, but are not limited to applications such as bottoms of dry retention ponds, cross-country pipeline corridors, possibly lay down yards (depending on the Contractor agreement with the property owner) and other large and/or expansive areas. Sodded areas apply to, but are not limited to applications such as neighborhood swales, the sloped sides of a dry and/or wet retention ponds and embankments. B. Preparation of subsoil C. Fertilizing D. Sod installation E. Maintenance 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01025— Measurement and Payment B. Section SC01340— Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, and Samples C. Section SC01400— Quality Requirements D. Section 02300 - Earthwork Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02925-1 Sodding E. Section 02924— Seed, Mulch and Fertilizer F. Section 02930 - Exterior Plants G. Section 02960— Restoration of Surface Improvements 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASPA (American Sod Producers Association) - Guideline Specifications to Sodding B. FS O-F-241 - Fertilizers, Mixed, Commercial 1.4 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. When identified in the Schedule of Bid Items as a separate pay item, sodded areas shall be: 1. Basis of Measurement: By the square yard 2. Basis of Payment: Includes preparation of subsoil, topsoil, placing topsoil, fertilization, sodding, watering and maintenance to specified time limit. B. If sodding is NOT identified in the Schedule of Bid Items as a pay item, it shall be considered as incidental and all of the requirements of this Section shall be required. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall submit Certificates of Compliance, with this specification, for the topsoil, sod and fertilizer. Refer to PART 2 PRODUCTS for requirements. B. Contractor shall prepare a resident notification letter three (3) weeks prior to placement informing them of the sod replacement criteria and the type of sod identified for the swale (in front of their property) for the review and authorization of the Project Manager. Once authorized, the Contractor shall deliver to each property a copy of the notification letter. 1.6 SOD REPLACEMENT CRITERIA A. City, County or State ROW areas, i.e., typically those areas between the edge of the roadway and the property line, that have been disturbed or damaged by project construction activities will be re-sodded. The type of replacement sod, either Argentine Bahia or St. Augustine - Floratam, will be based on the following criteria: 1. If the area has an existing and operational underground irrigation system, the replacement sod shall be St. Augustine - Floratam. 2. If the area does NOT have an existing and operational underground irrigation system, the replacement sod shall be Argentine Bahia. 3. Additionally, based on the Pre Construction Video and Photographic Site Survey, together the Contractor and Project Manager shall determine the replacement sod type. 1.7 DEFINITIONS Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02925-2 Sodding A. Weeds: Includes Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE/GUARANTEE A. All sodded areas shall be guaranteed for twelve months after date of Final Acceptance. B. Replacement of sodded areas that have not produced a well established stand of grass: Any sodded areas showing indication of probably non-survival or lack of health and vigor, or which do not exhibit the characteristics to meet specifications, shall be replaced within 21 days of notice from Project Manager or Engineer. All replacement sodding shall be furnished/installed at no additional cost to the Owner and shall be guaranteed for twelve months. All replacements shall meet original specifications. C. At the end of the guarantee period, all sodded areas that are dead or in unsatisfactory growth shall be replaced within two weeks. 1.9 QUALIFICATIONS A. Sod Producer: Company specializing in sod production and harvesting with minimum five (5)years experience, and certified by the State of Florida. B. Installer: Company with previous experience with the sod producer. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver sod on pallets. Protect exposed roots from dehydration. B. Do not deliver more sod than can be laid within 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Sod: ASPA Approved Field grown grade; cultivated grass sod; type indicated in plant schedule on the project construction drawings; with strong fibrous root system, free of stones, burned or bare spots containing less than 2 percent weeds per 1000 sq ft. 1. Argentine Bahia Grass Type: Florida State Plant Board specifications. Sod received at site shall be moist and green. Dry and/or brown sod will NOT be accepted for placement. 2. St. Augustine - Floratam Grass Type: Florida State Plant Board specifications. Sod received at site shall be moist and green. Dry and/or brown sod will NOT be accepted for placement. B. Topsoil: Fertile, agricultural soil, typical for locality, capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth, taken from drained site; free of subsoil, clay, or impurities, plants, weeds and roots; pH value of minimum 6.0 and maximum 7.0. Existing topsoil, removed as a result Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02925-3 Sodding of pipeline or structure installations, shall NOT be re-used without written approval from the Project Manager. C. Fertilizer: FS O-F-241, Type I, Grade A (slow release granular); recommended for grass, with fifty percent of the elements derived from organic sources; of proportion necessary to eliminate any deficiencies of topsoil to either of the following proportions: 15-5-15, 25- 4-11, 24-2-11 or as approved by the Project Manager. D. Water: The water used in the performance of this Contract shall be clean, fresh and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, or organic matter that could inhibit vigorous growth of grass and vegetation. 2.2 ACCESSORIES For terrain sloped at 2:1 or greater, the following accessories will be required: A. Wood Pegs: Softwood, sufficient size and length to ensure anchorage of sod on slope. B. Wire Mesh: Interwoven hexagonal plastic mesh of 2-inch size. C. Edging: Refer to Landscape plan. D. Herbicide: Refer to Landscape plan. 2.3 HARVESTING SOD A. Machine cut sod and load on pallets in accordance with ASPA Guidelines. B. Cut sod in area not exceeding 1 sq yd, with minimum 1-inch and maximum 1-1/2 inch topsoil base. 2.4 TESTS A. Provide analysis of topsoil fill under provisions of Section SC01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS, AND SAMPLES. B. Analyze to ascertain percentage of nitrogen, phosphorus, potash, soluble salt content, organic matter content, and pH value. C. Testing is not required if recent tests are available for imported topsoil. Submit these test results to the testing laboratory for approval. Indicate, by test results, information necessary to determine suitability. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify that prepared soil base is ready to receive the work of this section. B. Preparation of area to be sodded: The ground to be sodded shall be prepared by grading and thoroughly loosening the soil to a depth of 2 inches. The prepared soil shall be loose and reasonably smooth. It shall be reasonably free of large clods, roots, and other materials that will interfere with the work and subsequent mowing and maintenance operations. Hand picking may be required. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02925-4 Sodding C. In general, the prepared area, prior to placement of imported topsoil, shall be 5 to 6 inches below the edge of roadway and driveway apron pavement and 3 to 4 inches below the edge of sidewalks. 3.2 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Spread imported topsoil to a minimum depth of 2 inches over area to be sodded. B. Place topsoil during dry weather and wind velocity not exceeding 15 miles per hour. C. Remove vegetable matter and foreign non-organic material from topsoil while spreading. D. Grade topsoil to eliminate rough, low or soft areas, and to ensure positive drainage. E. Install edging at periphery of sodded areas in straight lines to consistent depth. F. After the raking-in of the fertilizer, the topsoil shall be tamped. 3.3 FERTILIZING A. The fertilizer shall be mechanically spread at the rate prescribed by the manufacturer just in front of the sod laying activities. B. On steep slopes, where the use of a machine for spreading or mixing is not practicable, the fertilizer shall be spread by hand. C. With the written authorization of the Project Manager, liquid fertilizer may be used after the sod has been placed. Where fertilizer is applied hydraulically, it need not be worked into the soil. 3.4 LAYING SOD A. Moisten prepared surface immediately prior to laying sod. B. Lay sod within 24 to 48 hours after harvesting to prevent deterioration. C. Lay sod tight with no open joints visible, and no overlapping; stagger end joints 12 inches minimum. Do not stretch or overlap sod pieces. Newly placed sod shall abut existing sod in a straight and even line. D. Lay smooth. Align and level with adjoining grass areas. E. Place top elevation of sod (top of grass blades) one (1) inch below adjoining edging/edge of pavement for roadways and driveway aprons and level / even for sidewalks. Tolerance shall be plus 0.00 inches and minus 0.05 inches F. On slopes 2:1 and steeper, lay sod perpendicular to slope and secure every row with wooden pegs at maximum 2 feet on center. Drive pegs flush with soil portion of sod. G. Prior to placing sod, on slopes exceeding 1.5:1 or where indicated, place wire mesh over topsoil. Securely anchor in place with wood pegs sunk firmly into the ground. H. Water sodded areas immediately after installation, saturate sod to 4 inches of soil. After sod and soil have dried, roll sodded areas to ensure good bond between sod and soil and to remove minor depressions and irregularities. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02925-5 Sodding 3.5 MAINTENANCE A. Mow grass at regular intervals to maintain at a maximum height of 2-1/2 inches. Do not cut more than 1/3 of grass blade at any one mowing. Four (4) complete mowings shall be included in the base price for sodding. The final mowing shall be done just prior to Final Acceptance. B. Neatly trim edges and hand clip where necessary. C. Immediately remove clippings after mowing and trimming. D. Water to prevent grass and soil from drying out. E. Control growth of weeds. Apply herbicides in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage resulting from improper use of herbicides. F. Immediately replace sod to areas that show deterioration or bare spots. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02925-6 Sodding SECTION 02930 EXTERIOR PLANTS The Utilities Department uses the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the FDOT Design Standards, latest edition, as reference documents. It is the intent of the Utilities Department that this technical specification (02930) shall govern the applicable project work that is typically identified in the following FDOT Specification and Standard sections: • Section 580— Landscape Installation In the event that this technical specification (02930) is either silent on an issue or requirement or if it appears to present a conflict with the referenced FDOT Specifications and Standards, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request clarification or resolution, in writing, from the Project Manager and Engineer. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation of subsoil B. Bedding C. New or relocation of trees, plants, and ground cover D. Mulch and fertilizer E. Maintenance F. Tree pruning 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01025— Measurement and Payment B. Section SC01400—Quality Requirements C. Section SC01340—Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, and Samples 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z60.1 - Nursery Stock B. NAA (National Arborist Association) - Pruning Standards for Shade Trees 1.4 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Plants: By the unit. Includes preparation of subsoil, planting soil, fertilizer, planting, watering and maintenance to specified time period. 1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED A. Submit list of plant life sources. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02930- 1 Exterior Plants B. Submit information on all items and materials identified in Part 2 of this Section. 1.6 DEFINITIONS A. Plants: Living trees, plants, and ground cover specified in this Section, and described in ANSI Z60.1. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Quality Control: The City reserves the right to perform inspection at the supplier's facility (source) of all exterior plants selected for this project. Project Manager shall be notified one (1)week in advance of the shipment dates to arrange this source inspection. 1. General: Ship landscape materials with certificate of inspection as required by governmental authorities. Comply with governing regulations applicable to landscape materials. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not obtainable, submit to Landscape Architect proof of non-availability and proposal for use of equivalent material. When authorized, adjustment of contract amount will be made. 2. Analysis and Standards: Package standard products with manufacturer's certified analysis. For other materials, provide analysis by recognized laboratory made in accordance with methods established by the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists, wherever applicable or as further specified. 3. Trees and Shrubs: Provide trees and shrubs grown in a recognized nursery in accordance with good horticultural practice. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project and free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae and defects such as knots, sunscald, injuries, abrasions or disfigurement. 4. Sizes: Provide trees and shrubs of the sizes shown or specified. Trees and shrubs of larger size may be used if acceptable to Landscape Architect, and if sizes of root balls are increased proportionately. 5. Inspection: The Project Manager and/or Engineer reserves the right to inspect trees and shrubs either at place of growth or at site for compliance with requirements for name, variety, size and quality. 6. Submittals: Certification, Landscape Work: Submit five (5) copies of certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities, and manufacturer's or vendor's certified analysis for soil amendments and fertilizer materials. Submit other data substantiating that materials comply with specified requirements. 7. Planting Schedule, Landscape Work: Submit five (5) copies of planting schedule showing scheduled dates for each type of planting in each area of site. 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with City Landscape Ordinance for plant material, fertilizer and herbicide composition. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02930-2 Exterior Plants B. Provide certificate of compliance from the City indicating approval of plants, fertilizer and herbicide mixture. C. Plant Materials: Certified by state Department of Agriculture; free of disease or hazardous insects. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaged materials: Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. B. Plant Materials: 1. Trees and Shrubs: Provide freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not use trees or shrubs which have been in cold storage or healed-in. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches, or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. 2. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparation for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage and keep root moist. 3. Do not remove container-grown stock from containers until planting time. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install plant life when ambient temperatures may drop below 35°F or rise above 90°F. B. Do not install plant life when wind velocity exceeds 20 mph. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Job Conditions: 1. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working with the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work required. 2. Utilities: Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a manner that will avoid possible damage. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 3. Excavations: When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions or obstructions, notify Landscape Architect before planting. 4. Planting Time: Plant or install materials during normal planting seasons for each type of landscape work required. Correlate planting with specified maintenance periods to provide maintenance until occupancy by the Project Manager. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02930-3 Exterior Plants 5. Coordination with Lawns: Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to planting of lawns, unless otherwise acceptable to the Landscape Architect. If planting of trees and shrubs occurs after lawn work, protect lawn areas and promptly repair damage to lawns resulting from planting operations. 1.12 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee trees and shrubs, for a period of one year against defect including death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defect resulting from neglect by Owner, abuse or damage by others or unusual phenomena or incidents which are beyond Contractor's control. B. Remove and replace trees, shrubs or other plants found to be dead or in unhealthy conditions during guarantee period. Make replacements during growth season following end of guarantee period. Furnish and plant replacements, which comply with requirements shown and specified. Also, replace trees and shrubs that are in doubtful condition at the end of guarantee period, unless, in the opinion of Landscape Architect, it is advisable to extend guarantee period for full-growth season. The Landscape Architect will make another inspection at end of extended guarantee period, if any, to determine acceptance or rejection. Only one replacement will be required at end of guarantee period, except for losses or replacement due to failure to comply with specified procedures or practices. 1.13 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintain plant life for twelve (12) months after date of final acceptance. B. Maintain plant life immediately after placement until plants are well established and exhibit a vigorous growing condition. C. Maintenance to include: 1. Cultivation and weeding plant beds and tree pits. 2. Applying herbicides for weed control in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage resulting from use of herbicides. 3. Remedy damage from use of insecticides. 4. Irrigating sufficient to saturate root system. 5. Pruning, including removal of dead or broken branches, and treatment of pruned areas or other wounds. 6. Disease control. 7. Maintaining wrapping, guys, turnbuckles, and stakes. Adjust turnbuckles to keep guy wires tight. Repair or replace accessories when required. 8. Replacement of mulch PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02930-4 Exterior Plants A. Trees, Plants and Ground Cover: Species and size identifiable in plant schedule, grown in climatic conditions similar to those in locality of the Work. B. PLANT MATERIALS: 1. Name and Variety: Provide plant materials true to name and variety indicated on the plan. 2. Quality: Provide trees, shrubs and other plants complying with the recommendations and requirement of GRADES AND STANDARDS FOR NURSERY STOCK as published by the Division of Plant Industry, Florida Department of Agricultural and Consumer Services. 3. Trees: Provide trees of height and caliper listed or shown and with branching configuration recommended by GRADES AND STANDARDS FOR NURSERY PLANTS Florida Department of Agricultural for type and species required. Provide single stem trees except where special forms are shown or listed. a. Container grown trees will be acceptable in lieu of balled and burlapped trees subject to specified limitations of above quality control. 4. Shrubs: Provide shrubs of height shown or listed and with not less than the minimum number of canes required by above quality control for the type and height of shrub required. a. Container grown trees will be acceptable in lieu of balled and burlapped trees subject to specified limitations of above quality control. C. GRASS MATERIALS: 1. See Section 02924 SEED, MULCH AND FERTILIZER or 02925 SODDING as applicable. D. GROUND COVER: 1. Provide plants established and well-rooted in removable containers or integral peat pots and with not less than the minimum number and length of runners required by the above quality control for the pot size shown or listed. E. MISCELLANEOUS LANDSCAPE MATERIALS: 1. Anti-Erosion Mulch: Provide clean, seed-free salt hay or threshed straw of wheat, rye, oats or barley. 2. Anti-Desiccant: Emulsion type, film-forming agent similar to Dowax by Dow Chemical Co., or Wilt-Prof by Nursery Specialty Products, Inc., designed to permit transpiration but retard excessive loss of moisture from plants. Deliver in manufacturer's fully identified containers and mix in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Stakes and Guys: Provide stakes and deadmen of sound new hardwood, treated softwood or redwood, free of knotholes and other defect. Provide wires ties and guys of 6-strand, twisted, pliable galvanized iron wire not lighter than 12-gauge. Provide new 2-ply garden hose not less than 5/8 in. hose size, cut to required length to protect tree trunks from damage by wires. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02930-5 Exterior Plants F. PREPARATION OF EXISTING SOIL: 1. Before mixing, clean existing soil of roots, plants, sods, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful or toxic to plant growth. 2. Mix specified soil supplements and fertilizers with existing soil at the rates specified (this "mixed" existing soil, becomes "planting" soil). Delay mixing of fertilizer if planting will not follow placing of planting soil within a few days. 3. For pit and trench type backfill, mix planting soil prior to backfilling and stockpile at the site. 4. For planting beds, mix soil prior to planting. 2.2 SOIL SUPPLEMENTS MATERIALS A. Lime: Natural limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates, ground so that not less than 90% passes a 10-mesh sieve and not less than 50% passes a 100-mesh sieve. B. Peat Humus: FS Q-P-166 and with the texture and pH range suitable for the intended use. C. Bonemeal: Commercial, raw, finely ground, 4% nitrogen and 20% phosphoric acid. D. Superphosphate: Soluble mixture of treated minerals, 20% available phosphoric acid. E. Commercial Fertilizer: Complete fertilizer of neutral character, with some elements derived from organic sources and continuing the following percentages of available plant nutrients: 1. For trees and shrubs, provide fertilizer with not less than 10% available phosphoric acid and from 3% to 5% total nitrogen and from 3% to 5% soluble potash. 2. For lawns, provide fertilizer with not less than 4% phosphoric acid and not less than 2% potassium, and the percentage of nitrogen required to provide not less than one pound of actual nitrogen per 1000 square feet of lawn area. Provide nitrogen in a form that will be available to the lawn during the initial period of growth. 2.3 MULCH MATERIALS A. See Section 02924 SEED, MULCH AND FERTILIZER 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Wrapping Materials: Burlap. B. Stakes: Softwood lumber, pointed end. C. Cable, Wire, Eye Bolts and Turnbuckles: Non-corrosive, of sufficient strength to withstand wind pressure and resulting movement of plant life. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02930-6 Exterior Plants D. Plant Protectors: Rubber sleeves over cable to protect plant stems, trunks, and branches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that prepared subsoil are ready to receive work. B. Saturate soil with water to test drainage. C. Verify that required underground utilities are available, in proper location, and ready for use. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Excavation for Trees and Shrubs: Excavate pits, beds and trenches with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation slightly raised at center to provide proper drainage. Loosen hard subsoil in bottom of excavation. 1. For bare root trees and shrubs, make excavation at least 1.0 ft. wider than root spread and deep enough to allow for setting of roots on a layer of compacted backfill and with collar set at same grade as in nursery, but 2 in. below finished grade at site. 2. Allow for 6 in. settling layer of planting soil mixture. 3. For balled and burlapped trees and shrubs, make excavations at least twice as wide as the ball diameter and equal to the ball depth, plus the following allowance for setting of ball on a layer of compacted backfill. 4. For container grown stock, excavate as specified for balled and burlapped stock, adjusted to size of container width and depth. B. Dispose of subsoil removed from landscape excavations. C. Fill excavation for trees and shrubs with water to allow to percolate out before planting. 3.3 PLACING PLANTING SOIL A. Place planting soil during dry weather and on dry subgrade. B. Remove vegetable matter and foreign non-organic material from planting soil while spreading. C. Grade planting soil to eliminate rough, low or soft areas, and to ensure positive drainage. D. Install planting soil into pits and beds intended for plant root balls, to a minimum thickness of 6 inches. 3.4 FERTILIZING A. Apply fertilizer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply after initial raking of topsoil. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02930-7 Exterior Plants C. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of topsoil. D. Lightly water to aid the dissipation of fertilizer. 3.5 PLANTING A. Planting Trees and Shrubs: Set balled and burlapped stock on layer of compacted planting soil mixture, plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of ball at same elevation as adjacent finished landscape grades. When set, place additional backfill around base and sides of ball and work each layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. When excavation is approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more is absorbed. Water again after placing final layer of backfill. Remove burlap from sides of balls; retain on bottoms. B. Set bare root stock on cushion of planting soil mixture. Spread roots and carefully work backfill around roots by hand and puddle with water until backfill layers are completely saturated. Plumb before backfilling and maintain plumb while working backfill around roots and placing layers above roots. Set collar 1-inch to 2-inch below adjacent finish landscape grades. Spread out roots without tangling or turning up to surface. Cut injured roots clean; do not break. C. Set container grown stock as specified for balled and burlapped stock, except cut cans on two sides with an approved can cutter; remove bottoms of wooden boxes after partial backfilling so as not to damage root balls. 1. Provide additional backfill berm around edge of excavations to form shallow saucer to collect water, minimum 5 in. saucer. D. Mulch pits, trenches and planted areas. Provide not less than the following thickness of mulch and work into top of backfill and finish level with adjacent finish grades. 1. Provide 4-inch thickness of mulch. E. Prune, thin out and shape trees and shrubs in accordance with standard horticultural practice. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Unless otherwise directed by the Landscape Architect, do not cut tree leaders and remove only injured or dead branches from flowering trees, if any. Prune shrubs to retain natural character and accomplish their use in the landscape design. Required shrub sized are the size after pruning. F. Remove and replace excessively pruned or misformed stock resulting from improper pruning. Paint cuts over 3 in. in size with standard tree paint or compound, covering exposed living tissue. Use paint, which is waterproof, antiseptic, adhesive, elastic, and free of kerosene, coal tar, creosote and other substances harmful to plants. Do not use shellac. G. Guy and stake trees immediately after planting. H. Reconditioning Existing Lawns: Recondition existing lawn areas damaged by Contractor's operations including storage of materials and equipment and movement of vehicles. Also recondition existing lawn areas where minor regrading is required. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02930-8 Exterior Plants Provide fertilizer, seed, or sod and soil amendments as specified for new lawns and as required to provide a satisfactorily recondition lawn. Provide new topsoil as required to fill low spots and meet new finish grades. J. Cultivate bare and compacted areas thoroughly to provide a satisfactory, planting bed. K. Remove diseased and unsatisfactory lawn areas; do not bury into soil. Remove topsoil containing foreign materials resulting from Contractor's operations including oil dripping, stone, gravel and other loose building materials. L. Where substantial lawn remains, mow, rake, aerate if compacted, fill low spots, remove humps and cultivate soil, fertilize and seed. Remove weeds before seeding or if extensive, apply selective chemical weed killers as required. Apply a seedbed mulch, if required, to maintain moist condition. M. Water newly planted areas and keep moist until new grass is established. 3.6 PLANT RELOCATION AND RE-PLANTING A. Relocate plants as indicated by Project Manager and/or Engineer. B. Replant plants in pits or beds, partly filled with prepared topsoil mixture, at a minimum depth of 6 inches under each plant. Remove or loosen burlap, ropes, and wires, from the root ball. C. Place bare root plant materials so roots lie in a natural position. Backfill soil mixture in 6- inch layers. Maintain plant materials in vertical position. D. Saturate soil with water when the pit or bed is half full of topsoil and again when full. 3.7 PLANT SUPPORT A. Brace plants vertically with plant protector wrapped guy wires and stakes to the following: Tree Caliper Tree Support Method 1-inch 1 stake with one tie 1 -2 inches 2 stakes with two ties 2-4 inches 3 guy wires [with eye bolts and turn buckles] Over 4 inch 4 guy wires [with eye bolts and turn buckles] 3.8 TREE PRUNING A. Prune trees to NAA Class 1 - Fine Pruning. 3.9 MAINTENANCE A. Begin maintenance immediately after planting. B. Maintain trees, shrubs, and other plants until final acceptance. C. Maintain trees, shrubs, and other plants by pruning, cultivating and weeding as required for healthy growth. Restore planting saucers. Tighten and repair stake and guy supports and reset trees and shrubs to proper grades or vertical position as required. Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. The Contractor, commencing after final acceptance, shall guarantee all plantings for a period of one year. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02930-9 Exterior Plants D. Maintain lawns until final acceptance. Maintain lawns by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming and other operations such as rolling, regrading and replanting as required to establish a smooth, acceptable lawn, free of eroded or bare areas. 3.10 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed. Keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. B. Protect landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operation, operations by other contractor and trades and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged landscape work as directed. 3.11 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. When the landscape work is completed including maintenance, the Landscape Engineer will, upon request, make an inspection to determine acceptability. B. The landscape work may be inspected for acceptance in part agreeable to the Landscape Architect, provided the work offered for inspection is complete, including maintenance, and that the area comprised one complete unit or area of substantial size. C. Where inspected landscape work does not comply with the requirement, replace rejected work and continue specified maintenance until re-inspected by the Landscape Engineer and found to be acceptable. Remove rejected plants and materials promptly from the project site. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02930- 10 Exterior Plants SECTION 02960 RESTORATION OF SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work includes the restoration of driveway aprons, mail boxes, grassed and sodded areas, trees and plants, roadways, sprinkler systems, sidewalks and any other improvements required as a result of the Work. B. Restoration of surface improvements shall be concurrent with the installation of the water main, reclaimed water main, force main, drainage improvements or sanitary sewer; the work includes swale development and improvements on both sides of the streets in the project area. Work includes re-grading, sodding, driveway apron reconstruction, replacement of pre-existing irrigation systems and all surface restoration including trench repair. At no time, shall there be more than 500 linear feet of incomplete surface restoration including "rocked-in"trench repair. The City may (case by case) approve more than this, but never exceeding 1,000 linear feet of incomplete surface restoration. C. This section includes furnishing equipment, labor and materials, and performing all necessary and incidental operations to perform the required Work. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01025— Measurement and Payment B. Section SC01340— Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, and Samples C. Section SC01400 —Quality Requirements D. Section 02740— Subgrade, Base Course and Asphalt E. Section 02924— Seed, Mulch and Fertilizer F. Section 02925— Sodding G. Section 02930— Exterior Plants H. Section 03300— Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.3 REFERENCES Not Used. 1.4 UNIT PRICE — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless specifically called out in the Schedule of Bid Items, work under this Section shall be considered incidental to the Work as detailed in the related Sections. When existing Right-Of-Way (ROW) irrigation must be disturbed due to pipeline installation or swale development, the existing lines shall be cut-&-capped during the construction/installation process. The replacement of existing irrigation in the Public ROW is NOT a pay item. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02960- 1 Restoration of Surface Improvements Replacement of existing ROW irrigation shall be incidental to the Unit Price of the specific work item. Replacement material (pipe, fittings and sprinkler heads) shall be equal to or of a better quality, quantity and size than the pre-existing. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Refer to the individual Sections identified above PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 RESTORATION ACTIVITIES A. Areas affected by the Work shall be restored to a condition equal to or better than the condition existing before the commencement of the Work. Additionally the Contractor shall re-set/replace disturbed and/or damaged mailboxes (all mailboxes shall conform to the current requirements of the US Post Office) and the Contractor shall re-set or replace existing signage. 3.2 BUSH, PLANT, SHRUB AND/OR TREE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT CRITERIA A. Bushes, plants, shrubs and/or trees that have been planted in the City, County or State ROW by the adjacent property owner and is in direct conflict with a proposed utility improvement that includes swales, shall be removed to allow for the installation of the project improvements and NOT replaced. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 02960-2 Restoration of Surface Improvements SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE The Utilities Department uses the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the FDOT Design Standards, latest edition, as reference documents. It is the intent of the Utilities Department that this technical specification (03300) shall govern the applicable project work that is typically identified in the following FDOT Specification and Standard sections: • Section 346- Portland Cement Concrete • Section 350- Cement Concrete Pavement • Section 400- Concrete Structures In the event that this technical specification (03300) is either silent on an issue or requirement or if it appears to present a conflict with the referenced FDOT Specifications and Standards, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request clarification or resolution, in writing, from the Project Manager and Engineer. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 PURPOSE A. The purpose of this Section is to address concrete that is either mixed on site for thrust blocks, valve collars and other miscellaneous concrete and for concrete delivered to the site by an FDOT licensed Concrete Batch Plant for site placement for driveways, driveway aprons, curbs and gutters, sidewalks, minor equipment pads, light pole base, flagpole base, thrust blocks, manholes, miscellaneous structures and miscellaneous slabs on grade. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section SC01025— Measurement and Payment B. Section SC01340—Shop Drawings, Work Drawings, and Samples C. Section SC01400—Quality Requirements 1.3 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete B. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting C. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete D. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork E. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) F. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates G. ASTM C94—Standard Specification for Ready-mixed Concrete H. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 03300- 1 Cast-in-Place Concrete ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 1.4 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Refer to Section SC01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED A. The job mix formula, materials, and construction methods shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before concrete begins. Refer to Section SC01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS, AND SAMPLES. B. Project Record Documents 1. Laboratory reports for compressive strength (7 day and 28 day), slump and air entrainment PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, Type I - Normal B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33 C. Water: Potable 2.2 FORM MATERIALS A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor 2.3 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 60 ksi yield grade; deformed billet steel bars, unfinished or epoxy coated in accordance with ASTM A775 finish as called for on the plans. B. Stirrup Steel: ANSI/ASTM A82, unfinished or epoxy coated in accordance with ASTM A775 finish as called for on the plans. C. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A497 Deformed Type; in coiled rolls; unfinished or epoxy coated in accordance with ASTM D884 Class A finish as called for on the plans. 2.4 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: Polymer resin emulsion. B. Non-Shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours, 7,000 psi in 28 days. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 03300-2 Cast-in-Place Concrete 2.6 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS A. Joint Filler Type A: ASTM D1751; Asphalt impregnated fiberboard or felt, 1/4 inch thick; tongue and groove profile. 2.7 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Refer to FDOT Standard Specifications Section 347 for mix composition of the various types of concrete classes. B. Design mix to produce standard-weight concrete consisting of Portland cement, aggregate, air-entraining admixture and water to produce the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength: 3000 psi, minimum at 28 days. 2. Slump Range: 2"to 4" 3. Air Content: 4% +/- 1.5% 4. Minimum total cementitious content lb/yd3: 530 5. Maximum water cement ratio Ib/Ib: 0.50 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions as shown on the contract drawings. B. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement. C. Verify compacted granular base is acceptable and ready to support concrete placement and imposed loads. D. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with drawings. E. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. In locations where agency jurisdictional requirements specify new concrete be doweled to existing work, or as shown on the drawings, the doweling shall be performed as follows: drill holes in existing concrete, remove dust and debris with compressed air, inject epoxy and insert steel dowels. For Curbs, sidewalks, driveways and other flatwork, provide a minimum of number 5 dowels at 18" o/c along the entire joint between new and existing concrete. Anchoring holes for all dowels shall be drilled at mid depth to provide a minimum penetration of 10" into the existing slab and 18" into the new slab. Brush full Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 03300-3 Cast-in-Place Concrete depth of each hole and remove dust with compressed air or rinse with water and allow to fully dry prior to epoxy/dowel placement into the existing slab. C. Set forms to required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured. Install sufficient quantity of forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. D. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to the following tolerances: 1. Top of forms not more than 1/8" in 10 feet deviation in alignment 2. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4" in 10 feet E. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as often as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage. F. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete. G. Place joint filler vertical in position, in straight lines to the full depth of the concrete. Secure to formwork during concrete placement. H. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. 3.3 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing through concrete work. B. Locate and set in place items, which will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other Work. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.4 QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301. B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements. D. Four (4) concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 75 or less cubic yards of each class of concrete placed or for each day concrete is placed. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 03300-4 Cast-in-Place Concrete 1. Compressive strength test reports are to be provided in a progressive manner as the testing laboratory generates them. Contractor shall instruct their subcontracted laboratory to send copies to the Project Manager. E. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. F. One slump test will be taken, by the independent testing laboratory, for each set of test cylinders taken. 3.5 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 302 or ACI 318. CONCRETE SHALL BE CONSOLIDATED DURING THE PLACEMENT WITH THE USE OF APPROPRIATE VIBRATORY EQUIPMENT. B. Notify Engineer minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of operations. C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed expansion and contraction joints, are not disturbed during concrete placement. D. Place joint filler in as shown on the plans. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete. E. Install joint devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. F. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. G. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints. 3.6 JOINTS A. Make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days work, to ensure continuous abutment between adjoining work. B. Construct joints to have same texture, density and smoothness as other sections of cement concrete course. Clean contact surfaces and install expansion joints prior to next day's installation. C. Weakened-Plane (Contraction) Joints: Provide weakened-plane joints, sectioning concrete into areas as shown on the drawings or every five linear feet for curbs. Construct weakened-plane joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Sawed Joints: Form weakened-plane joints using powered saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut joints into hardened concrete as soon as surface will not be torn, abraded, or otherwise damaged by cutting action. 2. Construction Joints: Place construction joints at end of all pours and at locations where placement operations are stopped for a period of more than 1/2 hour, except where such pours terminate at expansion joints. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 03300-5 Cast-in-Place Concrete D. Expansion Joints: Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks and other fixed objects, unless otherwise indicated. E. Extend joint fillers full-width and depth of joint, and not less than 1/2" or more than 1", and 1" below finished surface for joint sealer. 3.7 FINISHING A. After striking-off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and floating. Use hand methods only where mechanical floating is not possible. Adjusting floating to compact surface and produce a uniform texture. B. After floating, test surface for trueness with a 10- foot straightedge. Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to provide a continuous smooth finish. C. Work edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with an edging tool, and round to 1/2" radius, unless otherwise indicated. Eliminate any tool marks on concrete surface. D. After completion of floating and when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete surface finishing, as follows: 1. Driveway aprons and Sidewalk Paving: Light broom, radius to 1/4-inch radius, and trowel joint edges. At the junction of sidewalks to roadway crossings, the sidewalks shall have a tactile surface treatment as specified in FDOT. 2. Median Barrier: Light broom, radius to 3/4-inch radius, and trowel joint edges. 3. Curbs and Gutters: Light broom. 4. Direction of Texturing: Parallel to pavement direction. 5. Inclined Vehicular Ramps: Broomed perpendicular to slope. E. Place curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.8 FORM REMOVAL A. Forms shall not be removed before the expiration of the minimum number of days indicated below, except when specifically authorized. When conditions of the work are such as to justify it, forms may be required to remain in place for longer periods. 1. Sidewalks, driveways, driveway aprons: 4 days 2. Walls & vertical faces: 7 days 3.9 PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, mechanical injury and vandalism. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 03300-6 Cast-in-Place Concrete B. Drill test cores where directed by the Project Manager, when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with Portland cement concrete bonded to pavement with epoxy resin grout. C. Repair or replace broken or defective concrete, as directed by the Project Manager. D. Sweep concrete pavement and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt and other foreign material just prior to Final Acceptance. 1.10 PATCHING A. Allow the Project Manager to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. B. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. C. Patch imperfections as directed in accordance with ACI 301. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 03300-7 Cast-in-Place Concrete SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL—GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install complete and make operational, electrical and process instrumentation systems, as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. The work shall include furnishing, installing and testing the equipment and materials specified in other Sections of the Division 16 Specifications and shown on the Drawings. C. The work shall include furnishing and installing the following: 1. Electrical service from the Power Company. 2. Conduit, wire and field connections for all motors, motor controllers, control devices, control panels and electrical equipment furnished under other Divisions of these specifications. 3. Conduit, wiring and terminations for all field-mounted instruments furnished under other Divisions of these specifications, including process instrumentation primary elements, transmitters, local indicators and control panels. Lightning and surge protection equipment wiring at process instrumentation transmitters. Install vendor furnished cables specified under other Divisions of these specifications. 4. A complete raceway system for the Data Highway Cables and specialty cable systems. Install the Data Highway Cables and other specialty cable systems (furnished under Division 13) in accordance with the system manufacturers' installation instructions. Review the raceway layout, prior to installation, with the computer system supplier and the cable manufacturer to ensure raceway compatibility with the systems and materials being furnished. Where redundant cables are furnished, install cables in separate raceways. 5. Conduit, wiring and terminations for variable frequency drives, harmonic filters, transformers and power factor correction capacitors furnished under other Divisions of these specifications. 6. Power wiring for all heating, ventilating, and air conditioning (HVAC) equipment furnished under other Divisions of these Specifications, including power wiring for 1 20V unit heater motors, thermostats, fan motors, dampers and other HVAC inline unit wiring shown on the Drawings. 7. Furnish and install precast manholes, precast handholes and light pole bases. 8. Furnish and install manhole and handhole frames and covers. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-1 Electrical—General Provisions 9. It is the intent of these Specifications that the electrical system shall be suitable in every way for the service required. All material and all work which may be reasonably implied as being incidental to the work of this Section shall be furnished at no extra cost. 10. Certain pieces of laboratory equipment (e.g., still, water-baths, fume hood, etc) will be furnished unassembled. Do all work necessary to make this equipment operative. 11. Modifications to existing control systems including installation of auxiliary motor starter contacts, relays, switches, etc, as required to provide the control functions or inputs as shown on the Drawings. Obtain the existing equipment shop drawings from the Owner before attempting to make any modifications to the existing equipment wiring. Verify all existing wiring and connections for correctness. If record drawings are not available, trace all circuits in the field and develop the wiring diagrams necessary for completion of the work. Document all changes made to the wiring diagrams and return a marked-up set of Record Drawings to the Owner after the work is complete. 12. Modifications to existing motor control centers, switchboards, panelboards and motor controllers including installation of circuit breakers, etc, or disconnection of circuits as required to provide the power supplies to new and existing equipment to maintain the facility in operation. D. All power interruptions to electrical equipment shall be at the Owner's convenience with 72 hours (minimum) notice. Each interruption shall have prior approval. E. The Contractor shall maintain existing facility in operation at all times. Temporary power connections as required shall be provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner. All temporary wiring shall be in accordance with the NEC. Any temporary equipment feeders (120V, 208V, 240V, 480V) shall be installed in conduit. The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer details, methods, materials etc. prior to making temporary connections. Furnish and install all equipment and materials including control equipment, motor starters, branch and feeder circuit breakers, panelboards, transformers, etc., for temporary power. F. Field verify all existing underground electrical conduit, concrete duct banks, manhole, pull boxes, etc. and mechanical piping. The Contractor shall include in his bid all cost associated with relocation or removal of underground equipment as required for construction of the new facilities. G. The Contractor shall prepare and furnish electrical and instrumentation conduit layout shop drawings for yard electrical, within and under all roads, buildings and structures to the Engineer for approval prior to commencing work. Layouts shall include but not be limited to equipment, pull boxes, manholes, conduit routing, dimensioning, methods and locations of supports, reinforcing, encasement, materials, conduit sizing, equipment access, potential conflicts, building and yard lighting, and all other pertinent technical specifications for all electrical and instrumentation conduits and equipment to be furnished. All layouts shall be drawn to scale on 24 x 36 sheets. Refer to Division 16000, 1.03, H for additional requirements. H. The work shall include complete testing of all equipment and wiring at the completion of work and making any minor correction changes or adjustments necessary for the proper functioning of the system and equipment. All workmanship shall be of the highest quality; substandard work will be rejected. A single manufacturer shall provide automatic transfer switches, motor control centers, Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-2 Electrical—General Provisions transformers, disconnect switches, panel boards, etc. This manufacturer shall also provide a short circuit/coordination study as specified herein. J. Contractor shall provide their own temporary power for miscellaneous power (drills, pumps, etc.). No facility circuits shall be used unless approved in writing by the Engineer. Any temporary added shall be removed at job completion. K. Complete coordination with other contractors. Contractor shall coordinate with all other contractors equipment submittals and obtain all relevant submittals. L. Mount transmitters, process instruments, operators stations, etc. furnished under other Divisions of these specifications. M. Concrete electrical duct encasement, including but not limited to excavation, concrete, conduit, reinforcement, backfilling, grading and seeding is included in Division 16. All work shall be done in accordance with Divisions 2 and 3 of these specifications. N. Excavation, bedding material, forms, concrete and backfill for underground raceways; forms and concrete for electrical equipment furnished herein is included in Division 16. All work shall be done in accordance with Divisions 2 and 3 of these specifications. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Excavation and backfilling, including gravel or sand bedding for underground electrical work is specified in Division 2. B. Cast in place concrete work, including concrete encasements for electrical duct banks, equipment pads, light pole bases and reinforcing steel, is specified in Division 3. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section SC01340,SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES shop drawings for equipment, materials and other items furnished under Division 16. B. Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following equipment: 1. Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Hangers 2. Wires and Cables 3. Miscellaneous Equipment (as specified in Section 16191) 4. Panelboards 5. Motor Control Centers 6. Automatic Transfer Switches 7. Lighting Fixtures and Lamps 8. Switches, Receptacles and Covers 9. Lightning Protection System 10. Precast Manholes and Handholes, Frames and Covers Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-3 Electrical—General Provisions 11. Grounding Hardware and Connections 12. Fire Alarm System 13. Telephone System 14. Heat Tracing 15. Diesel Engine Driven Generator C. The Manufacturers name and product designation or catalog numbers shall be submitted for the following material utilized: 1. Testing Equipment 2. Ground System Resistance Test Equipment D. Check shop drawings for accuracy and contract requirements prior to submittal. Shop drawings shall be stamped with the date checked and a statement indicating that the shop drawings conform the Specifications and the Drawings. This statement shall also list all exceptions to the Specifications and the Drawings. Shop drawings not so checked and noted shall be returned. E. The Engineer's check shall be for conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance with the Specifications and the Drawings. Errors and omissions on approved shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of providing materials and workmanship required by the Specifications and the Drawings. F. All dimensions shall be field verified at the job site and coordinated with the work of all other trades. G. Material shall not be ordered or shipped until the shop drawings have been approved. No material shall be ordered or shop work started if shop drawings are marked "APPROVED AS NOTED - CONFIRM", "APPROVED AS NOTED - RESUBMIT" or "NOT APPROVED". H. In addition to Manufacturer's equipment shop drawings, submit electrical installation working drawings containing the following: 1. Concealed and buried conduit layouts, shown on floor plans drawn at not less than 1/4-in = 1-ft-0-in scale. The layouts shall include locations of process equipment, motor control centers, transformers, panelboards, control panels and equipment, motors, switches, motor starters, large junction or pull boxes, instruments and any other electrical devices connected to concealed or buried conduits. 2. Plans shall be drawn on paper size 36-in by 24-in and shall be presented in a neat, professional manner. 3. Concrete floors and/or walls containing concealed conduits shall not be poured until conduit layouts are approved. 4. Layout drawings shall be drawn utilizing approved equipment submittals Operation and Maintenance Data Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-4 Electrical—General Provisions 1. Submit operations and maintenance data for equipment furnished under this Division, in accordance with Section SC01730 — OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA. The manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include catalog data sheets, drawings, equipment lists, descriptions, parts lists, etc, to instruct operating and maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such equipment. 2. Manuals shall include the following as a minimum: a. A comprehensive index. b. A complete "As-Built" set of approved shop drawings. c. A complete list of the equipment supplied, including serial numbers, ranges and pertinent data. d. A table listing of the "as left" settings for all timing relays and alarm and trip setpoints. e. System schematic drawings "As-Built", illustrating all components, piping and electric connections of the systems supplied under this Section. f. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied. g. Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be clearly defined, along with special calibration and test procedures. h. The operating instructions shall also incorporate a functional description of the entire system, with references to the systems schematic drawings and instructions. Complete parts list with stock numbers, including spare parts. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Electric equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the latest edition of National Electrical Code (NEC) and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards: 1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 7. Instrument Society of America (ISA) 8. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 9. Factory Mutual (FM) Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-5 Electrical—General Provisions 10. International Electrical Testing Association (NETA) 11. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) B. All electrical equipment and materials shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., and shall bear the appropriate UL listing mark or classification marking. Equipment, materials, etc. utilized not bearing a UL certification shall be field or factory UL certified prior to equipment acceptance and use. C. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.5 PRIORITY OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. If, during the performance of the work, the Contractor finds a conflict, error or discrepancy between or among one or more of the Sections or between or among one or more Sections and the Drawings, furnish the higher performance requirements. The higher performance requirement shall be considered the equipment, material, device or installation method which represents the most stringent option, the highest quality or the largest quantity. B. In all cases, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, but work not dimensioned shall be as directed by the Engineer and work not particularly shown, identified, sized, or located shall be the same as similar work that is shown or specified. C. Detailed Drawings shall govern over general drawings, larger scale Drawings take precedence over smaller scale Drawings, Change Order Drawings shall govern over Contract Drawings and Contract Drawings shall govern over Shop Drawings. D. If the issue of priority is due to a conflict or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and any referenced standard, or code of any technical society, organization or association, the provisions of the Contract Documents will take precedence if they are more stringent or presumptively cause a higher level of performance. If there is any conflict or discrepancy between standard specifications, or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or between Laws and Regulations, the higher performance requirement shall be binding on the Contractor, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. E. In accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents, the Contractor accepts the fact that compliance with the priority order specified shall not justify an increase in Contract Price or an extension in Contract Time nor limit in any way, the Contractor's responsibility to comply with all Laws and Regulations at all times. 1.6 ENCLOSURE TYPES A. Unless otherwise specified herein or shown on the Drawings, electrical enclosures shall have the following ratings: 1. NEMA 1 for dry, non-process indoor locations. 2. NEMA 12 for"DUST" locations. 3. NEMA 4X for outdoor locations, rooms below grade (including basements and buried vaults), "DAMP" and "WET" locations. 4. NEMA 4X for"CORROSIVE" locations. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-6 Electrical—General Provisions 5. NEMA 7 (and listed for use in the area classifications shown)for"Class I Division 1 Group D", "Class I Division 2 Group D" and "Class II Division 1" hazardous locations shown on the Drawings. 1.7 SERVICE AND METERING A. The power company serving this project is the Florida Power & Light (FPL). Services will be obtained at 480 Volts, 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 60 Hz, grounded wye to the service entrance equipment as shown on the drawings. Pay all fees and charges as required to obtain temporary and permanent services. Coordinate with the FPL to provide and meet requirements for these services. B. Furnish and install the primary conduits as required and secondary service conduit, wire, bus duct, connectors, etc. to extend the services to the main switchgear locations. Contractor shall pay all fees and charges as required and shall be reimbursed from the allowance established under Item 9C of the bid form. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the following work: 1. Make all arrangements with the power company for obtaining electrical service, pay all power company charges and furnish all labor and material required for the electrical service. 2. Furnishing and installing the primary conduits and cables. 3. Furnishing and installing the transformer pad and grounding. 4. Furnishing and installing the transformer. 5. Termination of underground primary cables at the riser pole. 6. Termination of underground primary cables at the transformer. 7. Furnishing secondary conduits and cables. 8. Furnishing and installing a power company approved metering current transformer enclosure. 9. Installing meter base. 10. Furnishing and installing an empty conduit with pull line from the metering C.T. enclosure to the meter enclosure. Conduit size and type shall be approved by the power company. 11. Furnishing and installing wiring, conduit and all appurtenances required for installation of the FPL load control equipment as directed by Boynton Beach Utilities and per the FPL documentation. D. Submit shop drawings for the following items to the Engineer and Power Company for approval: 1. Meter base. 2. Primary cable. 3. Metering instrument and installation. 1.8 HAZARDOUS AREAS Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-7 Electrical—General Provisions A. Equipment, materials and installation in areas designated as hazardous on the Drawings shall comply with NEC Articles 500, 501, 502 and 503. B. Equipment and materials installed in hazardous areas shall be UL listed for the appropriate hazardous area classification. 1.9 CODES, INSPECTION AND FEES A. Equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction. B. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 1.10 TESTS AND SETTINGS A. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 16 and repair or replace all defective work and equipment. Refer to the individual equipment sections for additional specific testing requirements. B. Make adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation of the systems. C. In addition to the specific testing requirements listed in the individual Sections, the following minimum tests and settings shall be performed. Submit test reports upon completion of testing. 1. Mechanical inspection, testing and settings of circuit breakers, disconnect switches, motor starters, overload relays, control circuits and equipment for proper operation. 2. Check the full load current draw of each motor. Where power factor correction capacitors are provided the capacitor shall be in the circuit at the time of the measurement. Check ampere rating of thermal overloads for motors and submit a typed record to the Engineer of the same, including MCC cubicle location and driven load designation, motor service factor, horsepower, and Code letter. If incorrect thermal overloads are installed replace same with the correct size overload. 3. Check power and control power fuse ratings. Replace fuses if they are found to be of the incorrect size. 4. Check settings of the motor circuit protectors. Adjust settings to lowest setting that will allow the motor to be started when under load conditions. 5. Check motor nameplates for correct phase and voltage. Check bearings for proper lubrication. 6. Check rotation of motors prior to testing the driven load. Disconnect the driven equipment if damage could occur due to wrong rotation. If the rotation is incorrect for the driven equipment correct motor connections at the motor terminal box. 7. Check interlocking, control and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a system to prove that the system will function properly as indicated by control schematic and wiring diagrams. 8. Inspect each piece of equipment in areas designated as HAZARDOUS to ensure that equipment of proper rating is installed. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-8 Electrical—General Provisions 9. Verify all terminations at transformers, equipment, panels and enclosures by producing a 1, 2, 3 rotation on a phase sequenced motor when connected to "A", "B" and "C" phases. 10. Check all wire and cable terminations. Verify to the Engineer connections meet the equipments torque requirements. 11. Field set all transformer taps as required to obtain the proper secondary voltage. 12. Infra-red hot spot inspection shall be made of all electrical equipment including but not limited to switchgear, motor control centers, transformers, switches, power and control panels, etc. This shall be done under representative load conditions before the equipment is used by the Owner and again 3 months before expiration of the 1-year warranty period. D. Testing shall be scheduled and coordinated in writing with the Engineer at least 2 weeks in advance. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments and test equipment. Provide certified calibration sheets including dates for all equipment to be used for testing with notice of scheduled testing. Calibration sheets shall also indicate that the units have been calibrated within six months of the testing date. The Contractor shall have qualified personnel present during the testing. E. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 16 and repair or replace all defective work and equipment. Refer to the individual equipment sections for additional specific testing requirements. Employ the services of an independent recognized power systems testing company, other than the Manufacturer of the switchgear or motor control centers, to perform the tests specified herein. F. Field testing and commissioning shall be performed in accordance with the latest revisions of NETA Standard ATS "Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems" unless otherwise modified by these Sections. G. A typed test report for each component tested shall be submitted to the Engineer for the project record files. The firm doing the testing shall include, in the report, their opinion whether or not the equipment being tested complies with the specification. Any discrepancies shall be noted in the concluding summary of the report. Test report forms shall be in compliance with NETA standards. A minimum of three complete copies shall be provided. Reports shall be signed by the person in responsible charge of the field testing, an officer of the firm performing the tests and an officer of the Electrical Contractor. H. Make adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation of the systems. Make the following minimum tests and checks prior to energizing electrical equipment. Submit test reports upon completion in accordance with Section SC01340 — SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES. 1. Test and calibrate protective relays and circuit breakers. 2. Mechanical inspection of air interrupter switches and circuit breakers to assure proper operation. 1.11 PROTECTIVE DEVICES COORDINATION STUDY A. General: 1. The major electrical equipment manufacturer (i.e. automatic transfer switches, Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-9 Electrical—General Provisions motor control centers, panelboards, etc.) shall provide a computerized Power System Study for the electrical power distribution and motor control equipment. The study shall verify adequacy of all of the existing equipment as well as new additions being implemented under these Specifications. 2. The study shall also include the utility company's protective devices, the emergency generators, the automatic transfer switches, all feeders from the automatic transfer switches, all distribution and all associated MCC's. Graphic indication of coordination shall be furnished in the form of a clearly labeled and identified composite drawing showing time-current curves of system protective devices. Time-current curves of each device shall also be furnished. 3. The Contractor/Manufacturer shall be responsible for obtaining and verifying with the Power Company in writing all information needed to conduct this study. Provide this correspondence and information including contacts and phone numbers with the study submittal. 4. The Contractor shall set all protective devices and relays based on this coordination study to provide coordinated, selective protection for all equipment supplied or affected by the installation under this Contract. 5. The Contractor/Manufacturer shall provide data necessary to perform the study. This includes feeder cable sizes, approximate feeder length, motor data, switchgear data, existing protective relay settings and any other information relevant to the study. 6. A summary of the short circuit analysis shall be provided to the Contractor at the time shop drawings for all of the new equipment is submitted for approval. 7. The Manufacturer shall be made aware that there is no available up-to-date single line diagram for the existing facilities. The Contractor/Manufacturer shall provide and/or update the existing single line diagram as required in order to perform the coordination and short-circuit study. B. Scope: 1. The short circuit study shall be in accordance with ANSI Standard C37.0 10 and C37. 13, shall be performed to check the adequacy, and to verify the correct application of circuit protective devices and other system components specified. The study shall address the case when the system is being powered from the normal source as well as from the on-site generating facilities. Minimum as well as maximum possible fault conditions shall be adequately covered in the study. 2. Fault contribution of all motors shall be considered. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all required data of equipment. All back-up calculations shall become part of the final report. The Calculations shall be in sufficient detail to allow easy review. C. Contents: 1. The study shall include representation of the power company's systems, the base quantities selected, impedance source-data, calculation methods and tabulations, one-line and impedance diagrams, conclusions and recommendations. Short circuit momentary duties, shall be calculated on the basis of an assumed bolted three-phase short circuit at each medium voltage bus, low voltage switchboard bus, switchboards, motor control centers, distribution panelboards, pertinent branch circuit panelboards, and other significant locations through the systems. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-10 Electrical—General Provisions The short-circuit tabulations shall include significant X to R ratios, asymmetry factors, KVA, and symmetrical fault current. 2. A protective device time current coordination study shall be included with coordination plots of key and/or limiting devices, tabulated data, rating, and/or settings selected. The study shall present an engineering balance between the competing objectives of protection and continuity of service for the system specified, taking into account the basic factors of sensitivity, selectivity and speed. 3. Separate plots shall be provided for each mode of "normal" and "stand-by" operation. Maximum fault values shall be shown in each case. Both power sources shown in one plot will not be accepted. 4. Existing protective device settings shall be reviewed to ensure selectivity under the new conditions. Recommended changes shall be indicated in the report. The Contractor shall be made aware of required changes immediately. 5. Transformer damage curves in accordance with ANSI C57. 109. 6. Feeder cable damage curves. 7. Required settings for breakers and relays shall be maximized to provide the most effective protection possible whether the system is fed from the normal or emergency source. 8. Tabulations indicating recommended set points for all protective devices shall be provided. This shall include the normal as well as the emergency source. 9. Generator short circuit decrement curves and thermal limit curves shall be included. D. Motor Current-Time Characteristic Curves: 1. A complete independent set of current-time characteristic curves for all medium voltage motor drives indicating coordination between the protective relays and the thermal characteristics of the motor shall be provided. 2. The Contractor shall obtain from the motor supplier, the necessary information to perform the study. Certified curves for "safe time versus current at 100 percent voltage" and "accelerating time versus current at 100 percent voltage" shall become part of the final report. E. Motor Starting Study: 1. A motor starting study for all large electric drives (100 horsepower and above) to determine voltage dip or power inrush limitations at selected locations due to starting of motors shall be provided. This applies to both the normal and the emergency mode. F. General Information for Time-Current Curves Presentations: 1. The coordination plots shall include complete titles, representative one-line diagrams, legends, associated power company's relay or system characteristics, significant motor starting characteristics, complete parameters for power, and substation transformers, and complete operating bands for low-voltage circuit breaker trip devices. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-11 Electrical—General Provisions 2. The coordination plots shall define the types of protective devices selected, together with the proposed coil taps, time-dial settings and pick-up settings required. 3. The short-time region shall indicate the medium voltage relay instantaneous elements, the magnetizing in-rush, and ANSI withstand transformer parameters, the low-voltage circuit breaker instantaneous trip devices, fuse manufacturing to tolerance bands, and significant symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents. 4. Each primary protective device required for a delta-to-wye connected transformer shall be selected so that the characteristic or operating band is within the transformer parameters; which, where feasible, shall include a parameter equivalent to 58 percent of the ANSI withstand point to afford protection for secondary line-to-ground faults. 5. Low-voltage power circuit breakers shall be separated from each other and the associated primary protective device, where feasible, by a 16 percent current margin for coordination and protection in the event of secondary line-to-line faults. 6. Protective relays shall be separated, where feasible, by a 0.3 second time margin when the maximum three-phase fault flows, to assure proper selectivity. G. Generator(s) Protective Devices: 1. The study shall address all of the new and existing protective devices provided for generator protection. 2. Protective relays requiring settings shall include, but not necessarily limited to: a. Differential b. Overcurrent with voltage restraint c. Ground d. Undervoltage e. Reverse power f. Unbalanced loading and open phase g. Loss of excitation 3. Contractor shall obtain all necessary new and existing generator information to perform this study. H. The coordination study shall be bound in a standard 8-1/2" x 11" size report and submitted in accordance with Section 01300. The final selection of all protective devices shall be based on a preliminary draft of the coordination study which shall be submitted with the equipment shop drawings for review. The completed study shall be submitted to and approved by the Engineer before any of the equipment is shipped. All protective devices shall be adjusted, tested, and calibrated in the field, prior to energizing the equipment, per the settings listed in the study. This work shall be performed by the Manufacturer as described in this section and prior to final acceptance by the Owner. All protective devices, existing and new shall be calibrated and tested as recommended by and under the supervision of the distribution gear manufacturer's representative as specified in this section. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-12 Electrical—General Provisions J. The coordination study shall be stamped and signed by a professional engineer registered in the state in which the equipment is to be installed. 1.12 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS A. The Drawings are not intended to show exact locations of conduit runs. Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied equipment. B. Install each 3 phase circuit in a separate conduit unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. Install circuits in individual conduits (i.e., no combining of circuits will be permitted unless otherwise shown) as shown on the drawings. D. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, conduit shown exposed shall be installed exposed; conduit shown concealed shall be installed concealed. E. Where circuits are shown as "home-runs" all necessary fittings and boxes shall be provided for a complete raceway installation. F. Verify the exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and receptacles prior to installation. Any adjustments required in the field shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner and coordinated and approved by the Engineer. G. Except where dimensions are shown, the locations of equipment, fixtures, outlets and similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be determined by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer during construction. Obtain information relevant to the placing of electrical work and in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Engineer and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. H. Circuit layouts are not intended to show the number of fittings, or other installation details. Furnish all labor and materials necessary to install and place in satisfactory operation all power, lighting and other electrical systems shown. Additional circuits shall be installed wherever needed to conform to the specific requirements of the approved equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. Redesign of electrical or mechanical work, which is required due to the Contractor's use of an alternate item, arrangement of equipment and/or layout other than specified herein, shall be done by the Contractor at his/her own expense. Redesign and detailed plans shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. No additional compensation will be provided for changes in the work, either his/her own or others, caused by such redesign. J. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, conduit, etc., shall be supported by 1/4-inch spacers to provide a clearance between wall and equipment. K. All floor mounted electrical equipment shall be placed on 4-inch thick (3/4-inch, 45 degree chamfer at all exposed edges) concrete pads, provide reinforcement, anchors, etc. L. The Contractor shall harmonize the work of the different trades so that interferences between conduits, piping, equipment, architectural and structural work will be avoided. All necessary offsets shall be furnished so as to take up a minimum space and all such offsets, fittings, etc, required to accomplish this shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. In case interference develops, the Engineer is to decide which equipment, piping, etc., must be relocated, regardless of which was installed first. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-13 Electrical—General Provisions M. Raceways and conductors for the fire alarm, security system and lightning protection system are not shown on the Drawings. Provide raceways and conductors as required by the system manufacturer for a complete and operating system. Raceways shall be installed concealed in all finished spaces and may be installed exposed or conducted in process spaces. N. Raceways and conductors for miscellaneous low voltage power and signal systems as specified are not shown on the Drawings. Raceways and conductors shall be provided as required for a complete and operating system. Homeruns, as shown on the Drawings, are to assist the Contractor in identifying raceways to be run exposed and raceways to be run concealed. Raceways shall be installed concealed in all finished spaces. Raceways installed exposed shall be near the ceiling or along walls of the areas through which they pass and shall be routed to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts, cranes hoists, monorails, equipment hatches, doors, windows, etc. Raceways installed concealed shall be run in the center of concrete floor slabs, above suspended ceilings, or in partitions as required. 1.13 PHASE BALANCING A. The Drawings do not attempt to balance the electrical loads across the phases. Circuits on motor control centers and panel boards shall be field connected to result in evenly balanced loads across all phases. B. Field balancing of circuits shall not alter the conductor color coding requirements as specified in Section 16120. 1.14 SIZE OF EQUIPMENT A. Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. Coordinate shipping splits with the Manufacturer to permit safe handling and passage through restricted areas in the structure. B. The equipment shall be kept upright at all times during storage and handling. When equipment must be tilted for passage through restricted areas, brace the equipment to ensure that the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment. 1.15 RECORD DRAWINGS A. As the work progresses, legibly record all field changes on a set of Project Contract Drawings, hereinafter called the "Record Drawings". B. Record Drawings shall accurately show the installed condition of the following items: 1. One-line Diagram(s). 2. Equipment elevations (front views). 3. Raceways and pullboxes. 4. Conductor sizes and conduit fills. 5. Panel Schedule(s). 6. Control Wiring Diagram(s). 7. Lighting Fixture Schedule(s). Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-14 Electrical—General Provisions 8. Lighting fixture, receptacle and switch outlet locations. 9. Underground raceway and duct bank routing. 10. Plan view, sizes and locations of switchgear, distribution transformers, substations, motor control centers and panelboards. C. Submit a schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers, including the following information: 1. Circuit origin, destination and wire numbers. 2. Field wiring terminal strip names and numbers. D. In addition to the schedule, provide point-to-point connection diagrams showing the same information submitted in the schedule of control wiring raceways including all designations and wire numbers. E. Submit the record drawings, schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers and the point-to-point connection diagrams to the Engineer. The schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers and the point-to-point connection diagrams shall be computer generated (i.e. no hand-written or drawn schedules, drawings, or diagrams will be accepted). 1.16 EQUIPMENT INTERCONNECTIONS A. Review shop drawings of equipment furnished under other Divisions and prepare coordinated wiring interconnection diagrams or wiring tables. Submit copies of wiring diagrams or tables with the Record Drawings. B. Furnish and install all equipment interconnections. 1.17 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment shall be new, except where specifically identified on the Drawings to be re-used. B. Material and equipment of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer and shall be UL listed. C. Warrant all equipment furnished under Division 16 in accordance with Section SC01740 — WARRANTIES AND BONDS. Refer to individual equipment sections for additional warranty items. 1.18 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Identify equipment (disconnect switches, separately mounted motor starters, control stations, etc)furnished under Division 16 with the name of the equipment it serves. Motor control centers, control panels, panelboards, switchboards, switchgear, junction or terminal boxes, transfer switches, etc, shall have nameplate designations as shown on the Drawings. B. Nameplates shall be engraved, laminated plastic, not less than 1/16-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in with 3/16-in high white letters on a black background. C. Nameplates shall be screw mounted to NEMA 1 enclosures. Nameplates shall be bonded to all other enclosure types using an epoxy or similar permanent waterproof adhesive. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-15 Electrical—General Provisions Two sided foam adhesive tape is not acceptable. Where the equipment size does not have space for mounting a nameplate, the nameplate shall be permanently fastened to the adjacent mounting surface. Cemented nameplates shall not be drilled. D. All voltages (e.g. 480 volts, 120 volts etc.) within pull boxes, junction boxes etc. shall be identified on the front exterior cover. Signs shall be red background with white engraved lettering, lettering shall be a minimum of 1" high. E. All receptacles, wall switches, lighting fixtures, photo cells, emergency lights, exit lights, etc., shall be identified with the lighting circuit to which it is connected. 1.19 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall make every effort to keep all employees and/or subcontractors aware of the danger inherent in working in dangerous proximity to the existing power lines. The minimum recommended precautionary measures are as follows: 1. Make sure that all persons responsible for operating cranes, draglines and other mobile equipment have a copy of, and are familiar with the State Department of Commerce Regulations for Use of Cranes, Draglines and Similar Equipment Near Power Lines, as well as the U.S. Department of Labor OSHA Regulations, before commencing operation of said equipment. 2. Make sure that all cranes, draglines and other mobile equipment have attached to them the black and yellow Department of Commerce warning signs required by the said Regulations of State Department of Commerce. 3. Warn all employees on the ground, new and old employees alike, of the danger of holding on to or touching a cable or other piece of equipment or machinery that is located or working close to any overhead power line. 4. If, during the course of construction, it becomes necessary for the contractor, or subcontractor, and their employees, to operate cranes, draglines, or their mobile equipment, in dangerous proximity of any overhead power lines, or in such a manner that such equipment might come close to any overhead power lines, the Contractor shall give the Power Company or overhead power line owner prior notice of such proposed operation. 1.20 DEMOLITION A. Remove electrical work associated with equipment scheduled for demolition except those portions indicated to remain or be reused. B. Remove unused exposed conduit and wiring back to point of concealment including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Remove unused wiring in concealed conduits back to source (or nearest point of usage). C. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide stainless steel blank covers for abandoned outlets which are not removed. D. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards, transformers, disconnect switches, control stations, distribution equipment, etc. E. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaries. Remove brackets, stems, hangers and other accessories. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-16 Electrical—General Provisions F. Disconnect electrical circuits in the way of demolition work and re-establish circuits to remaining outlets, fixtures, equipment, etc. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors and ceilings scheduled for removal. G. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations. H. New lighting shall be in place or safe lighting levels maintained for plant operation during the construction period. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. J. Where electrical systems pass through the demolition areas to serve other portions of the premises, they shall remain or be suitably relocated and the system restored to normal operation. K. Coordinate outages in systems with the Owner. Where duration of proposed outage cannot be allowed by the Owner, provide temporary connections as required to maintain service. L. Removal and relocation of existing conduit, wire and equipment have not been detailed on the Drawings. Survey the affected areas before submitting bid proposal. M. Trace out existing wiring that is to be relocated, or removed and perform the relocation or removal work as required for a complete operating and safe system. N. Continuous service is required on all circuits and outlets affected by these changes, except where the Owner will permit an outage for a specific time. Obtain Owner's consent before removing any circuit from continuous service. O. Remove exposed conduits, wireways, outlet boxes, pull boxes and hangers made obsolete by the alterations, unless specifically designated to remain. Patch surfaces and provide stainless steel blank covers for abandoned outlets which are removed. P. All equipment, materials, controls, motor starters, branch and feeder breakers, panelboards, transformers, wiring, raceways, etc, furnished and installed to temporarily keep circuits energized shall be removed when the permanent installation is fully operational. Q. Electrical Removal 1. All existing electrical equipment and fixtures to be removed shall be removed with such care as may be required to prevent unnecessary damage, to keep existing systems in operation and to maintain the integrity of the grounding systems. 2. Conduits and wires shall be abandoned or removed where shown. All wires in abandoned conduits shall be removed, salvaged and stored. Abandoned conduits concealed in floor or ceiling slabs or in walls, shall be cut flush with the slab or wall at the point of entrance. The conduits shall be suitably plugged and the area repaired in a flush, smooth and approved manner. Exposed conduits and their supports shall be disassembled and removed from the site. Repair all areas of work to prevent rust spots on exposed surfaces. 3. Wall switches, receptacles, and other miscellaneous electrical equipment, shall Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-17 Electrical—General Provisions be removed and disposed of off the site as required. Care shall be taken in removing all equipment so as to minimize damage to architectural and structural members. Any damage incurred shall be repaired. 1.21 DISPOSITION OF REMOVED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. In general, it is intended that material and equipment indicated to be removed and disposed of by the Contractor shall, upon removal, become the Contractor's property and shall be disposed of off the site by the Contractor, unless otherwise directed by the Owner. Any fees or charges incurred for disposal of such equipment or materials shall be paid by the Contractor. A receipt showing acceptable disposal of any legally regulated materials or equipment shall be given to the Owner. C. Ballasts in each existing lighting fixture shall be assumed to contain PCB's unless specifically marked with a label indicating "No PCBs". Remove ballasts from each lighting fixture and pack them in accordance with EPA PCB regulations. Ship ballasts in approved containers to an EPA approved recycling facility and pay all shipping, packaging and recycle costs. PART 2 EXECUTION 2.01 SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS A. Provide and place all sleeves for conduits penetrating floors, walls, partitions, etc. Locate all necessary slots for electrical work and form before concrete is poured. B. Exact locations are required for stubbing-up and terminating concealed conduit. Obtain shop drawings and templates from equipment vendors or other subcontractors and locate the concealed conduit before the floor slab is poured. C. Where setting drawings are not available in time to avoid delay in scheduled floor slab pours, the Engineer may allow the installations of such conduit to be exposed. Requests for this deviation must be submitted in writing. No additional compensation for such change will be allowed. D. Seal all openings, sleeves, penetration and slots as specified in Section 16110. 2.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and patching shall be done in a thoroughly workmanlike manner and be in compliance with modifications and repair to concrete as specified in Section 03350. Sawcut concrete and masonry prior to breaking out sections. B. Core drill holes in existing concrete floors and walls as required. C. Install work at such time as to require the minimum amount of cutting and patching. D. Do not cut joists, beams, girders, columns or any other structural members. E. Cut opening only large enough to allow easy installation of the conduit. F. Patching to be of the same kind and quality of material as was removed. G. The completed patching work shall restore the surface to its original appearance or Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-18 Electrical—General Provisions better. H. Patching of waterproofed surfaces shall render the area of the patching completely waterproofed. Remove rubble and excess patching materials from the premises. J. When existing conduits are cut at the floor line or wall line, they shall be filled with grout of suitable patching material. 2.03 INSTALLATION A. Any work not installed according to the Drawings and this Division or without approval by the Engineer shall be subject to change as directed by the Engineer. No extra compensation will be allowed for making these changes. B. Electrical equipment shall at all times during construction be adequately protected against mechanical injury or damage by water. Electrical equipment shall not be stored out- of-doors. Electrical equipment shall be stored in dry permanent shelters. If an apparatus has been damaged, such damage shall be repaired at no additional cost. If any apparatus has been subject to possible injury by water, it shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner, the damaged unit(s) or systems shall remain on site and returned to the Manufacturer after the replacement unit(s) or systems have been delivered to the site. Under no circumstances will electrical equipment damaged by water be rehabilitated or repaired, new equipment shall be supplied and all cost associated with replacement shall be borne by the Contractor. C. Equipment that has been damaged shall be replaced or repaired by the equipment manufacturer, at the Engineer's discretion. D. Repaint any damage to factory applied paint finish using touch-up paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer. The entire damaged panel or section shall be repainted per the field painting requirements Section 09902, at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.04 MANUFACTURERS SERVICE A. Provide Manufacturer's services for testing and start-up of the following equipment 1. 480 Volt Motor Control Centers (2 days 2 trips minimum). 2. Fire Alarm System (1 day 1 trips minimum). 3. Diesel Engine Driven Generator(s) (5 days 2 trips minimum). 4. Variable Frequency Drives (2 days 2 trips minimum). 5. Automatic Transfer Switches (2 days 2 trips minimum). B. Testing and startup shall not be combined with training. Testing and start-up time shall not be used for Manufacturers warranty repairs. C. The Manufacturers of the above listed equipment shall provide experienced Field Service Engineer to accomplish the following tasks: 1. The equipment shall be visually inspected upon completion of installation and prior to energization to assure that wiring is correct, interconnection complete Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-19 Electrical—General Provisions and the installation is in compliance with the Manufacturer's criteria. Documentation shall be reviewed to assure that all Drawings, operation and maintenance manuals, parts list and other data required to check out and sustain equipment operation is available on-site. Documentation shall be red-lined to reflect any changes or modifications made during the installation so that the "as- built" equipment configuration will be correctly defined. Spare parts shall be inventoried to assure correct type and quantity. 2. The Field Service Engineers shall provide engineering support during the energization and check-out of each major equipment assembly. They shall perform any calibration or adjustment required for the equipment to meet the Manufacturer's performance specifications. 3. Upon satisfactory completion of equipment test, they shall provide engineering support of system tests to be performed in accordance with Manufacturer's test specifications. 4. A final report shall be written and submitted to the Contractor within fourteen days from completion of final system testing. The report shall document the inspection and test activity, define any open problems and recommend remedial action. The reports after review by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer. 2.05 TRAINING A. Provide Manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and maintenance of the equipment specified under Division 16. 1. 480 Volt Motor Control Centers ( 2 days 2 trips minimum) 2. Fire Alarm System ( 1 day 1 trips minimum) 3. Diesel Engine Driven Generator(s) (4 days 2 trips minimum) 4. Variable Frequency Drives L2 days 2 trips minimum) 5. Automatic Transfer Switches L2 days 2 trips minimum) B. The cost of training programs to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included in the Contract Price. The training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be directly related to the system being supplied. C. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training courses. The manuals shall include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project. D. The training program shall represent a comprehensive program covering all aspects of the operation and maintenance including trouble-shooting of each system. E. All training schedules shall be coordinated with and at the convenience of the Owner. Shift training may be required to correspond to the Owner's working schedule. The training shall be conducted with record "as-built"drawings sufficient for a class of eight personnel. F. Within 120 days of contract award to the Contractor, submit an overview of the proposed training plan. This overview shall include, for each course proposed: 1. An overview of the training plan. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-20 Electrical—General Provisions 2. Course title and objectives. 3. Prerequisite training and experience of attendees. 4. Recommended types of attendees. 5. Course Content-A topical outline. 6. Course Duration. 7. Course Location -Training center or jobsite. 8. Course Format- Lecture, laboratory demonstration, etc. 9. Schedule of training courses including dates, duration and locations of each class. 10. Resumes of the instructors who will actually implement the plan. G. The Engineer will review the training plan submittal with the Owner. 3.06 POWER SYSTEM STUDY A. Provide a complete system short circuit, arc-flash and selective coordination study as specified herein. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16000-21 Electrical—General Provisions SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS, BOXES, FITTINGS AND SUPPORTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 16600 for additional requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section SC01340 — SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES, the manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers with cut-sheets of all materials specified. Indicate in the submittal, the areas where specific materials are used. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rigid Aluminum Conduit 1. Rigid aluminum conduit shall be 6063 alloy and shall be as manufactured by New Jersey Aluminum Corp.; Reynolds Aluminum International Services Inc.; Alumax Extrusions, Inc; VAW of America, Inc. or equal. Rigid aluminum conduit shall be for use under the provisions of NEC Article 344. B. Electrical Metallic Tubing Electrical metallic tubing shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel as manufactured by the Allied Tube and Conduit Corp.; Triangle PWC Inc.; Wheatland Tube Co.; Bridgeport or equal. Electrical metallic tubing shall be for use under the provisions of NEC Article 358. C. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit 1. PVC conduit shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride schedule 80 as manufactured by Carlon; An Indian Head Co.; Cantex; Queen City Plastics or equal. 2. PVC conduit used in underground concrete encased duct banks shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride Type DB as manufactured by Carlon; An Indian Head Co.; Cantex; Queen City Plastics or equal. 3. PVC conduit shall be for use under the provisions of NEC Article 352. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16110-1 Raceways,Boxes, Fittings and Supports D. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit, Couplings and Fittings 1. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be Sealtite, Type UA, manufactured by the Anaconda Metal Hose Div.; Anaconda American Brass Co.; American Flexible Conduit Co., Inc.; Universal Metal Hose Co. or equal. 2. Fittings used with liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be of the 3-piece screw-in type malleable iron as manufactured by the O.Z. Gedney Co. or equal. 3. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be for use under the provisions of NEC Article 350. E. Flexible Metallic Tubing 1. Flexible metallic tubing shall be for use under the provisions of NEC Article 348. 2. Flexible metallic tubing shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel strips shaped into interlocking convolutions firmly joined to one another assuring a complete lock similar to Tristeel as manufactured by Triangle - PWC, Inc. or equal. 3. Flexible metallic tubing shall be used only indoors for connection to lighting fixtures in NEMA 1 administration and office areas. 4. Furnish and install insulated bushings at terminations for conductor protection. F. Flexible Couplings 1. Flexible couplings shall be type ECGJH as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co.; Appleton Electric Co.; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. or equal. G. Boxes and Fittings 1. Pressed steel switch and outlet boxes shall be hot-dipped galvanized with hot- dipped galvanized tile rings as manufactured by the Raco Manufacturing Co.; Adalet Co.; O.Z. Manufacturing Co. or equal. 2. NEMA 1 and NEMA 12, junction boxes, pull boxes etc., shall be sheet steel unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Boxes shall be galvanized and have continuously welded seams. Welds shall be ground smooth and galvanized. Box bodies shall be flanged and shall not have holes or knockouts. Box bodies shall not be less than 14 gauge metal and covers shall not be less than 12 gauge metal. Covers shall be gasketed and fastened with stainless steel screws. Terminal boxes shall be furnished with hinged doors, terminal mounting straps and brackets (refer to Section 16191 for additional requirements). Boxes shall be as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co.; Lee Products Co.; ASCO Electrical Products Co., Inc., or equal. All boxes shall be shop primed and painted by the box manufacturer. 3. NEMA 4X stainless steel, junction boxes and pull boxes shall be 316 stainless steel with 316 stainless steel hardware and gasketed covers. Boxes shall have continuously welded seams and welds shall be ground smooth. Box bodies shall be flanged and shall not have holes or knockouts. Box bodies shall not be less than 14 gauge metal and covers shall not be less than 12 gauge metal. Covers shall be gasketed and fastened with stainless steel screws. Terminal boxes shall be furnished with hinged doors, terminal mounting straps and brackets (refer to Section 16191 for additional requirements.) Boxes shall be as manufactured by Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16110-2 Raceways,Boxes, Fittings and Supports Hoffman Engineering Co.; Lee Products Co.; ASCO Electrical Products Co., Inc., or equal. 4. Explosion-proof boxes shall be designed for Class 1, Group D, Division 1 hazardous locations. They shall be cast aluminum, with stainless steel hinged covers and stainless steel hardware and bolts; Type EJB-N4 as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co.; Appleton Electric Co.; Adalet-PLM or equal. 5. Cast aluminum boxes and fittings shall be copper free aluminum with cast aluminum covers and stainless steel screws as manufactured by the Killark Electric Co..; Crouse-Hinds Co.; Appleton Electric Co.; or equal. 6. Cast aluminum device boxes shall be Type FD. All cast aluminum boxes and fittings shall be copper-free aluminum with cast aluminum covers and stainless steel screws as manufactured by the Killark Electric Co.; Crouse-Hinds Co.; L. E. Mason Co. or equal. 7. Cast aluminum fittings (C's, T's, LB's, etc.) shall be of the mogul design (with rollers)as manufactured by Appleton Electric Co. 8. Multi-Outlet Assembly a. Multi-Outlet Assembly shall only be used where specifically indicated on the drawings. The assembly enclosures shall consist of two piece, all steel or anodized aluminum raceways which shall allow for field installation of wiring and standard receptacles. b. Multi outlet assemblies shall be UL Listed as a Multi-outlet assembly. c. Raceway bases and removable covers shall be .040-in steel, minimum of 2-1/8-in high by 1-5/8-in deep. Entrance fittings shall be sized for 3/4-in conduit. d. Raceways shall include all fittings, couplings, etc, for the complete installation of a finished system. e. Device covers shall be the 1702 Series by Walker, similar by lsoduct; Wiremold or equal. f. The multi-outlet assembly shall be the 1700 Series by Walker, similar by Isoduct; Wiremold or equal. 9. Pedestal boxes for laboratory bench receptacles shall be cast aluminum, polished finish, single face with 1/2-in NPT tapped inlet, single gang: J.A. Pink Catalog No. 800-A; double gang: J.A. Pink Catalog No. 801-A, similar by Hubbell or equal. 10. Floor boxes shall be of the adjustable single gang, concrete tight type for installation in concrete fill, Walker 800 Series, similar by Hubbell; Thomas & Betts Co. or equal. 11. Conduit hubs shall be of the grounding type as manufactured by Myers Electric Products, Inc. or equal. 12. Conduit wall seals for new concrete walls below grade shall be O.Z./Gedney Co., Type WSK; Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co., Type WDP or equal. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16110-3 Raceways,Boxes,Fittings and Supports 13. Conduit wall seals for cored holes shall be Type CSML as manufactured by the O.Z./Gedney Co. or equal. 14. Conduit wall and floor seals for sleeved openings shall be Type CSMI as manufactured by the O.Z./Gedney Co. or equal. 15. Combination expansion-deflection fittings embedded in concrete shall be Type XD as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co.; O.Z./Gedney Co.; Spring City Electrical Mfg. Co. or equal. 16. Combination expansion-deflection fittings installed exposed shall be Type XJ as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds Co.; O.Z. Gedney Co.; Spring City Electrical Mfg. Co. or equal. 17. Explosion proof fittings shall be as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co.; Appleton Electric Co.; O.Z./Gedney Co. or equal. Conduit sealing bushings shall be O.Z./Gedney, Type CSB or equal. Elbows and couplings shall be aluminum. 18. Electrical metallic tubing fittings shall be of the steel, raintight, concrete-tight, insulated throat (connectors), compression type as manufactured by the Appleton Electric Co.; Crouse-Hinds Co. or equal. H. Conduit Mounting Equipment 1. In dry indoor non-process areas, hangers, rods, backplates, beam clamps, channel, fasteners, anchors, nuts, washers, etc., shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel. 316 Stainless steel channel with 316 stainless steel hardware (hangers, rods, backplates, beam clamps, fasteners, anchors, nuts, washers, etc.) shall be used in process areas, as shown on the drawings, in areas designated "WET', "DAMP" and "CORROSIVE" on the Drawings and in outdoor locations. All channel and hardware shall be resistant to the chemicals present in the area in which it is used. 2. Expansion anchors (minimum 3/8" diameter) shall be equal to Kwik-Bolt as manufactured by the McCullock Industries, Minneapolis, MI; Wej-it by Wej-it Expansion Products, Inc., Bloomfield, CO; or Kwik-Bolt II as manufactured by the Hilti Fastening Systems, Inc, Tulsa, OK. The length of expansion bolts shall be sufficient to place the wedge portion of the bolt a minimum of 1-in behind the steel reinforcement. Apply anti-seize compound to all nuts and bolts. Supports installed without the approved compound shall be dismantled and correctly installed, at no cost to the Owner. I. Wall and Floor Slab Opening Seals 1. Wall and floor slab openings shall be sealed with "FLAME-SAFE" as manufactured by the Thomas & Betts Corp.; Pro Set Systems; Neer Mfg. Co.; Specified Technologies, Inc. or equal. J. Cold Galvanizing Compound 1. Cold galvanizing compound shall be 95% zinc rich paint as manufactured by ZRC Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16110-4 Raceways,Boxes, Fittings and Supports Products Company, a Division of Norfolk Corp. or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATIONS A. Except where otherwise shown on the Drawings, or specified, all wiring shall be in rigid aluminum conduit. B. Rigid aluminum conduit shall be used at all locations (underground and within structures) as raceways for shielded process instrumentation wiring, shielded control wiring, data highway wiring and I/O wiring. Schedule 80 PVC conduit shall be used where shown on the Drawings and in chemical rooms, chlorinator rooms and chlorine storage areas or areas designated "CORROSIVE" on the Drawings. C. Rigid aluminum conduit or Schedule 80 PVC shall be used underground where concrete encasement is not called for or as specified in Paragraph 3.01 B above. Where schedule 80 PVC is used all elbows shall be rigid aluminum. D. PVC conduit shall be used for concrete encased underground duct banks except as specified in Paragraph 3.01B above and except as specified in Section 16600. E. Electrical metallic tubing and fittings may be used only in NEMA 1 administration and office areas. Electrical metallic tubing and fittings shall not be embedded in concrete, installed outdoors, in process areas, shops, maintenance areas, electrical rooms, etc. F. All conduit of a given type shall be the product of one manufacturer. 3.2 BOX APPLICATIONS A. Unless otherwise specified herein or shown on the Drawings, all boxes shall be metal. B. Exposed switch, receptacle and lighting outlet boxes and condulet fittings shall be cast aluminum. C. Concealed switch, receptacle and lighting outlet boxes shall be pressed steel. Welded seamed boxes will not be permitted. D. Terminal boxes, junction boxes and pull boxes shall have NEMA ratings suitable for the location in which they are installed, as specified in Section 16000. 3.3 FITTINGS APPLICATIONS A. Combination expansion-deflection fittings shall be used where conduits cross structure expansion joints. Refer to Structural Drawings for expansion joint locations. Provide bonding jumpers around fittings. B. Conduit wall seals shall be used where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other locations shown on the Drawings. C. Conduit sealing bushings shall be used to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at other locations shown on the Drawings. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16110-5 Raceways,Boxes, Fittings and Supports 3.4 INSTALLATION A. No conduit smaller than 3/4 inch electrical trade size shall be used, nor shall any have more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends in any one run. Pull boxes shall be provided as required or directed. B. No wire shall be pulled until the conduit system is complete in all details; in the case of concealed work, until all rough plastering or masonry has been completed; in the case of exposed work, until the conduit system has been completed in every detail. C. The ends of all conduits shall be tightly plugged to exclude dust and moisture during construction. D. Conduit supports, other than for underground raceways, shall be spaced at intervals of 8- ft or less, as required to obtain rigid construction. E. Single conduits shall be supported by means of aluminum one-hole pipe clamps in combination with aluminum one-screw back plates, to raise conduits from the surface. Multiple runs of conduits shall be supported on trapeze type hangers with steel horizontal members and threaded hanger rods. The rods shall be not less than 3/8-in diameter. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, conduit, etc, shall be supported by spacers to provide a minimum of 1/2-in clearance between wall and equipment. F. Conduit hangers shall be attached to structural steel by means of beam or channel clamps. Where attached to concrete surfaces, concrete expansion anchors shall be provided. All conduits on exposed work, within partitions and above suspended ceilings, shall be run at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding wall and shall conform to the form of the ceiling. No diagonal runs will be allowed. Bends in parallel conduit runs shall be concentric. All conduit shall be run perfectly straight and true. G. Conduit terminating in pressed steel boxes shall have double locknuts (aluminum) and insulated grounding bushings. H. Conduit terminating in gasketed enclosures shall be terminated with grounding type conduit hubs. Conduits containing equipment grounding conductors and terminating in sheet steel boxes shall have insulated throat grounding bushings with lay-in type lugs. J. Conduits shall be installed using threaded fittings unless otherwise specified herein. K. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be used for all motor terminations, the primary and secondary of transformers, generator terminations and other equipment where vibration is present. M. Flexible couplings shall be used in hazardous locations for all motor terminations and other equipment where vibration is present. N. Aluminum fittings and boxes shall be used with aluminum conduit. Aluminum conduit shall not be imbedded in concrete containing chlorides, unwashed beach sand, sea water, or coral bearing aggregates. Aluminum conduit shall be isolated from other metals with heat shrink tubing (Raychem or equal) or plastic-coated hangers. Strap wrenches shall be used for tightening aluminum conduit. Pipe wrenches, channel locks, chain wrenches, pliers, etc. shall not be used. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16110-6 Raceways,Boxes, Fittings and Supports O. All threads on aluminum conduit and fittings shall be cleaned and coated withNo-Oxide compound before installing. P. Aluminum conduit installed in concrete or below grade shall be completely covered with two (2) coats of bitumastic paint or with heat shrink tubing (Raychem or equal). Where conduits pass through openings in walls or floor slabs, the remaining openings shall be sealed against the passage of flame and smoke. Q. PVC conduit to non-metallic and metallic box connections shall be made with sealing rings, with a stainless steel retainer as manufactured by Thomas & Betts Co. R. Conduit ends exposed to the weather shall be sealed with conduit sealing bushings. S. Expansion fittings shall be used on exposed runs of PVC conduit where required for thermal expansion. Installation and number of fittings shall be as provided per the NEC and approved by the PVC conduit manufacturer. T. All conduit entering or leaving a motor control center, switchboard or other multiple compartment enclosure shall be stubbed up into the bottom horizontal wireway or other manufacturer designated area, directly below the vertical section in which the conductors are to be terminated. U. Conduit sealing and drain fittings shall be installed in areas designated as NEMA 7. V. Spare conduits and conduit stubouts for future construction shall be provided with threaded PVC end caps at each end. W. No unbroken run shall exceed 300 feet in length. This length shall be reduced by 75 feet for each 90 degree elbow. X. Aluminum conduit entering manholes and below grade pull boxes shall be terminated with grounding type bushings and connected to a 5/8" x 10' rod with a #6 bare copper wire. Y. Underground circuits shall be installed directly to the respective motor control centers, lighting panels, etc., except stainless steel pull boxes shall be wall mounted on structures to eliminate excessive bends. With prior written approval, below grade pull boxes may be used. Splices shall not be made in above or below grade pull boxes unless otherwise indicated on the plans and approved in writing by the Engineer. AA. All conduits shall have a 4-inch concrete housekeeping pad at all slab and grade penetrations. The housekeeping pad shall have 45 degree, 3/4-inch chamfer at all exposed edges. BB. All risers from underground, concrete pads, floors, etc. shall be provided with heat shrink tubing (Raychem Co. or equal) from a point 1 foot-0-inch below bottom of slab or grade to a point not less than 6 inches above grade or surface of slab. CC. Existing conduits are to be reused only where specifically noted on the drawings. Mandrels shall be pulled through all existing conduits which will be reused and through all new conduits 2-in in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors. DD. 3/16-in polypropylene pull lines shall be installed in all new conduits noted as spares or designated for future equipment. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16110-7 Raceways,Boxes, Fittings and Supports EE. Where no size is indicated for junction boxes, pull boxes or terminal cabinets, they shall be sized in accordance with the requirements of NEC Article 312 and 314. FF. Conduits shall not cross pipe shafts, access hatches or vent duct openings. They shall be routed to avoid such present or future openings in floor or ceiling construction. GG. The use of running threads is prohibited. Where such threads are necessary, a 3-piece cast aluminum union shall be used. HH. Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated spaces, cold air plenums, etc, shall be sealed with "Duxseal" as manufactured by Manville or seal fitting to prevent the accumulation of condensation. II. All field cut ends of hot dipped galvanized mounting channel shall be cleaned and painted with cold galvanizing compound before installation. JJ. All underground control and instrumentation conduits shall be separated from power conduits by a minimum of 12 inches unless specifically noted otherwise. Crossing of control and instrumentation conduits with power conduits shall be kept to a minimum and where they must cross they shall cross at 90 degree angles. END OF SECTION SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish, install and test all wire, cable and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Install data highway, fiberoptic, coaxial and I/O cables furnished under Division 13. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section SC01340 — SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES, samples of proposed wire. Each sample shall have the size, type of insulation and voltage stenciled on the jacket. B. Approved samples will be sent to the project location for comparison by the Resident Engineer with the wire actually installed. C. Installed unapproved wire shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Carefully handle all conductors to avoid kinks and damage to insulation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Wires and cables shall be of annealed, 98 percent conductivity, soft drawn copper. B. All conductors shall be stranded, except that lighting and receptacle wiring may be solid. C. Except for control, signal and instrumentation circuits, wire smaller than No. 12 AWG shall not be used. D. All wire of a given type shall be the product of a single manufacturer. 2.2 MATERIALS A. 600 Volt or Less Wire and Cable 1. Wire for lighting, receptacles, and other circuits not exceeding 150 volts to ground shall be NEC type XHHW. Below grade and underground the wire shall be type XHHW. 2. Wire for circuits over 150 volts to ground shall be NEC type XHHW up to 4/0 and shall be RHW for wire 250 MCM and larger. 3. Wire for control circuits shall be#14 AWG minimum NEC type XHHW stranded. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16120-1 Wires and Cables 4. Equipment grounding conductors shall be installed in all raceways. Conductors shall be NEC type THW or XHHW, green and sized per NEC Table 250.122. Ground grid conductors shall be uninsulated unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. 5. Types XHHW and THW wire shall be as manufactured by the Southwire Co., Cablec Corp., Okonite Corp., or equal. 6. Multi-conductor control cable shall be stranded, #14 AWG, 600 V, cross-linked polyethylene insulated w/PVC jacket. Type "XLP" as manufactured by the Southwire Co., American Insulated Wire Corp., or equal. 7. Telephone cable shall be #22 AWG, 4-pairs, solid copper PVC insulation and PVC jacket. UL rated Type CMR as manufactured by American Insulated Wire Corp., or equal. 8. Multi-conductor power cable shall be stranded, 600V, cross-linked polyethylene insulated with PVC jacket, Type "TC" (XLP) with ground as manufactured by Southwire Co., Rockbestos Co., American Insulated Wire Corp., or equal. 2.3 INSTRUMENTATION WIRE A. Process instrumentation wire shall be twisted pair, 600 V, cross linked polyethylene insulated, aluminum tape shielded, polyvinyl chloride jacketed type "XLP" as manufactured by the Rockbestos Co., or equal. B. Cable for 4-20 mA instrumentation, potentiometer, RTD and similar analog circuits shall be multi-conductor twisted and shielded. 1. Single pair cable: a. Conductors: 2 No. 16 AWG stranded and twisted b. Insulation: XLP c. Shield: 100 percent tape with drain wire d. Jacket: PVC with UL and manufacturers identification 2. Three conductor(triad) cable: a. Conductors: 3 No. 16 AWG stranded and twisted b. Insulation: XLP c. Shield: 100 percent tape with drain wire d. Jacket: PVC with UL and manufacturers identification 3. Multiple pair cables (where shown on the Drawings): a. Conductor: Multiple 2 No. 16 AWG stranded and twisted b. Insulation: XLP c. Shield: Individual pairs and overall shielded with 100 percent tape and drain wire Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16120-2 Wires and Cables d. Jacket: PVC with UL manufacturers identification 2.4 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES (POWER CONDUCTORS) A. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, no splices may be made in the cables without prior written approval of the Engineer. Where splicing is approved, then splicing material shall be approved by the Engineer and cable manufacturer. Splicing materials for all 600 volt splices shall be made with long barrel tin plated copper compression (hydraulically pressed) connectors and insulated with heavy wall heat shrinkable tubing. The conductivity of all completed connections shall be not less than that of the uncut conductor. The insulation resistance of all completed connections of insulated conductors shall be not less than that of the uncut conductor. B. 600 volt wire lugs shall be tin plated copper, long barrel compression type (hydraulically pressed) for wire sizes No. 8 AWG and larger. Lugs for No. 10 AWG and smaller wire shall be locking spade type with insulated sleeve. Lugs shall be as manufactured by the Thomas and Betts Co., or equal. 2.5 TERMINATION AND SPLICES (CONTROL CONDUCTORS) A. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, no splices may be made in the cables without prior written approval of the Engineer. Where splicing is approved, then splicing material shall be approved by the Engineer and cable manufacturer. Splicing materials and installation shall be as required by the Engineer. The conductivity of all completed connections shall be not less than that of the uncut conductor. The insulation resistance of all completed connections of insulated conductors shall be not less than that of the uncut conductor. B. Termination connectors shall be of the expanded vinyl insulated locking fork-end (upturned leg ends) type as manufactured by Ideal Industries; 3M Co.; Panduit Corp. or equal. 2.6 TERMINATIONS (INSTRUMENTATION CABLES) A. Termination connectors shall be of the expanded vinyl insulated locking fork-end (upturned leg ends) type as manufactured by Ideal Industries; 3M Co.; Panduit Corp. or equal. 2.7 MOTOR CONNECTIONS A. For wire sizes #8 AWG and larger, long barrel tin plated copper compression (hydraulically pressed) type connections (Bundy Co., or equal) shall be installed on the branch circuit wires and the motor leads. Bolted connections shall utilize products which are rated for vibration applications (bolt, nut and spring washer). All connections shall be insulated with heavy duty heat shrinkable material (Raychem Corp. or equal). 2.8 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS A. Wire and cable markers shall be type written, heat shrinkable type as manufactured by the W.H. Brady Co., Thomas & Betts Co., 3M Co., or equal. B. Wire and cables with diameters exceeding the capacity of the heat shrinkable markers shall be marked with pre-printed, self-adhesive vinyl tapes as manufactured by the W.H. Brady Co., Panduit Corp., or equal. 2.9 WALL AND FLOOR SLAB OPENING SEALS A. Wall and floor slab openings shall be sealed with "FLAME-SAFE" as manufactured by the Thomas & Betts Corp. or equal. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16120-3 Wires and Cables PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Uniquely identify all wires, cables and each conductor of multi-conductor cables (except lighting and receptacle wiring) at each end with wire and cable markers. B. Use lubrications to facilitate wire pulling. Pulling compound shall be nontoxic, nonflammable, noncombustible and noncorrosive. The material shall be UL listed and compatible with the cable insulation and jacket. C. All wire and cable shall be continuous and without splices between points of connection to equipment terminals, except a splice will be permitted by the Engineer if the length required between the points of connection exceeds the greatest standard shipping length available from the Manufacturer specified or approved by the Engineer as the Manufacturer of the particular item or wire and cable. D. Seal openings in slabs and walls through which wires and cables pass. E. Steel fish tapes and/or steel pulling cables shall not be used in PVC conduit runs. F. Pull cable from direction that requires the least tension. G. Feed cable into raceway with zero tension and without cable crossover at raceway entrance. H. Use a feed-in tube and sheave designed for cable installation. Use sheaves with radii that exceed the cable manufacturer's recommended minimum bending radius. Use a dynamometer and constant velocity power pulling. Velocity should not be less than 15-ft./min or more than 50-ft/min. Do not exceed the cable manufacturer's maximum recommended tension. J. If cable cannot be terminated immediately after installation install heat shrinkable end caps. K. Uniquely identify all cable at supply and receiving ends and in all manholes, handholes or pullboxes. Use embossed brass tags and tywrap fasteners. L. Hydraulically or manually operated cable benders shall not be used unless approved in writing by the Engineer. M. Instrumentation cables shall be installed in rigid steel conduits as specified. All circuits shall be installed as twisted pairs or triads. In no case shall a circuit be made up using conductors from different pairs or triads. Triads shall be used wherever three wire circuits are required. N. Install shielded instrumentation wire from terminal to terminal with no splicing at any intermediate point. Shielded instrumentation wire, coaxial, data highway, I/O and fiberoptic cables shall be run without splices between instruments, terminal boxes, or panels. O. Terminal blocks shall be provided at all instrument cable junctions, and all circuits shall be identified at such junctions. P. Ground shielding on instrumentation wire at one end only as recommended by the instrument manufacturer and isolated at all other locations. Terminal blocks shall be provided for inter-connecting shield drain wires at all junction boxes. Where individual Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16120-4 Wires and Cables circuit shielding is required, each shield circuit shall be provided with its own terminal block. Q. Install shielded instrumentation wire in conduit and pull boxes that contain only shielded instrumentation wire. Instrumentation cables shall be separated from all other (i.e. power, control, etc.) cables in manholes. R. All shielded cable terminations at each end shall be provided with heat shrinkable tubing placed over the exposed shield and conductors. The tubing shall extend 1" minimum over the jacket end and extend 1/2" minimum from the jacket end over the exposed conductors. 3.2 WIRE COLOR CODE A. All wire shall be color coded or coded using electrical tape in sizes where colored insulation is not available. Where tape is used as the identification system, it shall be applied in all junction boxes, manholes and other accessible intermediate locations as well as at each termination. The following coding shall be used: System Wire Color 240/120 Volts Neutral White Single-Phase, 3 Wire Line 1 Black Line 2 Red 208Y/120, Volts Neutral White 3 Phase, 4 Wire Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue 240/120 Volts Neutral White 3 Phase, 4 Wire Phase A Black delta, center tap Phase B (High) Orange ground on phase Phase C Blue coil A-C 480Y/277 Volts Neutral White 3 Phase, 4 Wire Phase A Brown Phase B Orange Phase C Yellow Control (Individual Conductors) AC Red DC Blue 3.3 FIELD TESTING A. Test all 600 volt wire insulation with a megohm meter after installation and prior to termination. Make tests at not less than 1000 volts DC. Submit a written test report of the results to the Engineer. Notify Engineer in writing 48 hours prior to testing. B. Field testing and commissioning shall be done in accordance with the latest revision of the "Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems" published by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA Standard ATS-2003) unless otherwise modified by this Section. Minimum wire insulation resistance Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16120-5 Wires and Cables shall not be less than 250 Megohms. C. All service conductors shall be tested as in paragraph A above with the Engineer present. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16120-6 Wires and Cables SECTION 16150 MOTORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. All motors shall be furnished as called for in other Sections of these Specifications and shall be in conformance with the requirements of this section. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. Routine tests shall be performed on representative motors, and shall include the information described on NEMA MG1-12.54 "Report of Test Form for Routine Tests on Induction Motors". Efficiency shall be determined in accordance with IEEE Publication No. 112, Method B. Power factor shall be measured on representative motors. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal of motor data for acceptance shall include complete nameplate data and test characteristics in accordance with NEMA Standard MG1-12.54 "Report of Test Form for Routine Tests on Induction Motors" and, in addition, the following for motors typical of the units furnished: 1. Efficiency at 1/2, 3/4 and full load 2. Power factor at 1/2, 3/4 and full load 3. Motor outline, dimensions and weight 4. Descriptive bulletins, including full description of insulation system 5. Bearing design data 6. Special features (i.e., space heaters, temperature detectors, etc.) 7. Power factor correction capacitor rating and type. B. The motor manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer as provided in Section SC01340 — SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES, certified dimension prints showing nameplate data and outline dimensions within three weeks of the date they receive the order. C. Guarantee: All equipment furnished and installed under this Section shall be guaranteed against defects of workmanship, materials and proper installation for a period of one (1) year from date of acceptance. All such equipment or parts proven defective, due to the above noted causes, shall be replaced in the machines by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. D. Provide equipment warranty in accordance with Section SC01740 — WARRANTIES AND BONDS. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16150- 1 Motors C. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise noted, all motors 1/2 through 100 horsepower shall be rated 230/460 volt, 3 phase, 60 Hertz A.C.; motors 125 horsepower and above shall be rated 460 volt, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, and motors below 1/2 horsepower shall be rated 115/230 volt, 1 phase, 60 Hertz A.C. B. All motors used with variable frequency drives shall be rated for inverter duty and shall be in accordance with NEMA MG1-2003, Part 31. C. All motors shall be built in accordance with current NEMA, IEEE, ANSI and AFBMA standards. Motors shall be of the type and quality described by this Section and other Divisions of the Specifications, and/or as shown on the Drawings, fully capable of performing in accordance with Manufacturer's nameplate rating, and free from defective material and workmanship. 2.2 RATINGS A. All motors shall be sufficient size for the duty to be performed and shall not exceed their full-rated load when the driven equipment is operating at specified capacity and over the operational range. Unless otherwise noted, motors driving pumps, blowers, etc. shall not be overloaded at any head or discharge condition. The motor shall not be required to deliver more than its rated nameplate horsepower, at the 1.0 service factor, under any condition of mechanical or hydraulic loading (i.e. although a 1.15 service factor is required, it may not be used under any condition). B. Each motor shall develop ample torque for its required service throughout its acceleration range at a voltage 10 percent below nameplate rating. Where shown on the Electrical Drawings to be operated on a reduced voltage starter, the motor shall develop ample torque under the conditions imposed by the reduced voltage starting method. C. All motors shall be continuous time rated suitable for operation in a 40 degrees C ambient unless noted otherwise. D. Specific motor data such as Hp, rpm, etc., is specified under the detailed specification for the equipment with which the motor is supplied. 2.3 NAMEPLATES A. The motor manufacturer's nameplates shall be engraved or embossed on stainless steel and fastened to the motor frame with stainless steel screws or drive pins. Nameplates shall indicate clearly all of the items of information enumerated in NEMA Standard MG1-10.38 or MG1-20.60, as applicable. 2.4 CONDENSATION HEATERS A. Condensation heaters, where specified herein or under the detailed mechanical specifications shall be of the cartridge or flexible wrap around type installed within the motor enclosure adjacent to core iron. Heaters shall be rated for 120 Volt, single phase with wattage as required. The heater wattage and voltage shall be embossed on the Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16150-2 Motors motor nameplate. 2.5 WINDING TEMPERATURE DETECTORS A. Winding temperature detectors, unless specified otherwise herein shall be a factory installed, embedded, bi-metallic switch type with leads terminating in the main conduit box. This device shall protect the motor against damage from overheating caused by single phasing, overload, high ambient temperature, abnormal voltage, locked rotor, frequent starts or ventilation failure. The switch shall have normally open contacts. Not less than three detectors shall be furnished with each motor. B. All motors operating with variable frequency drives shall be equipped with winding temperature detectors. C. Membrane feed pump motors shall be equipped with RTD's. The stator windings shall be provided with 6 resistance type temperature detectors, two per phase, brought to terminals in the low voltage terminal box. Motor manufacturer shall coordinate RTD monitoring requirements with VFD manufacturer. 2.6 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITORS A. The operating power factor of the motors shall range from 93 to 95 percent at full load and 95 to 98 percent when partially loaded. The capacitor current shall not exceed the motor no-load magnetizing current. B. Capacitors shall be oil insulated or dry type (600 volt capacitors shall be of the dry type) with three high interrupting capacity current limiting integral fuse protection, blown fuse indicators, and discharge resistor and shall be hermetically sealed in steel enclosures. The insulating medium shall be nonflammable and meet the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Standards. Covers shall be gasketed, bolt-on type. Capacitors shall be UL listed and NEMA rated and tested. Oil insulated type shall be non-PCB dielectric, biodegradable and low toxicity. C. Units shall be designed to provide power factor correction in applications subject to the effects of harmonics as required for each installation. Where required, units shall consist of power factor correction capacitors as specified above and equipped with series inductors. The units shall be tuned to just below the 5th harmonic frequency on systems with predominately 3 Phase loads. Inductors shall have low flux density and distributed gaps, copper windings, brazed connections, winding varnish impregnated and baked, Class 220 degrees C insulation with 80 degrees C rise. 2.7 THREE PHASE INDUCTION MOTORS A. Motors 20 horsepower and larger shall have a 120-volt space heater for moisture control. B. Unless specifically noted in other Sections of these Specifications, all motors shall have minimum efficiencies as listed below: NEMA Nominal Horsepower Efficiency, 1-2 84.0 3-5 88.5 7-1/2 89.5 10 90.2 15 91.0 Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16150-3 Motors 20 92.0 25 92.2 30 92.4 40-50 94.0 60-100 94.5 Over 100 95.0 C. All motors 100 horsepower and larger shall be furnished with power factor correction capacitors located in the motor starter enclosure. The motor manufacturer shall provide suitable capacitors to the motor control center manufacturer unless otherwise noted. Power factor correction capacitors shall be provided only for the high-speed winding on a 2-speed motor. Power factor correction capacitors shall not be required for motors operating on variable frequency drives. 2.8 CONSTRUCTION A. General: 1. All dripproof and weather protected Type I and Type II motors shall have epoxy encapsulated windings. Totally enclosed motors shall be provided with an upgraded insulation by additional dips and bakes to increase moisture resistance and shall not be encapsulated. Motors for outdoor service shall have vacuum pressure impregnated (VPI) epoxy insulation for moisture resistance. Two speed motors shall be of the two winding type. 2. Squirrel-cage rotors shall be made from high-grade steel laminations adequately fastened together and to the shaft, or shall be cast aluminum or bar-type construction with brazed end rings. 3. All motors shall be of the premium efficiency and high power factor type. All motors shall be the corrosion resistant type conforming to motors designated as "Corro-Duty" by U.S. Motors or equal. 4. Vertical motors shall be hollow or solid shaft as required by the equipment furnished under other Sections of these Specifications. 5. Totally enclosed non-ventilated (TENV) motors shall include the same ratings and accessories as specified for TEFC motors. Explosion-proof motors shall be UL listed and FM approved for Class 1, Division 1 hazardous areas. B. Low Voltage, Three Phase Motors: 1. Motors shall be of the squirrel-cage induction type. Horizontal, vertical solid shaft, vertical hollow shaft, normal thrust and high thrust types shall be furnished as called for on the Drawings and as specified in other Sections of these specifications. Motors shall be of the type and quality described by these Specifications, and/or as shown on the schedule on the Drawings, fully capable of performing in accordance with Manufacturer's nameplate rating, and free from defective material and workmanship. 2. Motors shall have normal or high starting torque (as required), low starting current (not to exceed 650 percent full load current), and low slip. 3. Unless otherwise specified, motors shall be totally enclosed fan-cooled construction with a 1.15 service factor at the Class B Temperature-Rise. 4. The output shaft shall be suitable for direct connection or belt drive as required. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16150-4 Motors 5. Motors shall have a Class F non-hygroscopic insulation system but shall be limited to Class B Temperature-Rise, at 1.15 service factor. 6. All motors shall have a final coating of chemical resistant corrosion and fungus protective epoxy fortified enamel finish sprayed over red primer over all interior and exterior surfaces. Stator bore and rotor of all motors shall be epoxy coated. 7. All fittings, bolts, nuts, and screws shall be Electro polished 316 stainless steel. Bolts and nuts shall have hex heads. 8. All machine surfaces shall be coated with rust inhibiter for easy disassembly. 9. Conduit box shall be split from top to bottom and shall be capable of being rotated to four 90 degree positions. Synthetic rubber-like gaskets shall be provided between the frame and the conduit box and sealed with a non-wicking, non-hygroscopic insulating material. A frame mounted pad with drilled and tapped hole, not less than 1/4-inch diameter, shall be provided inside the conduit box for motor frame grounding. All motor conduit boxes shall be provided with the correct number of conduit openings sized as indicated on the drawings. Boxes shall be suitably sized for conductor bending and terminations. 10. Totally enclosed motors shall be provided with condensate drain hole and epoxy coated motor windings to protect against moisture. 11. Nameplates shall be stainless steel. Lifting lugs or '0' type bolts shall be supplied on all frames 254T and larger. Enclosures shall have stainless steel screens. Motors shall be protected for corrosion, fungus and insects. 12. Low voltage, three phase motors shall be manufactured by U.S. Motors, Reliance Electric or Baldor. 13. Fractional Horsepower: a. Fractional horsepower motors shall be rigid, welded-steel, designed to maintain accurate alignment of motor components and provide adequate protection. End shields shall be cast iron or heavy fabricated steel. Windings shall be of varnish-insulated wire with slot insulation of polyester film, baked-on bonding treatment to make the stator winding strongly resistant to heat, aging, moisture, electrical stresses and other hazards. b. Motor shaft shall be made from high-grade, cold-rolled shaft steel with drive-shaft extensions carefully machined to standard NEMA dimensions for the particular drive connection. c. For light to moderate loading, bearings shall be quiet all-angle sleeve type with large oil reservoir that prevents leakage and permits motor operation in any position. d. For heavy loading, bearings shall be carefully selected precision ball bearings with extra quality, long-life grease, and large reservoir providing 10 years normal operation without relubrication. 14. Integral Horsepower: a. Motor frames and end shields shall be cast iron or heavy fabricated steel of such design and proportions as to hold all motor components rigidly in proper position and provide adequate protection for the type of enclosure Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16150-5 Motors employed. b. Windings shall be adequately insulated and securely braced to resist failure due to electrical stresses and vibrations. c. The shaft shall be made of high-grade machine steel or steel forging of size and design adequate to withstand the load stresses normally encountered in motors of the particular rating. Bearing journals shall be ground and polished. d. Rotors shall be made from high-grade steel laminations adequately fastened together, and to the shaft. Rotor squirrel-cage windings may be cast-aluminum or bar-type construction with brazed end rings. e. Motors shall be equipped with vacuum-degassed anti-friction bearings made to AFBMA Standards, and be of ample capacity for the motor rating. The bearing housing shall be large enough to hold sufficient lubricant to minimize the need for frequent lubrication, but facilities shall be provided for adding new lubricant and draining out old lubricant without motor disassembly. The bearing housing shall have long, tight, running fits or rotating seals to protect against the entrance of foreign matter into the bearings, or leakage of lubricant out of the bearing cavity. f. Bearings of high thrust motors will be locked for momentary upthrust of 30 percent downthrust. All bearings shall have a minimum B 10 life rating of 5 years in accordance with AFBMA life and thrust values. g. Vertical hollow-shaft motors will have nonreverse ratchets to prevent backspin. Non-reverse ratchets shall be suitable for duty with variable frequency drives. C. Low Voltage, Single Phase Motors: 1. Single phase motors shall be split-phase and capacitor-start induction types rated for continuous horsepower at the rpm indicated on the drawings or as required by the specifications. Motors shall be rated 115/230 volts, 60 Hertz, single phase, open dripproof, or totally enclosed fan cooled as indicated on the drawings or as required by the specifications, with temperature rise in accordance with NEMA Standards for Class B insulation. 2. Totally enclosed fan cooled motors shall be designed for severe-duty. 3. Motors shall have corrosion and fungus protective finish on internal and external surfaces. All fittings shall have a corrosion protective plating. 4. Mechanical characteristics shall be the same as specified for polyphase fractional horsepower motors. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Motor Connections: All motors shall be connected to the conduit system by means of a short section 18-inch minimum of liquid tight conduit unless otherwise indicated. For all motor connections of No. 4 AWG or larger wire size, the Contractor shall install a grounding conductor in the conduit and terminate at main conduit box and at the motor control center or variable frequency drive with approved ground lugs and clamps. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16150-6 Motors B. Low Voltage: For wire sizes #8 AWG and larger, long barrel tin-plated copper compression (hydraulically pressed) type connections (Burndy Co., or equal) shall be installed on the branch circuit wires and the motor leads. Bolted connections shall utilize products which are rated for vibration applications (bolt, nut and spring washer). All connections shall be insulated with heavy duty heat shrinkable material (Raychem Corp. or equal). 3.2 TESTS AND CHECKS A. The following tests shall be performed on all motors after installation but before putting motors into service. 1. The Contractor shall megger (1000 volts DC) each motor winding before energizing the motor, and, if insulation resistance is found to be low, shall notify the Engineer and shall not energize the motor. The following table gives minimum acceptable insulation resistance in megohms at various temperatures and for various voltages with readings being taken after one (1) minute of megger test run. Degrees Winding Temperature Voltage F C 115 V. 230 V. 4601L 37 3.9 60 108 210 50 10 32 60 120 68 20 13 26 50 86 30 5.6 11 21 104 45 2.4 4.5 8.8 122 50 1 2 3.7 140 60 0.50 0.85 1.6 2. The Contractor shall check all motors for correct clearances and alignment and for correct lubrication, and shall lubricate if required in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. The Contractor shall check direction of rotation of all motors and reverse connections if necessary. The correction for wrong rotational direction shall be made at the motor. 3. All tests shall meet the requirements of, but not be limited to, IEEE 43, 85 and 112. Efficiency tests for IEEE 112 shall include Method B. 4. The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a typed list of all motors 1 HP and larger listing the no load motor current and voltage and the full load current and voltage. Any phase current imbalance greater than 10% shall be reported to the Engineer. B. Field testing and commissioning shall be done in accordance with the latest revision of the "Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems" published by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA Standard ATS-2003). END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16150-7 Motors SECTION 16155 LOW VOLTAGE SOLID STATE MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This typical specification describes the requirements for a solid-state motor controller to provide voltage ramp soft starting of any standard A.C. induction motor in conjunction with an appropriately rated electromechanical starter. Units may also be used as solid state starters when the proper motor overload relay protection is provided. These controllers are normally provided as a superior alternative to other types of reduced voltage starting such as autotransformer, wye-delta, primary resistor and part winding. Advantages include smooth step-less acceleration, reduced inrush current, smaller physical size and higher duty cycle capability. Applications include but are not limited to HVAC, pumps, lumber processing, grinders, mixers and conveyors. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Project motor list to contain application description, environmental descriptions for low voltage solid state motor controller and motor information (if available). Drawings for the project are provided if applicable. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data for approval and final documentation in the quantities listed according to the Conditions of the Contract. All transmittals shall be identified by customer name, customer location and customer order number. 1.4 RELATED STANDARDS A. Unit(s) must be manufactured to the codes and standards listed below. 1. NEC B. Unit(s) must be approved or certified by the following agencies: 1. UL 2. CUL C. Unit(s) must be CE marked. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm with at least 15 years experience in manufacturing motor controllers. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in factory labeled packages. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16155-1 Low Voltage Solid State Motor Controllers B. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from potential damage from weather and construction operations. Store so condensation will not form on or in controller and if necessary, apply temporary heat where required to obtain suitable service conditions PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The low voltage solid state motor controllers shall be manufactured by Siemens Energy & Automation as type SIRIUS 3RW44 Reduced Voltage Starters, no equal. Approved manufacturers are as follows: 1. SIEMENS 2.2 CONSTRUCTION A. MECHANICAL 1. Units must be open type and house the logic board, power switches, heat sinks and cooling fans in one integral assembly. Optional NEMA 1, 4, 12 and 3R enclosures shall be offered. NEMA 1 and 3R units shall be ventilated while NEMA 12 or 4 enclosures shall include a properly sized bypass contactor. 2. Cooling fans shall be ball bearing type with internal impedance protection for the motor. 3. Units shall be sized such that they will fit inside of a 20" wide, 15" or 20" deep motor control center section at ratings up to 480A and will fit inside of a 30" wide, 15" or 20" deep motor control center section at ratings of 720A and above. 4. Optional line and load terminals shall be mountable for wire termination from the top and bottom respectively, for straight through wiring. 5. All set-up adjustments must be conveniently located on the front cover of the controller (not enclosure). These adjustments must be clearly marked on the cover of the controller to show function and direction of adjustment. Adjustments must be made via digital potentiometers for repeatability. 6. Two LED indicators shall be provided to indicate the status of the controller as follows: a. Power good/controller ready b. Controller starting c. Controller up-to-voltage (Output voltage equals line voltage) d. Phase loss fault e. EEPROM fault f. Shorted SCR fault Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16155-2 Low Voltage Solid State Motor Controllers 7. Power poles assemblies, snubber circuit board(s) and logic circuit board are to be removable as a one piece assembly. One logic assembly shall work in any size unit of any given line voltage range. 8. All printed circuit boards shall be conformal coated with a non-silicone base coating. 9. The circuit board and SCR's shall be noise immune per the IEC 947-4-2, EMC requirements. (See Section 111.8.11 below) B. ELECTRICAL 1. Voltage Ratings a. [200-460V AC, 50/60 Hz(3 wires/in-line motor loads)] b. [400-600V AC, 50/60 Hz] 1.) Input voltage variations a.) ±15% of nominal motor voltage, at a frequency of 48 to 52 or 58 to 62 Hz 2. Control Power Requirements optional ranges a. [24V DC][120V AC][230V AC]control power 3. Current Ratings (Operational Current) a. [35] [57] [69] [80] [105] [131] [195] [248] [361] [480] [720] [960] amperes (In line motor loads) b. [57][105][131][165] [195] [248][361][414] [602] [720][1200] [1600] amperes (Inside delta motor loads) 4. Operating Temperature a. 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F)without derating b. 50 to 70°C (32 to 158°F) derating 33% for every 10°C over 50°C to a maximum of 70°C 5. Permissible Altitude a. 1000m at rated current b. 2000m at .87 * rated current le c. 3000m at .77 * rated current le 6. Humidity a. 5 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing 7. Overload Ratings Duration: Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16155-3 Low Voltage Solid State Motor Controllers a. 600% FLA: 10 seconds @ 50°C and 15 seconds @ 25°C b. 500% FLA: 20 seconds @ 50°C and 30 seconds @ 25°C c. 450% FLA: 30 seconds @ 50°C and 45 seconds @ 25°C d. 300% FLA: 120 seconds @ 50°C and 180 seconds @ 25°C e. 200% FLA: 480 seconds @ 50°C and 720 seconds @ 25°C f. 115% FLA: Continuous @ 50°C and @ 25°C g. "Light duty"controllers are not acceptable. 8. Duty Cycle Rerating a. Less than 20 times in any 60 minute period. Control rating is equal to 100% of motor rating. b. 20 times in any 60 minute period. Control rating to be 133% of motor rating. c. 5 times in any 60 second period. Control rating to be 200% of motor rating. d. 10 times in any 60 second period. Control rating to be 300% of motor rating. 9. Phase Rotation a. Unit shall not be phase rotation sensitive. 10. Power Devices a. Power semiconductors shall be SCR's connected in inverse parallel configuration in each phase. 1.) PIV Ratings shall be 2.5 times nominal line voltage rating of units: a.) 200-460V units: 1200V PIV b.) 400-600V units: 1500V PIV 2.) Firing circuitry must utilize opto-isolated gate circuitry for hard firing of SCR's. Pulse transformers and "picket fence" firing are not acceptable. The gate drive circuit shall be optically coupled for noise immunity and long life. 11. Voltage Transient Suppression a. MOV's (Metal Oxide Varistors) shall be supplied as standard across the power devices to protect them from line transients. The MOV's shall clamp transient voltages to 10% below the PIV of the power devices. Voltage transient suppression shall not cause the power devices to turn Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16155-4 Low Voltage Solid State Motor Controllers on. Built-in MOV protection shall prevent the MOV's from outgassing when rating is exceeded. b. Resistor-capacitor snubber networks shall be supplied as standard to prevent the power devices from misfiring due to the dV/dt characteristics of the SCR's. 12. Noise Immunity a. Units shall be noise immune per IEC 947-4-2 Fast transient burst, Electrostatic discharge, RF electromagnetic fields and surges. 13. I/O Ratings a. Output contacts shall have NEMA B150 ratings and be solid state: 1.) Auxiliary normally open Run #1 contact 2.) Auxiliary normally open Up-To-Voltage contact 3.) Fault normally open contact 4.) Fault normally closed contact b. Inputs coils and power shall be solid state: 1.) Logic board power:(24VDC)[120VAC][230VAC]: 100Ma 2.) Fans power: a.) (24V DC Control: (1.) 69-105A:450mA (2.) 131-248: 300mA (3.) 361A: 600mA (4.) 480-960A: 900mAJ b.) [120V AC Control: (1.) 69-105A: 200mA (2.) 131-248: 150mA (3.) 361A: 300mA (4.) 480-960A: 450mA) c.) (230V AC Control (1.) 69-105A: 100mA (2.) 131-248: 75Ma Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16155-5 Low Voltage Solid State Motor Controllers (3.) 361A: 150mA (4.) 480-960A: 225mA] d.) (Run #1 Coil: (1.) 120V AC, 85VA max. (2.) 24V DC, 17VDC (3.) 230V AC, 170VAC] 2.3 FEATURES A. Functionality 1. The unit shall provide a closed loop voltage ramp start and stop. The control logic shall use a Digital Signal Processor (DSP) to provide an advanced contoured voltage ramp to produce a smooth acceleration and deceleration of the motor load. The voltage ramp contour shall adjust to compensate for motor efficiency as the motor speed increases during acceleration and decreases during deceleration. During stopping, the motor voltage should ramp down quickly to the stall point of the motor and then return to the set stop ramp. Stop Time T2 adjustment will allow the motor to finish decelerating. Microprocessor and analog control logic shall not be acceptable. The voltage ramp shall have an Initial Torque, Start Time, Stop Time digital potentiometer adjustments. 2. The unit shall be capable and rated for wiring in line for 3 and 9 lead Wye motor and inside delta for 6 or 12 lead Delta motors. Delta motors must be wired inside the delta using either a fault contactor or a shunt trip circuit breaker. The type of motor configuration used must be selectable via a dip switch. 3. The unit shall be configured to operate in conjunction with a bypass contactor and isolation contactor. Bypass and isolation contactors must have timing delays for protection of off state switching transients and maximize contact life. This configuration must be user selectable time delay internal to the unit to allow starting and stopping of the motor via the controller. 4. Unit must be compatible with Actuator-Sensor Interface bus technology B. Adjustments 1. Initial Torque Adjustment Ranges a. 30 - 80% of nominal voltage 2. Start Time and Decel Timer Adjustment Ranges a. 0.5 - 60 seconds, standard C. I/O Points 1. Inputs: a. 120V Control Power Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16155-6 Low Voltage Solid State Motor Controllers b. Motor Run#1 Coil 2. Outputs: a. N.O.Auxiliary Run#1 Contact b. N.O. Up-To-Voltage Contact c. N.O. Fault Contact 3. Diagnostics: a. LED 1 (Top) 1.) Constant Display: Controller is ready for operation 2.) Single Flashing: FAULT: Main voltage phase loss 3.) Double Flashing: FAULT: EEPROM parity error b. LED 2 (Bottom) 1.) Constant Display: Output voltage equals line voltage, i.e., motor is up to speed 2.) Single Flashing: Output voltage is less than line voltage, i.e., motor is starting or stopping 3.) Double Flashing: FAULT: Shorted SCR 2.4 ACCESSORIES AND SPARES A. The following spare parts shall be included: 1. [Spare Indicating Lights: One of each type installed] 2. [Selector Switches: One of Each type] PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Examine surfaces of the controller for a scratch-free appearance. Continue installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust settings to comply with the one line drawing. B. The installed product shall be in a clean, plumb and professional manner. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16155-7 Low Voltage Solid State Motor Controllers C. Clean exposed surfaces using manufacturer recommended materials and methods. Touch-up damaged coating and finishes using non-abrasive materials and methods recommended by manufacturer. Eliminate all visible evidence of repair. 3.3 TESTING A. Perform factory and installation tests in accordance with applicable NEC, NEMA and UL requirements. 3.4 WARRANTY A. Equipment manufacturer warrants that all goods supplied are free of non-conformities in workmanship and materials for one year from date of initial operation, but not more than eighteen months from date of shipment. 3.5 STARTUP SERVICES A. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16155-8 Low Voltage Solid State Motor Controllers SECTION 16191 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install all miscellaneous equipment as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. This Section provides the requirements for miscellaneous equipment typically employed in a facility, however, not all components specified in this Section are necessarily utilized on this project. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section SC01340 — SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES, detailed catalog information or drawings with sufficient detail to determine compliance with the specifications including describing electrical and physical characteristics of all equipment specified. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Equipment enclosures shall have NEMA ratings suitable for the location in which they are installed, as specified in Section 16000. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Disconnect Switches 1. Disconnect switches shall be NEMA 4X heavy-duty, quick-make, quick-break, visible blades, 600 Volt, 3 Pole with full cover interlock, interlock defeat and flange mounted operating handle unless otherwise noted. All current carrying parts shall be copper. 2. NEMA 4X enclosures shall be stainless steel. 3. NEMA 7 enclosures shall be cast aluminum. 4. Lugs shall be copper. 5. All exterior hardware shall be stainless steel. 6. Switches shall be as manufactured by Cutler Hammer, Square D Company or General Electric Company. B. Fused Disconnect Switches 1. Fused disconnect switches shall be NEMA 4X heavy-duty, quick-make, quick- break, visible blades, 600 Volt, 3 Pole with full cover interlock, interlock defeat Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16191 -1 Miscellaneous Equipment and flange mounted operating handle unless otherwise noted. All current carrying parts shall be copper. 2. Fuses shall be rejection type, 600 Volts, 200,000 A.I.C., dual element, time delay, Bussman Fusetron, Class RK-5 or equal. 3. NEMA 4X enclosures shall be stainless steel. 4. NEMA 7 enclosures shall be cast aluminum. 5. Lugs shall be copper. 6. All exterior hardware shall be stainless steel. 7. Switches shall be as manufactured by Cutler Hammer, Square D Company or General Electric Company. C. Manual Motor Starters 1. Manual starters shall be furnished and installed for all typed of single-phase motors. Manual starters shall be non-reversing, reversing or two speed type as required. NEMA sizes shall be as required for the actual horsepower of the motor furnished. Manual starters shall have motor overload protection in each phase. Built-in control stations shall be furnished as required or as shown on the Drawings. 2. NEMA 4X enclosures shall be stainless steel. 3. NEMA 7 enclosures shall be cast aluminum. 4. Manual motor starters shall be as manufactured by Cutler Hammer, Square D Company or General Electric Company. D. Magnetic Motor Starters 1. Motor starters shall be 2 or 3 Pole, single or 3 Phase as required, 60 Hz, 600 Volt, magnetically operated, full voltage non-reversing unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. NEMA sizes shall be as required for the horsepowers shown on the Drawings. 2. Two speed starters shall be for single or two winding motors as required by the actual motor furnished or as shown on the Drawings. 3. Each motor starter shall have a 120 Volt operating coil, and control power transformer. Starters shall have motor overload protection in each phase. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as required or as shown on the Drawings. A minimum of one N.O. and one N.C. auxiliary contacts shall be provided in addition to the contacts shown on the Drawings. 4. Overload relays shall be non-adjustable, ambient compensated and manually reset. 5. Control power transformers shall be sized for additional load where required. Transformer secondaries shall be equipped with time-delay fuses. 6. Built-in control stations and indicating lights shall be furnished as specified herein where shown on the Drawings. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16191 -2 Miscellaneous Equipment 7. NEMA 4X enclosures shall be stainless steel. 8. NEMA Type 7 enclosures shall be cast aluminum. 9. Magnetic motor starters shall be as manufactured by Cutler Hammer, Square D Company or General Electric Company. E. Combination Magnetic Motor Starters 1. Motor starters shall be a combination motor circuit protector and contactor, 2 or 3 Pole, single or 3 Phase as required, 60 Hz, 600 Volt, magnetically operated, full voltage non-reversing unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. NEMA sizes shall be as required for the horsepowers shown on the Drawings. Motor circuit protectors shall be molded case with adjustable magnetic trip only. They shall be specifically designed for use with magnetic motor starters. Motor circuit protectors shall be current limiting type, with additional current limiters if required. Combination motor starters shall be fully rated for 65,000 Amps RMS symmetrical. 2. Two speed starters shall be for single or two winding motors as required by the actual motor furnished or as shown on the Drawings. 3. Reduced voltage starters: Auto-transformer type with closed circuit transition. Auto-transformers shall be dry type with 50, 65 and 80 percent voltage taps and over-temperature protection. Timing relays shall be pneumatic, adjustable. Relay settings shall be approximately 75 percent of relay range. 4. Each motor starter shall have a 120 Volt operating coil, and control power transformer. Starters shall have motor overload protection in each phase. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as required or as shown on the Drawings. A minimum of one N.O. and one N.C. auxiliary contacts shall be provided in addition to the contacts shown on the Drawings. 5. Overload relays shall be non-adjustable, ambient compensated and manually reset. 6. Control power transformers shall be sized for additional load where required. Transformer secondaries shall be equipped with time-delay fuses. 7. Built-in control stations and indicating lights shall be furnished as specified herein where shown on the Drawings. 8. NEMA 4X enclosures shall be stainless steel. 9. NEMA Type 7 enclosures shall be cast aluminum. 10. Combination magnetic motor starters shall be as manufactured by Cutler Hammer, Square D Company or General Electric Company. 11. Reduced voltage starters: Auto-transformer type with closed transition. Auto- transformers shall be dry type with 50, 65 and 80 percent voltage taps and over- temperature protection. Timing relays shall be electronic, adjustable. Relay settings shall be approximately 75 percent of relay range. F. Control Stations and Indicators 1. Control stations shall be heavy-duty type, with full size (30.5mm) NEMA 4X or 7 operators, indicators, etc. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16191 -3 Miscellaneous Equipment 2. Indicators shall be full voltage and push-to-test type. Indicators located indoors shall be LED type and indicators located outdoors shall be incandescent lamp type. 3. NEMA 4X enclosures shall be stainless steel. 4. NEMA 7 enclosures shall be cast aluminum. 5. Control stations shall be Square D Company Class 9001, similar by Cutler Hammer or General Electric Company. G. General Purpose Dry Type Transformers 1. Transformers shall be dry type, two-winding with kVA and voltage ratings as shown on the Drawings. 2. Four full capacity taps shall be furnished, two 2-1/2 percent above and four 2-1/2 percent below rated primary voltage. 3. Maximum temperature rise shall be 80 degrees C. Windings shall be copper. 4. Transformers shall be built in accordance with ANSI C89.2 and NEMA ST-20. 5. Transformers shall be provided in NEMA 1 enclosures unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or as required by Section 16000. Where a NEMA 4X and/or stainless steel enclosure is required, the transformer shall be of the TENV type. 6. Transformers shall be furnished with hot dipped galvanized mounting hardware. Where a NEMA 4X and/or stainless steel enclosure is required, the hardware shall be 316 stainless steel. 7. Transformers shall be manufactured by the Square D Company or equal. H. Integral Transformer and Distribution Center 1. Furnish and install, single-phase and three-phase general purpose individually mounted integral transformer and distribution centers of the two-winding type, self-cooled, with ratings and voltages as indicated on the drawings. Intergral transformer and distribution centers shall be Servicenter, as manufactured by General Electric, Mini-Power Center, as manufacturered by Cutler Hammer, or Mini-Power Zone, as manufactured by Square D. 2. Integral transformer and distribution center shall have a main breaker, a transformer and a secondary panelboard with a main breaker. 3. Maximum temperature rise shall be 80 degrees C. Windings shall be copper. 4. Circuit breakers shall be bolt on type. 5. Enclosures shall be NEMA 12 for climate controlled electrical rooms and non process areas, and NEMA 4X stainless steel for damp, wet, corrosive and process areas. Noise Isolation Transformers 1. Transformers shall be dry type, two-winding with kVA and voltage ratings as shown on the Drawings. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16191 -4 Miscellaneous Equipment 2. Furnish a minimum of four full capacity taps; two 2-1/2 percent above and two 2- 1/2 percent below rated primary voltage. 3. Furnish electrostatic shielding and "spike" suppression. 4. Maximum temperature rise shall be 80 degrees C. Windings shall be copper. 5. Transformers shall be furnished with hot dipped galvanized mounting hardware. 6. Transformers shall be General Electric Company's "Guard II"; Topaz "Ultra- Isolator" or equal. J. Transient Voltage Surge Protection 1. Lightning and surge protection shall be as manufactured by Advanced Protection Technologies or equal. Models based on voltage and phase shall be: a. TE/1 HP 120/240 volt, single phase b. TE/11 HP 120 volt, single phase c. TE/12HP 240 volt, single phase d. TE/2HP 120/208 volt, three phase e. TE/3HP 120/240 volt, three phase f. TE/4HP 277/480 volt, three phase g. TE/5HP 480 volt, three phase K. Wireway 1. NEMA 1 wireway shall be gasketed painted steel with stainless steel screw covers. 2. NEMA 4X wireway shall be 316 stainless steel with gasketed clamped covers. 3. NEMA 1 wireway shall be Square-Duct as manufactured by the Square D Co.; NEMA 4X shall be Bulletin F-22 as manufactured by the Hoffman Engineering Co. or equal. L. Control Relays 1. Control relays shall be heavy duty machine tool type, with 10 Amp, 300 Volt convertible contacts. Number of contacts and coil voltage shall be as shown on the Drawings. General use relays shall be Square D Company, Class 8501 Type X, similar by; Cutler-Hammer, Allen-Bradley Company or General Electric Company. Latching relays shall be Square D Company, Class 8501 Type X, similar by; Cutler-Hammer, Allen-Bradley Company or General Electric Company. 2. Time delay relays shall be electronic, 600 Volt, 20 Amp contacts, with calibrated knob operated adjustment and numerical time dial. On delay and off delay types and timing ranges shall be as shown on the Drawings or as required for proper operation of the actual equipment furnished. Relays shall be Agastat Model 7012 or 7022 or equal. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16191 -5 Miscellaneous Equipment M. Polyethylene Warning Tape 1. Warning tape shall be red polyethylene film, 6-in minimum width. 2. Warning tape shall be W.H. Brady Co., Catalog No. 91296 or equal. N. Terminal Blocks 1. Terminal blocks shall be 600 Volt, channel mounted, with tubular screw and pressure plate. 2. Terminal blocks shall be Bulletin 1492-CA1 as manufactured by the Allen- Bradley Co. or equal. 0. JIC Boxes for GF Receptacles 1. JIC boxes shall be 6-inches x 6-inches x 4-inches aluminum continuous hinge clamp cover boxes, Hoffman Catalog Number A-606 CHAL with Type L23 stainless steel fast operating JIC clamp, or equal. 2. Install 1- 1/2-inch bushings in bottom of box for cord and plug to pass through. P. Corrosion Inhibitors 1. All equipment enclosures, terminal boxes, etc, located in a NEMA 4X rated area (where shown on the Drawings) that contains electrical or electronic equipment or terminal strips shall be furnished with an internally mounted, chemically treated corrosion inhibitor pad. 2. The corrosion inhibitor pads shall be as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co.; 3M or equal. Q. Equipment Mounting Stands 1. Equipment mounting stands shall be custom fabricated from 1/4-in 316 stainless steel plate and 3-in 316 stainless steel channel, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2. All hardware shall be 316 stainless steel. R. Emergency Shower Alarm Horn and Light 1. Emergency shower alarm horn shall be vibrating type for 120 Volts, 60 Hz and shall be Federal Signal Corp.; Catalog No. 350+WB for surface mounting, Catalog No. 350+FG+FB for flush mounting, similar by Benjamin Co.; Edwards Co. or equal. 2. Emergency shower alarm light shall be a flashing strobe unit with red fresnel globe, for use on a 120 Volts, 60 Hz power supply, and shall be Benjamin Catalog No. KL-401 1-120, similar by Federal Signal; Edwards Co. or equal.] S. Intrinsically Safe Relays 1. Intrinsically safe relays shall be solid state type with 5 Amp output contacts, suitable for use on a 120 Volt, 60 Hz power supply and shall be FM approved for pilot devices in Class I, Division 1, Group D hazardous atmospheres. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16191 -6 Miscellaneous Equipment 2. Intrinsically safe relays shall be Gems Solid State Safe-Pak as manufactured by Gems Sensors, Division of Transamerica Delaval, Inc. or equal. T. Lighting Contactor 1. Lighting contactor shall be of the electrically operated, mechanically held type mounted in NEMA 1, enclosures (except where noted otherwise on the Drawings) with number of poles as noted on the Drawings. Operating coils shall be rated for 120 Volts unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings and shall be for momentary operation. Provide with "Hand Off-Auto" switch on cover where shown on the Drawings. 2. Contactors shall be rated for 20 Amps, 600 VAC and shall be Automatic Switch Co., Bulletin 917 RC, similar by Square D Co.; Cutler Hammer/Westinghouse or equal. U. Beacon Alarm Light 1. Beacon alarm light for building exterior mounting shall be flush mounted, weatherproof construction and have a 750,000 candlepower xenon strobe tube and red polycarbonate lens. Beacon alarm light shall be Federal Signal, Model 371 DST. V. Alarm Horn and Light 1. Alarm horn shall be vibrating type for 120 volts, 60 Hertz and shall be Federal Signal Corp. Cat. No. 350 + WB for surface mounting, Federal Signal Corp. Cat. No. 350+FG+FB for flush mounting, equal by Benjamin Co. or Edwards Co. or equal. 2. Alarm light shall be a NEMA 4X flashing strobe unit with red glass globe, for use on a 120 volts, 60 Hertz power supply, and shall be Federal Signal Co. Model 19 1X, or equal.] W. Photocells 1. The photocells shall be suitable for power duty with individual fixtures or for pilot duty with contactors as detailed on the Drawings. Enclosure shall be NEMA 3R or 4. Contacts shall be rated for 2,000 watts continuous at 120 Volts. The unit shall turn on at 1.5 footcandles and off at 5.5 footcandles. 2. Photocells shall be Tork, Model 2101 or equal. X. 24-Hour Programmable Timers 1. Unless otherwise specified, time switches shall be of the programmable type capable of being programmed at the intervals as noted on the Drawings over a 24- hour day. Program tabs shall be easily set by hand without tools to obtain or to change the desired programming schedule. The switching condition shall be maintained when adjacent tabs are set alike. 2. The unit shall be powered by a self-starting, enclosed, 120 Volt, synchronous motor capable of continuous accurate operation. A reserve power, precision wound spring and associated escapement device shall be integrally mounted to maintain time settings during power failures of up to 24 hours. 3. The switch mechanism shall be a self-contained unit rated at not less than 20 Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16191 -7 Miscellaneous Equipment Amps, 120 Volts, single pole, double throw and shall be readily replaceable in the field. 4. An omitting device shall be furnished as an integral part of the time switching operation to be skipped for any preselected day or days of the week. 5. Unless otherwise specified, time switches shall be as manufactured by Intermatic; Tork; Paragon or equal. 2.02 CONTROL SYSTEM A. The Manufacturer shall provide a complete and fully functional control system to manually or automatically operate the control system as specified herein and in other applicable sections of these specifications. All Manufacturers recommended safety devices shall be furnished to protect operators. All control devices, unless specified otherwise, shall be mounted in the Control Panel. B. Control Panel Construction 1. The control panel shall consist of a main circuit breaker, a motor circuit protector (MCP) and magnetic starter for each motor, and a 120-volt control power transformer (fused on primary and secondary). All control components shall be mounted in one common enclosure. Control switches shall provide means to operate each motor manually or automatically. 2. Unless specifically noted otherwise, the electrical control equipment shall be mounted within a NEMA 4X enclosure, constructed of not less than 14 gauge 316 stainless steel. Latches shall be quarter turn quick release type and all hardware shall be 316 stainless steel. Where NEMA 3R or 12 enclosures are specifically required, the door shall be provided with a pad-lockable vault type 3-point latch. The enclosure shall be equipped with a door and shall incorporate a removable back panel on which control components shall be mounted. Back panel shall be secured to enclosure with collar studs. Door(s) shall be interlocked with main circuit breaker and provided with pad-locking provision. 3. All motor branch circuit breakers, motor starters and control relays shall be of highest industrial quality, securely fastened to the removable back panels with screws and lock washers. Back panels shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self-tapping screws shall not be used to mount any component. 4. A thermal-magnetic air circuit breaker, Type FH as manufactured by the Square D Company, or equal, shall be furnished for the main breaker. All circuit breakers shall be sealed by the manufacturer after calibration to prevent tampering. Each circuit breaker shall be adequately sized to meet the equipment operating conditions. Motor Circuit protectors (MCP) shall be molded case with adjustable magnetic trip only, "Mag-Gard" as manufactured by the Square D or equal. 5. An open frame, across-the-line, NEMA-rated magnetic motor/starter, Class 8536 as manufactured by the Square D Company, or equal, shall be furnished for each motor. All motor starters shall be provided with motor circuit protectors and equipped to provide under-voltage release and overload protection on all three phases. Motor starter contacts shall be easily replaceable without removing the motor starter from its mounted position. Overloads shall be of the melting alloy or bi-metallic type, adjustable overloads are not acceptable, Class 10 quick trip overloads shall be provided for all submersible motors. Overload reset push- buttons shall be located on the exterior of the door. Normally open and normally closed auxiliary motor overload contacts wired to terminal blocks shall be Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16191 -8 Miscellaneous Equipment provided for each motor starter within the control panel 6. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm condition. Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as required by Divisions 13, 16 and as shown on the drawings. 7. All operating control and instruments shall be securely mounted on the exterior door. All controls and instruments shall be clearly labeled to indicate function. All exterior mounted equipment shall be NEMA 4X. 8. Mode selector switches shall be Hand-Off-Auto type to permit override of automatic control and manual actuation of shutdown. Switches shall be NEMA 4X (800H)as manufactured by Allen-Bradley, or equal, providing three (3) switch positions, each of which shall be clearly labeled according to function. 9. Indicator lamps shall be LED (indoors) or Incandescent (outdoors) full voltage type and mounted in NEMA 4X (800H) modules, as manufactured by Allen- Bradley. Lamp modules shall be equipped to operate at 120 volt input. Lamps shall be easily replaceable from the front of the control compartment door without removing lamp module from its mounted position. Indicators shall be provided for individual motor run and an indicator for each failure condition. 10. A six (6) digit, nonreset elapsed time meter shall be connected to each motor starter to indicate the total running time of each motor in "hours" and "tenth of hours". The elapsed time meters shall be Series T50 as manufactured by the ENM Company or equal. 11. A failure alarm with horn and beacon light shall be provided. Silence and reset pushbuttons shall also be furnished. A common failure reset pushbutton shall be provided to reset the alarm conditions (reset shall occur only if fault condition has been cleared). The alarm horn shall be weatherproof rated with gasket (Federal Signal Corporation, Cat. #350 or equal). The alarm beacon shall be NEMA 4X rated, red lense and solid state flasher(Ingam Products Inc. LRX-40). 12. The control panel shall operate on a power supply of 480 volts, 3-phase, 60 hertz unless otherwise noted. 13. The control diagrams and overload tables shall be laminated to the inside of the door except where door space is limited the laminated documents shall be in the print storage pocket. 14. Print storage pockets shall be provided on the inside of each panel. Pocket shall be of sufficient size as required to hold all prints necessary to service the equipment. A set of reduced drawings shall be provided for each panel, fixed to fit in the storage pocket. 15. A duplex GFCI utility receptacle (circuit breaker protected) providing 120 volts, 60 Hertz, single phase current shall be mounted on the side of the enclosure. 16. The control panel shall include an adjustable time delay relay to prevent any two motors from starting simultaneously. All timing relays shall be solid state, with pin (octal) and bases, relays shall be T-series as manufactured by Diversified Electronics Inc. or equal. 17. Alternators shall be provided to sequence motors, alternators shall be 008-120-1 3SP or 009-120-23AP as manufactured by Sta-con, or equal. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16191 -9 Miscellaneous Equipment 18. A phase monitor shall be provided for the control panel, monitors shall be model SUA-440-ASA as manufactured by Diversified Electronics Inc., or equal. 19. All exterior mounted equipment shall be rated NEMA 4X. Hinged NEMA 4X 316 stainless steel viewing windows will be permitted where such equipment is not available with a NEMA 4X rating. 20. The control panel shall be provided with lightning and surge protection. Protection devices shall be mounted within the control panel enclosure. Lead lengths shall not be longer than 12 inches from the main circuit breaker. Protection shall be as manufactured by Advanced Protection Technologies (APT) for the power supply voltage: a. TE/5XF - 480 VAC, 3-Phase b. TE/4XF - 480/277 VAC, 3-Phase c. TE/3XF - 120/240 VAC, 3-Phase d. TE/2XF - 120/208 VAC, 3-Phase e. TE/1XF - 120/240 VAC, 1-Phase 21. All control panel wiring shall be numbered at both ends with type written heat shrinkable wire markers. 22. Wiring shall be stranded copper, minimum size #14 AWG (except for shielded instrumentation cable), with 600 volt, 90 degree C, flame retardant, Type MTW thermoplastic insulation. 23. The control panel shall be provided with nameplates identifying each component, selector switches, pilot lights, etc.. Nameplates shall be permanently affixed using an epoxy process (inner door nameplates shall be fastened with stainless steel screws). Nameplates shall be laminated plastic, engraved white letters with a black background. 24. All control panels shall be provided with a master nameplate located on the exterior door. 25. Where applicable provide a nameplate which reads as follows "CAUTION - THIS PANEL CONTAINS A VOLTAGE FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE." Letters shall be black on a high visibility yellow background. 26. Corrosion Inhibitor Emitter: Inclusion of an industrial corrosion inhibitor emitter that shall protect internal components of control panel from corrosion for up to one year. One spare emitter shall be provided for each control panel. 27. All control relays shall be have 10 amp rated contacts (minimum), 11 pin with mounting base , 3PDT (minimum), with LED indicators to show relay status, relays shall be manufactured by Potter Brumfield or equal. 28. Terminal blocks shall be 600 volt heavy duty rated, tubular clamp type. Terminal strips shall be Allen Bradley catalog #1492-CA-1 or equal. Each terminal shall be individually labeled. 29. The completed control panel assembly shall be U.L. certified. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16191 -10 Miscellaneous Equipment 30. Intrinsically safe relays shall be solid state type with 5 amp output contacts, suitable for use on 120 volt, 60 hertz power supply and shall be Factory Mutual approved for devices in Class 1, Division 1 hazardous atmospheres. Intrinsically safe relays shall be Gems Solid State Safe-Pak as manufactured by Gems Sensors, Division of Transamerica Delaval, Inc. or equal. 31. All electronic control equipment (i.e. controllers, isolators, signal boosters, transmitters, PLC's, etc) shall be as specified in Division 13. 32. A copper ground bar with sufficient terminals for all field and panel ground connections shall be provided. 33. All signal wiring entering and exiting the control panel shall be provided with surge protection. Surge protection shall be as specified in Division 13. 34. An 8-inch (minimum) clear space within the enclosure shall be provided horizontally along the entire top and bottom of the control panel. A 4-inch (minimum) clear space within the enclosure shall be provided vertically along the entire sides of the control panel. No devices, terminals, etc. shall be installed within this space, the space shall be provided for field conduit and wiring access only. 35. All wiring within the control panel shall be color coded or coded using electrical tape in sizes where colored insulation is not available. The following coding shall be used. For different system voltages, the color coding shall be as required by the Engineer. System Wire Color 480 Volts 3 Phase Ground Green Neutral (As Required) White Phase A Brown Phase B Phase C Orange Yellow Control (Individual Conductors) AC DC Foreign Red Blue Yellow 36. See instrument drawings and specifications for remote control and monitoring interface requirements to the plant control system. C. Spare Parts 1. The following number of spare parts shall be furnished for each control panel. a. 1 Indicator light assembly b. 2 control relays for each type furnished c. 5 fuses for each type/size furnished d. 1 set thermal overloads for each size furnished Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16191 - 11 Miscellaneous Equipment e. 1 selector switch for each type furnished f. 1 starter coil for each size furnished PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Stands Field mounted disconnects, pushbutton control stations, etc, shall be mounted on 316 stainless steel stands as specified herein or as shown on the Drawings. Where clearance requirements for stands may not be maintained, the Engineer may direct equipment to be wall-mounted adjacent to the motor or device, but in no case shall the distance from the motor or device to the control station exceed 3-ft. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16191 -12 Miscellaneous Equipment SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Nameplates. B. Wire and cable markers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's printed product data. B. Schedule: Include schedule for nameplates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, black letters on a white background. B. Wire and cable markers: Split sleeve or tubing type, plastic, equal to Brady Type XC or T&B Type SM. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates. B. Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines. C. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws or rivets. Secure nameplates to inside face of recessed panelboard doors in finished locations. Exception: Two-part epoxy glue may be used for NEMA 4/4X enclosures. 3.2 WIRE IDENTIFICATION A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and a load connection. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits, and with control wire number as indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams for control wiring. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16195- 1 Electrical Identification 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Provide nameplates to identify all electrical distribution and control equipment, and loads served. Letter height: 1/8-inch for individual switches and loads served; 1/4-inch for distribution and control equipment identification. B. Panelboards, Switchboards and Motor Control Centers: 1/4-inch; identify equipment designation; 1/8-inch; identify voltage rating and source. C. Transformers: 1/4-inch; identify equipment designation; 1/8-inch; identify primary and secondary voltages, primary source, and secondary load and location. D. Switches and Receptacles: Where indicated provide nameplates with 1/8-inch letters. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16195-2 Electrical Identification SECTION 16370 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section covers ac voltage source, pulse width modulated (PWM) type variable frequency drives for variable speed variable torque fan and pump loads as shown on the drawings or specified on project motor lists. 1. General. Equipment provided under this section shall be fabricated, assembled, erected and placed in proper operating condition in full conformity with the drawings, specifications, engineering data, instructions and recommendations of the equipment manufacturer, unless the engineer notes exceptions. 2. Governing Standards. Each variable frequency drive shall be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with the applicable standards of NEMA, ANSI, UL and IEEE and shall be designed for installation in accordance with the NEC. The drives shall be UL listed. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Project motor list to contain application description, environmental descriptions for variable frequency drive and motor information (if available). Drawings for the project are provided if applicable. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. The shop drawing submittals shall include the following information for each size and type of drive being furnished: 1. Drawings a. Name of manufacturer. b. Types and model numbers. c. Rated drive power. d. Percent efficiency at 100 percent speed and 100 percent load. e. Front and side views with overall dimensions and weights shown; and nameplate legends. f. Schematics, including interlocks. g. Wiring diagrams, including all internal and external devices and terminal blocks. h. List of diagnostic indicators. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16370- 1 Variable Frequency Drives List of spare drives and/or parts to be furnished. B. Test Reports. Drives supplier to provide typical factory test description with the project bid. Drives are to be 100% tested at the factory prior to shipment. All drives are to be powered with a motor load. C. Manufacturer's field reports. Drives commissioned in the field by the manufacturer are to include start-up report. The report will include installation overview, application description, drive wiring description and parameter settings as programmed for the application. Comments on drive performance as commissioned shall be also noted in the field report. D. Operation and maintenance data. Provide CD ROM to include, but not limited to, the following items. Printed manuals, if required, are to be specified in the motor project list. 1. Operation & maintenance manual 2. Start-up software 3. Option descriptions and drawings 4. Harmonics software 1.4 RELATED STANDARDS A. The VFD shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of the IEEE and NEMA standards. (The VFD shall be rated for compatibility with NEMA design B premium efficiency motors.) B. The VFD shall be UL and cUL listed for power conversion equipment 5633 for use in pollution degree 2 environments and labeled accordingly. C. The VFD shall comply with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC as amended by Directive 98/68/EEC and shall be CE marked accordingly. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The VFD shall be designed and manufactured to a quality management system in according with ISO 9001. The VFD shall be supplied by a manufacturer who has considerable experience in the design and manufacturing of VFD of the ratings specified for a period of at least ten (10) years. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. The construction/installation manager is to protect the inverter against physical shocks and vibration during transport or storage. The equipment shall also be protected against water (rainfall) and excessive temperatures. Installation after a prolonged period of storage may require reform of the capacitors in the inverter. Consult manufacturer for details. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16370-2 Variable Frequency Drives A. The variable frequency drive shall be manufactured by Siemens Energy&Automation as type MICROMASTER MM430, no equal. Approved manufacturers are as follows: 1. SIEMENS 2.2 GENERAL A. Provide variable frequency controllers suitable for operating variable torque loads such as those found in fans and pumps. Controllers shall meet or exceed the ratings listed below: 1. Rated input voltage: 400-480 volts plus or minus 10 percent, three-phase. Rated frequency: 50 or 60 hertz plus or minus 2 percent. 2. VFD power range to be available from 10 to 350HP where VFD shares common programming, human interface and options. Product family to be available in 4 mechanical sizes as follows: Frame size W x H x D (mm)W x H x D (in.) Weight(lbs) C 185x245x1957.3x9.6x7.7 12.1 D 275 x 520 x 24510.8 x 20.5 x 9.6 35 E 275x650x24510.8x25.6x9.6 44 F 350 x 850 x 32013.8 x 33.5 x 12.6 123 Fx 326 x 1400 x 356 12.8 x 55.1 x 14.1 242 Gx 326 x 1533 x 545 12.8 x 60.4 x 21.5 375 3. Motor nameplate voltage: 460 volts, three phase 60 hertz (as specified on motor list). 4. Displacement power factor: between 1.0 and 0.95, lagging, over entire range of operating speed and load. 5. Operating ambient: 32 to 104 degrees F or 0 to 40 degrees C up to 350HP. 6. Minimum efficiency at full load: 96 -97 percent. 2.3 PRODUCT SPECIFICS A. The Variable speed drive is to have these characteristics: 1. Variable frequency drive shall have modular construction to allow for maximum configuration flexibility. 2. Inputs and outputs for the VFD to include six fully programmable isolated digital inputs with the option for a 7th and 8th, Both scalable analog inputs can also be used as the 7th and 8th digital input, Two fully programmable analog outputs and three fully programmable relay outputs. 3. Silent motor operation is possible when using high switching frequencies. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16370-3 Variable Frequency Drives 4. Complete inverter and motor protection. 5. Product to provide simple commissioning macro to program the VFD for the application, motor data and control information. In addition, the drive to provide automatic calibrate routine to optimize motor electrical characteristics within the VFD. 2.4 FEATURES & PERFORMANCE A. The VFD is to include these inverter features as a minimum: 1. Latest IGBT technology and Digital microprocessor control. 2. Linear V/Hz control and/or Quadratic V/Hz control shall be provided. 3. Binary Connector (BiCo) technology for customizing signals as required by the application. In addition, the VFD shall include pump staging or bypass control logic as standard in the drive. 4. PID control loop for process control shall be provided. 5. Fast, repeatable digital input response time with NPN/PNP Source-Sink control adaptability. As a minimum, the drive shall provide at least six programmable digital inputs for control of these typical inverter functions: a. On Fwd b. Fault reset c. External trip d. External MOP set point frequency control. e. Fixed frequency presets up to (15)different settings. f. Analog reference switch 6. As a minimum, the drive shall provide three digital outputs for signal indication of any one of these functions: a. Inverter running b. Inverter frequency 0.0 hertz. c. Motor direction in reverse d. Fault indication e. Warning active f. Dry well indication 7. RS-485 Serial Port to be provided standard in the VFD. In addition, an optional RS232 cable adapter kit with STARTER or DRIVE MONITOR Software Commissioning Tool to be provided if requested in project motor list. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16370-4 Variable Frequency Drives 8. Programmable acceleration/ deceleration, 0 s to 650s with Multi-curve, adjustable ramp smoothing. 9. Flying restart. 10. Automatic restart following power failure or fault. 11. Fast current limit (FCL)for trip free operation. 12. Fine speed adjustment using a high-resolution 10-bit analog input. 13. Injection and Compound braking shall also be provided for rapid controlled braking. 14. Four skip frequencies. 15. The manufacturer of the VFD to provide digital keypad/display capable of controlling the drive and setting the drive parameters. The digital display will have a 4 line by 16-character LCD panel that is backlit for easy readability. The LCD device for the VFD will be capable of bus master operation with multiple AC drives of the same family. Broadcast messages shall be possible. The operator panel shall have the capability to store up to 3 different parameter sets. A minimum of 5 languages will be available in the device. The panel can normally display: a. Frequency in hertz. b. Drive status c. Output voltage. d. Output current. 16. The digital keypad shall allow operators to enter exact numerical settings in English engineering units. These parameters shall be adjustable for specific project application requirements on site. All setup operations and adjustments will be digital, stored in non-volatile (EEPROM) memory. No analog or potentiometer adjustments will be allowed. As a standard feature, these variables shall be protected from unauthorized tampering, revision, or adjustment by password code. The digital keyboard shall have eight keys to provide easy programming of the drive. These keys shall include: a. Up and down arrow keys to increase or decrease output frequency or data values. b. Run and stop keys for starting and stopping in the manual mode. c. Program key to enter the program mode and adjust parameters. d. Local/remote key to switch control locations for "run" and set point control. 17. Provide the following short circuit and input protective features: a. Solid-state instantaneous overcurrent trip set at 275 percent. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16370-5 Variable Frequency Drives b. Under voltage protection. c. Transient surge protection. d. Transistor over temperature and over current protection. e. Current limit circuit to automatically phase back output current and frequency to prevent excessive currents from damaging motor insulation (frequency output rollback). f. Microprocessor fault/memory chip error. g. DC bus over voltage trip. 18. Provide the following output protective features: a. Inverse time motor overload protection, UL approved for motor protection, (I squared T trip). b. Thermal sensor detection, thermistor or thermostat for motor over temperature. c. Protection against opening or shorting of motor leads. d. Critical frequency avoidance circuit. Four (4) set points selective from 0 to maximum frequency. Bandwidth of set points to be adjustable. 19. RS485 communications interface is to provide monitoring and setting of all operating and fault parameters within the VFD. In addition, the RS485 interface shall be capable of monitoring digital input status of the VFD while providing direct access to the relay outputs and the analog outputs of the drive. Additional communication protocols such as Profibus (up to 12 MB) shall be provided if requested in project motor list. 20. The following conditions shall cause an orderly drive shutdown and lockout: a. Overcurrent at start-up b. Instantaneous over current c. Over temperature of VFD or external fault d. Motor over temperature e. Ground fault in motor output circuit f. Over voltage during shut down g. Motor I squared T trip 21. The drive shall record and display the last four (4) faults that occurred in the drive. The drive shall also display the last warning message experienced by the inverter. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16370-6 Variable Frequency Drives 22. The drive shall provide two 0 to 20-milliamp analog output signals proportional to the output frequency, output current, frequency set point, motor RPM, bus voltage, or inverter heat sink temperature (via BiCo connection). 23. The drive shall have the capability to perform an automatic motor calibration test and adjust its internal settings automatically without any special tools or instruments. 24. The drive shall have the capability to be reset to factory conditions via parameter change. 25. The drive shall have a built-in pump staging control algorithm. a. The pump staging control algorithm shall enable up to three additional motors to be controlled based on PID control. The entire system is made up of a pump which is controlled by the inverter with up to an additional 3 pumps which can be added to the system via contactors or motor starters. The motor starter is controlled via the output relay in the inverter. 26. The drive shall have built-in bypass control. a. The drive can control either of two locked contactors via relay outputs. This circuit makes it possible to operate the motor via the inverter or directly via the mains. The inverter is responsible for switching. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Verify that mounting surface is suitable for controller installation. B. Do not install controller until building environment can be maintained within the service conditions required by the manufacturer. C. Inspect completed installation for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage and grounding. D. The manufacturer shall have the capability and personnel to assist in the start-up, training, service and maintenance of the equipment. 3.2 ADJUSTMENTS AND CLEANING A. Remove debris from drives and wipe dust and dirt from all components. 3.3 TESTING A. Check tightness of all accessible mechanical and electrical connections to assure they are torqued to the minimum acceptable manufacture's recommendations. B. Check all installed panels for proper grounding, fastening and alignment. 3.4 WARRANTY Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16370-7 Variable Frequency Drives A. Equipment manufacturer warrants that all goods supplied are free of non-conformities in workmanship and materials for one year from date of initial operation, but not more than eighteen months from date of shipment. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16370-8 Variable Frequency Drives SECTION 16410 LOW VOLTAGE INSULATED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER (FIXED MOUNT) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section defines low voltage fixed mount power circuit breakers for use in AC systems, rated 600 V or less. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data for approval and final documentation in the quantities listed according to the Conditions of the Contract. Customer name, customer location and customer order number shall identify all transmittals. B. Documents for Approval: General arrangement drawing showing dimensioned elevation, floor plan, side view and foundation details, one-line diagram showing major features, nameplate legends, schematic diagrams and bill of material. C. Final Documents: Record documentation to include those in 1.03.B and wiring diagrams, list of recommended spare parts, instruction and installation manuals, and certified test reports. D. Product Data: Include features, characteristics and ratings of individual circuit breakers and other components. In addition, time-current characteristic curves for over current protective devices, including circuit-breaker trip devices and fusible devices. 1.4 RELATED STANDARDS A. Comply with requirements of latest revisions of applicable industry standards, specifically including the following: 1. UL489— Low Voltage AC Circuit Breakers 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of this equipment shall have a minimum of 5 years experience producing similar electrical equipment. The manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or 9002 certified. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in factory labeled packages. Shipping groups shall not exceed 15 ft. in length. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16410-1 Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker(Fixed Mount) B. Circuit breakers for switchgear shall be shipped inside their respective cells in which they were factory acceptance tested. C. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from potential damage from weather and construction operations. Store so condensation will not form on or in switchgear and if necessary, apply temporary heat where required to obtain suitable service conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The low voltage power WL circuit breakers shall be manufactured by Siemens Energy & Automation, no equal. Approved manufacturers are as follows: 1. SIEMENS 2.2 RATINGS A. Voltage ratings shall be as indicated on the drawings. The low voltage circuit breaker shall be utilized on no more than a 600 V AC system. B. The low voltage circuit breaker shall be designed to withstand the mechanical forces associated with an available symmetrical short-circuit fault level [of 50kA] [of 65 kA] [of 85kA][of 100kA][of 150kA][as indicated on the drawings]at the rated voltage. C. The main-bus continuous current level of the low voltage circuit breaker shall be [800 A] [1600 A][2000 A][3200 A][4000 A][5000 A][as indicated on the drawings]. 2.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Circuit breakers shall comply with the requirements of UL489. Breakers shall be three- pole, 100% rated type or approved equal. 1. Circuit beaker element shall have spring charged/discharged indicators and circuit breaker open or closed and ready to close indicators all of which shall be visible to the operator with the compartment door closed. B. Ratings: Interrupting up to 100 kA at 480V without fuses. Short time current ratings for each circuit breaker shall be as indicated on the drawings or data tables. Circuit breakers shall be 600-volt class. C. Operating Mechanism: Mechanically and electrically trip-free, stored-energy operating mechanism with the following features: 1. Normal Closing Speed: independent of both control and operator 2. Electrical operator, field installable with manual charging 3. Operations counter D. Each low voltage circuit breaker shall be equipped with self-powered, microprocessor- based trip-device to sense overload and short circuit conditions. The device shall Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16410-2 Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker(Fixed Mount) measure true RMS current. The tripping system shall consist of high accuracy (<1%) Rogowski coil sensors on each phase, a release mechanism and the following features: 1. Field Installable and interchangeable front mounted trip units. Trip units can be upgraded for future expansion in functionality, such as communication. 2. Functions: Long time, short time and extended instantaneous protection function shall be provided (EIP) to allow the breaker to be applied at the withstand rating of the breaker with minus 0% tolerance so that there is no instantaneous override. This feature shall furthermore allow the circuit breaker to be applied up to the full instantaneous rating of the breaker on systems where the available fault current exceeds the breakers withstand rating. Each shall have an adjustable pick-up setting. In addition, long time and short time bands shall each have adjustable time delay. Short time function shall include a switchable 12t ramp and optionally 14t to improve co-ordination with fuses or inverse relays. 3. A software program shall be made available free of charge to support system co- ordination studies. The software will allow time current curves to be generated for the chosen settings. 4. Individual LED's shall indicate an overcurrent, short circuit or ground fault trip condition. 5. Time-current characteristics shall be field adjustable locally or optionally remotely via Profibus. 6. Pickup Points: 10 Long Time Settings. 7. Field installable zone selective interlocking: Connections will be made between main, tie and feeder circuit breakers to ensure that the circuit breaker closest to the fault trips for short time and ground fault conditions. 8. Field installable communications and metering functions shall be provided per schedule. 9. The option to remotely switch protection settings shall be provided whenever a generator is part of the power distribution system. 10. Field installable configurable digital output relays shall be available to connect directly to the trip unit 11. Current adjustability can be accomplished by use of a keypad and rating plugs on trip units. The rating plug shall be front mounted and upgradeable. Upgrades to the rating plugs shall not require changes to the CT. E. The trip unit shall also contain the following features: 1. ETU776 Advanced Trip Unit: a. Adjustable long-time protection and selectable I2T and 14T delay b. Adjustable short-time protection and delay c. Adjustable instantaneous protection d. Ground fault module with trip and alarm e. Profibus communications interface Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16410-3 Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker(Fixed Mount) f. Thermal memory g. High contrast background-lit graphical display for display of all parameters and event/curve characteristics h. Storage of events and waveform buffers Entry of all parameters by keypad entry, BDA/BDA Plus, or Profibus communications interface j. Dynamic arc flash sentry (two protective parameter sets) F. Terminal block connections shall be front mounted and utilize screw type terminals. G. Control Switch: One for each electrically operated circuit breaker. H. Key Interlocks: Mountings and hardware are included where future installation of key- interlock devices is indicated. A total of 14 different interlocking devices shall be available. Undervoltage Trip—field installable: Instantaneous J. Shunt-Trip—field installable K. Indicating Lights: To indicate circuit breaker is open or closed, for electrically operated circuit breakers. L. Modular communication and relaying accessories are to be available for retrofitting by the clients chosen engineer. It shall not be necessary for the manufacturer's personnel to retrofit accessories. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Accessories shall be front mounted. Modular communications and relaying accessories are to be available for retrofitting by the clients chosen engineer. It shall not be necessary for the manufacturer's personnel to retrofit accessories. B. Field interchangeable accessories shall include CT's, trip units and all internal & external accessories. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive circuit breaker for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Install the circuit breaker in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Tighten bus joints, electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Install equipment-grounding conductors for switchgear with ground continuity to main electrical ground bus. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16410-4 Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker(Fixed Mount) 3.2 ADJUSTMENTS AND CLEANING A. Set field-adjustable trip devices per coordination study. B. Clean exposed surfaces using manufacturer recommended materials and methods. Touch-up damaged coating and finishes using non-abrasive materials and methods recommended by manufacturer. Eliminate all visible evidence of repair. 3.3 WARRANTY A. Equipment manufacturer warrants that all goods supplied are free of non-conformities in workmanship and materials for one year from date of initial operation, but not more than eighteen months from date of shipment. 3.4 STARTUP SERVICES A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for energizing and de-energizing, troubleshooting, servicing and maintaining equipment and schedules. B. Verify that circuit breaker is installed and connected according to the Contract Documents. C. Verify that electrical control wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal by means of point-to-point continuity testing. D. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16410-5 Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker(Fixed Mount) SECTION 16421 SWITCHBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. The contractor shall provide and install distribution switchboards as herein specified and shown on related electrical drawings 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's printed product data. B. Drawings: Submit shop drawings for approval. Include components, materials, finishes, detailed plan and elevation views, required conduit rough-in openings, anchors and accessories. 1.4 RELATED STANDARDS A. The switchboard shall be designed, manufactured and tested according to the latest applicable version of the following standards: 1. ANSI/NFPA 70— National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. NEMA PB2—Deadfront Distribution Switchboards 3. UL 891 — Deadfront Switchboards 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: For equipment required for the work of this section, provide product which is the responsibility of one manufacturer. B. Performance Requirements: Provide switchboards manufactured in accordance with Article 408 of the latest National Electrical Code and applicable portions of the NEMA PB2, UL 891 and NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in factory labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage from weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16421 -1 Switchboards PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide switchboards and accessories by Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc., no equal. Approved manufacturers are as follows: 1. SIEMENS B. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9000, 9001 or 9002 certified. C. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum of ten (10)years. D. Intent: In the following specifications, products of Siemens are used to provide a standard of quality and performance for the work of this section. 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Construction 1. Switchboard shall be of the modular type construction, constructed in accordance with the latest NEMA PB-2 and UL 891 standards, with the required number of vertical sections bolted together to form one metal enclosed rigid switchboard. The sides, top and rear shall be covered with removable screw-on code gauge steel plates. Switchboard shall include all protective devices and equipment as listed on drawings with necessary interconnections, instrumentation and control wiring. All groups of control wires leaving the switchboard shall be provided with terminal blocks with suitable numbering strips. Service entrance switchboards shall be suitable only for use as service equipment and be labeled in accordance with UL requirements. System voltage, amperage and interrupting capacity shall be as indicated on the drawings. Enclosure construction shall be NEMA 1 indoor. B. Bus Requirements 1. The bus shall be 1000A / sq-in for copper and shall be fully rated the entire length of the switchboard. The bus shall be braced and supported to withstand mechanical forces exerted during a short circuit from a power source having the available short circuit current as indicated on the drawings. Provide a full capacity neutral where a neutral is indicated on the drawings. The through bus on the end section shall be extended and pre-drilled to allow the addition of future sections. Ground bus and grounding conductor lug shall be furnished. Ground bus shall extend the entire length of the switchboard and shall be firmly secured to each vertical section. Bus material shall be silver-plated copper. C. Incoming Service 1. Underground Service: To isolate incoming underground service conductors, an underground cable pull or auxiliary section shall be used. This section shall be of the bussed type and shall be sealable per local utility requirements, when required. 2. Overhead Service: Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16421 -2 Switchboards a. Cable entry: Where necessary, provide top cable pull box and provide construction that shall be sealable per local utility requirements, when required. b. Busway Entry: Switchboard to be fed by Siemens Sentron ( j ampere copper busway, as detailed on drawings and other sections of this specification. The switchboard manufacturer shall be responsible for coordination, proper phasing and internal bussing to the incoming busway. 3. Service Section: The service section shall be designed for the system parameters indicated and shall have user metering as indicated and shall have a main protective device indicated. 4. Screw-type mechanical lugs to terminate copper cable shall be provided as detailed on the drawings. D. Main Protective Device 1. WL Insulated Case Breaker, Fixed Mount Main a. See Section 16410 - Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker. E. Distribution Section Branch Protective Device All molded case circuit breakers or low voltage power circuit breakers used as a protective device in a branch circuit shall meet the requirements of the appropriate paragraph below. 1. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: MCCB's shall be of quick-make, quick-break, trip-free thermal magnetic or solid-state (400 amp frame and above) type with frame, trip and voltage ratings, as indicated on the drawings. The switchboard shall have space or fully equipped provisions for future units as shown on the drawings. 2. Insulated Case Circuit Breakers: Each insulated case circuit breaker shall be stationary frame, stored energy type, trip free, electrically operated with solid- state trip device. Frame sizes and trip ratings to be as shown on the drawings. All breakers to have an interrupting capacity as indicated on the drawings. Breakers shall be Siemens Type WL Breaker design. F. Ground Fault Protection 1. Furnish and install in the service equipment and/or switchboard ground fault protection and indication equipment as shown on drawings in accordance with NEC 230-95. All parts of the systems specified shall be UL Listed. All new ground fault protection and indication equipment shall be factory installed, wired and tested by the switchboard manufacturer. G. Metering Equipment 1. Provide a multi-function, high accuracy digital power metering instrumentation module equipped with LCD display. The power metering module shall provide simultaneous measurements for current, voltage and power parameters. Power Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16421 -3 Switchboards meter shall be Siemens type 9300 equipped with a Profibus DP and an Ethernet communications port. H. Finish 1. The complete switchboard shall be phosphatized and finished with ANSI 61 light gray polyester powder paint. Markings 1. Each switchboard section shall have a label permanently affixed to it, listing the following information: Name of manufacturer, system voltage, ampacity, type, manufacturer's shop order number and date. 2. Each section of switchboard shall bear a UL listing mark, where qualified and a short circuit rating label. 3. Front, side, rear and top of each switchboard section will have a DANGER label in accordance with NEMA Standard PB-2. J. Optional Items 1. Provide hinged wireway covers for front connected distribution sections. 2. Provide key interlocks as indicated on associated electrical drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Examine substrates and conditions in which units will be installed. Check for clearance that will be required before, during and after equipment installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and NEMA PB 2.1. Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper sequence of construction, clearances and support. C. Install units plumb, level and rigid without distortion to the switchboard cubicle(s). 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces using manufacturer recommended materials and methods. B. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes using non-abrasive materials and methods recommended by manufacturer. Eliminate all visible evidence of repair. 3.3 TESTING A. Perform factory and installation tests in accordance with applicable NEC, NEMA and UL requirements. 3.4 WARRANTY Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16421 -4 Switchboards A. Equipment manufacturer warrants that all goods supplied are free of non-conformities in workmanship and materials for one year from date of initial operation, or up to eighteen months from date of shipment. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16421 -5 Switchboards SECTION 16480 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section includes motor-control centers for use on ac circuits rated 600 VAC and less. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Related sections include the following: 1. Section 16370-Variable Frequency Drives 2. Section 16155- Low Voltage Solid State Motor Controllers 3. Section 16410- Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's printed product data. B. Drawings: Submit shop drawings for approval. Drawings shall include all dimensions, weights, electrical ratings, wiring diagrams and required clearances. 1.4 RELATED STANDARDS A. The Motor Control Center shall be manufactured and tested according to the latest applicable standards of the following agencies: 1. UL 845—Motor Control Centers 2. UL 489— Molded Case Circuit Breakers 3. NEMA ICS 18-2001 — Motor Control Centers 4. NEMA ICS 1-2001 — Industrial Control and Systems: General Requirements 5. NFPA 70—National Electric Code 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: For equipment required for the work of this section, provide products which are the responsibility of one manufacturer. B. Manufacturer shall have had produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum of 5 years. C. Manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 certified. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16480-1 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle and store equipment in accordance with manufacturer's Installation and Maintenance Manual. One (1) copy of this document shall be provided with the equipment at the time of shipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The motor control centers shall be TIASTAR Intelligent Motor Control Center by Siemens Energy and Automation, no equal. Approved manufacturers are as follows: 1. SIEMENS 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. STRUCTURES 1. The enclosure shall be NEMA Type [12], [3R non-walk-in]. Vertical sections shall be constructed with steel divider sheet assemblies formed or otherwise fabricated to eliminate open framework between adjacent sections or full-length bolted-on side sheet assemblies at the ends of the MCC(s). 2. Vertical sections shall be 90" high excluding mounting sills, 20" wide and [15"] [20"' deep for front mounting of units. Where indicated that arrangement is to accommodate front & rear mounting of units, the structure depth shall not exceed 21". The width of the vertical section may be increased for special oversize units that cannot be accommodated in the standard 20" side structure. 3. Vertical structures shall be divided into six (6) 12" space factors and shall accommodate six (6) full size NEMA size 1 or 2 Full Voltage Non Reversing FVNR combination starters. MCC unit sizes shall be multiples of 1/2 space factor (6"). The vertical structures shall accommodate 6" high density and dual mounted units. 4. Back-to-back (front & rear unit mounting) structures shall be 21" deep maximum and shall accommodate 12 full size NEMA size 1 or 2 Full Voltage Non Reversing FVNR combination starters per section. 5. Each standard 20" and 24" wide structure shall be supplied with a vertical wireway (4" wide on 20" wide structures and 8" wide on 24" wide structures) that is completely isolated from all power busses. The rear surface of the vertical wireway shall be painted white. A minimum of three (3) formed wire cable supports, extending the full depth of the vertical wireway shall be supplied in each vertical section. A separate hinged door shall cover the vertical wireway. 6. Each standard structure shall be supplied with a 12 inch top and six (6) inch bottom horizontal wireway that are continuous for the entire length of the MCC. The minimum horizontal wireway opening between sections is 40 square inches for the top and 30 square inches for the bottom horizontal wireway. A hinged door shall be supplied to cover the top horizontal wireway. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16480-2 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers 7. Doors are to be hinged in a manner that allows for the removal of individual doors without the removal of any door above or below. Unit doors shall be hinged on the left and vertical wireway doors on the right for unobstructed access to the units and associated vertical wireway. All doors shall be mounted on removable pin-type hinges and secured with steel quarter-turn, indicating type fasteners. 8. Wireways shall be completely isolated from bus compartments by suitable barriers. Sliding barriers between the horizontal bus and top horizontal wireway are not acceptable. 9. Removable top cover plates shall be provided for conduit entry to the top horizontal wireway and shall provide a minimum of 116 square inches of area for conduit location. Top cover plates shall be fabricated from 13 gauge steel. 10. All MCC structures shall be supplied with 11/8" high X 3" wide base channel sills that are continuous for the entire length of the shipping split. The base channel sills shall be fabricated of 7 gauge steel and shall be suitable for grouting the base channel sills in place, welding to leveling plates or securing to the floor with 1/2" anchor bolts. MCC structures shall be supplied with reversible bottom end cover plates to cover the bottom horizontal wireway and ends of the base channel sills. The bottom end cover plates shall be factory installed to cover the ends of the base channel sills to prevent entrance of dirt and rodents into the MCC when installed flush on the floor and shall be removable to expose the ends of the base channel sills if they are to be grouted into the floor. 11. A removable, full length lifting angle shall be provided for each shipping split of the MCC(s). The lifting angle shall be bolted to each side sheet or divider sheet of the shipping split to evenly distribute the weight of the MCC during lifting. 12. MCC's shall be assembled in such a manner that it is not necessary to have rear accessibility to remove any internal devices or components. B. BUSSING The main horizontal bus shall be rated at [600] [800] [1200] [1600] [2000] amperes. Horizontal bus bars shall be mounted edge wise and located at the top of the MCC. 2. All power bus shall be braced to withstand a fault current of [42,0001 [65,000] [100,000] RMS symmetrical amperes. 3. Horizontal bus shall be tin plated copper with a conductivity rating of 100% AICS. The horizontal bus bars shall be fully sized to carry 100% of the rated current the entire length of the MCC. Tapered horizontal bus is not acceptable. 4. Regardless of amperage rating, the entire horizontal bus assembly must be located behind the top horizontal wireway. Horizontal bus bars located behind usable unit space are not acceptable. 5. The horizontal bus shall be isolated from the top horizontal wireway by a clear, flexible, polycarbonate barrier allowing visual inspection of the horizontal bus without removing any hardware. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16480-3 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers 6. The vertical bus shall be rated [300] [600] amperes. Vertical bus bars shall be fabricated of tin plated solid copper bars with a conductivity rating of 100% AICS. 7. The vertical bus barrier support shall be designed as to effectively enclose each vertical bus bar. Automatic shutter mechanisms shall be provided to close off all unused stab openings when a plug-in unit is moved to the "TEST" position or removed from the structure. Unused stab openings shall be covered with snap-in covers. 8. All bus ratings are to be based on a maximum temperature rise of 50° C over a 40° C ambient temperature. 9. Horizontal to vertical bus and horizontal bus splice connections shall be made with two (2) 3/8" grade 5 bolts and Belleville-type conical washers at each connection point. All connecting hardware shall be designed to be tightened from the front of the MCC without applying any tools to the rear of the connection. C. UNITS 1. Plug-in units shall connect to the vertical bus by means of self-aligning, tin plated copper stab-on connectors provided with spring steel back-up springs to insure positive connection to the vertical bus. 2. When vertical ground bus is specified, plug-in units shall include a ground stab which engages the vertical ground bus before the power stabs engage the vertical bus when the unit is inserted into the structure. When the plug-in unit is withdrawn from the vertical bus, the vertical ground stab shall release after the power stabs. 3. The interior of all MCC units shall be painted white, including unit top and bottom plates or isolation barriers. 4. All plug-in units 12" tall and larger will include two (2) auxiliary handles to aid in installation, removal and transporting plug-in units. 5. All plug-in units will include a racking mechanism to assure full engagement with the stab-on connectors with the vertical bus. 6. Plug-in units shall be provided with interference type draw-out to prevent complete removal of the plug-in unit from the structure in one motion. The interference mechanism shall also provide clear indication when the plug-in unit has been withdrawn to the "TEST" position. 7. A mechanical interlock shall be supplied on all plug-in units to prevent insertion of removal of a unit from the structure when the unit operator handle is in the ON position. This interlock may not be defeated. 8. Each 12" tall and larger plug-in unit shall be secured in the structure by two (2) readily accessible devices, one of which is tool operated. These devices shall be located at the front of the unit. 9. Plug-in units with NEMA Type B or C wiring shall be supplied with unit terminal block mounted on the right hand side of the unit, adjacent to the vertical wireway. The terminal blocks shall be mounted on a movable bracket that maintains the Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16480-4 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers terminals inside the unit structure for normal operation and pivots into the vertical wireway exposing the terminals for wiring, test and maintenance. 10. All plug-in units shall include a positive means of grounding the unit to the structure at all times. 11. The MCC unit disconnect operator for 600 ampere maximum units shall operate in a vertical (up-down) plane (except high density units which have horizontal motion) and shall remain engaged with the disconnect device at all times, regardless of the unit door position. The operating handles shall be interlocked with the unit door so that the door cannot be opened with the disconnect device in the ON position, nor can the disconnect device be turned ON with the unit door open except by operation of a defeater mechanism. Indication of the disconnect device shall be clearly indicated by the position of the operating handle. When applied with circuit breaker devices, the handle shall also provide clear indication of a circuit breaker trip. 12. When pilot lights, push buttons or sector switches are specified. The devices shall be mounted in a formed metal device panel that is capable of accepting four (4) such devices in any combination. The device panel shall be secured to the unit door for normal operation, or mounted on the plug-in unit as required for unit removal and bench testing. 13. Pilot devices, where specified, shall be heavy duty, oil tight 30mm devices with a NEMA 4 rating. Pilot device contacts shall be rated at 10A, 600 VAC (NEMA A600). The pilot device bodies shall be fabricated from metal. 14. Unit identification nameplate shall be provided for each unit. Nameplates shall be a white surface with black core. Engraving shall cut through the gray surface exposing black lettering of the unit designation. Nameplates shall be 1" tall by 3 1/2" wide. Adhesives or glues are not an acceptable means of mounting unit nameplates. D. WIRING 1. The wiring shall be NEMA Class 2, Type B. E. INTELLIGENT MOTOR STARTERS 1. SIMOCODE Pro V with Door Mounted Operator Panel shall be installed with all Full-Voltage Non-Reversing Starters. 2. Motor starter units shall include a microprocessor based protective and control device that provides NEMA class 5,10,15, 20, 25, 30, 35 or 40 thermal overload trip characteristics, phase asymmetry (phase imbalance & phase loss) protection, stalled rotor protection, instantaneous over current (jam) and under current protection and provisions for connecting one thermister. Upper and lower current limits are adjustable for tripping and monitoring. 3. The device should provide an option of voltage and power monitoring as well as monitoring of power factor (cos-phi or loss of load) protection. Device should have internal and external ground fault monitoring capabilities to an exacting 0.3 amp equipment protection. Additionally the device should have an option of monitoring three RTD's (PT100 or PT1000) temperature sensors or three NTC Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16480-5 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers thermister sensors. Also device should have an option of two analog inputs and one analog output with a 0 to 20m amp signal or 4 to 20m amp signal. 4. All protective functions shall be programmable to initiate a fault (trip) or warning. The device should have the ability to designate its inputs as external fault inputs for hardwiring into upstream or downstream parts of the application. Running status of the connected load will be determined by monitoring motor current to give a true indication of running status. Finally the device should provide monitoring of operating hours, downtime hours, number of starts, overload trips and have permissible starting capabilities. 5. In addition to the protective functions listed above, the device shall contain four digital inputs and three relay output points for use in controlling the motor starter. There should be an option of two additional digital modules with 41/20, and they should have either bi-stable or mono-stable output contacts. Output relays shall be programmable to either turn off or retain their status in the event of a control voltage loss or network failure. 6. The device shall also include on board logic elements including up to a total of six 31/10 truth tables, two 21/10 truth tables, and one 51/20 truth table. 7. The device should have up to four signal conditioners and four non-volatile elements with adjustable (edge rising with memory, edge falling with memory, inverting and non-inverting) conditions. Additional elements should include up to four timers with adjustable (with closing delay, closing delay with memory, with off delay, with fleeting closing) conditions and four limit monitors for overshoots and undershoots of any of its analog signals. 8. The device must communicate via PROFIBUS-DP to a central master controller and provide motor current (in percent of the motor full load amps) input and output data, status messages ON, OFF, under and over current warning and trip) on a continuous cyclical basis. 9. In addition, the user must have the ability to remotely monitor and program all programmable parameters, diagnostic data and operating data. 10. The device should be able to communicate at a maximum of 12Mbit Profibus communication speed, and should be auto baud rate sensing. Also the device should be able to send 244 bytes per telegram, and 64 bytes of diagnostics. 11. In the event of a communication network failure or PLC failure, the device must have the ability to operate as a stand-alone device. Upon restoration of the PROFIBUS network, the device must resume communication with the network. F. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 1. Micromaster 430 Variable Frequency Drive with PROFIBUS-DP communications port and Door Mounted Keypad required, no equal. Circuit Breaker and Bypass shall be included. See Section 16370- Variable Frequency Motor Controllers. G. REDUCED-VOLTAGE CONTROLLERS Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16480-6 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers 1. Sirius 3RW44 Reduced Voltage Starters required, no equal. Circuit Breaker and Bypass shall be included. See Section 16155 - Low Voltage Solid State Motor Controllers. H. INCOMING LINE SECTION 1. The WL Circuit Breaker is required for use as the main disconnecting means for each motor control center. See Section 16410 - Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker. NETWORK 1. Siemens TIASTAR Intelligent Motor Control Center is supplied with either Profibus DP or AS-Interface. These networks are installed at the factory to provide simplify commissioning on site. 2. AS-Interface networking shall be used for the passing of low level binary information to and from TIASTAR Intelligent Motor Control Center devices. Maximum electrical cable length is 100m with a 5ms cycle time. 3. Each AS-Interface network must consist of 1 AS-Interface Master Unit and may connect up to 31 AS-Interface module slaves located within the TIASTAR Intelligent Motor Control Center units. There may be as many AS-Interface networks as the higher level operating system can control. 4. The AS-Interface network is connected throughout the TIASTAR Intelligent MCC via a copper two wire twisted pair daisy chained from the master unit to each subsequent unit. These wires terminate into pull-apart terminals at each unit to keep network integrity if the unit is withdrawn from the vertical section. 5. The AS-Interface Master provides all AS-I network support functions and also the data transfer to Profibus DP. The AS-Interface Power Supply generates the AS- interface slave control power as well as the data decoupling feature to send both power and data over the same two wires. The AS-Interface Master Unit must contain both the Master and Power Supply. Each AS-Interface Master Unit and its connected network devices shall be considered a single Profibus DP slave within a TIASTAR Intelligent Motor Control Center. 6. Profibus DP networking shall be used for the passing of binary and analog data to and from TIASTAR Intelligent Motor Control Center devices. Maximum electrical cable length 400m at 500kbps; 200m at 1.5Mbps; or 100m at 12Mbps. Distances of 3000m are possible with the use of fiber optic cable. 7. Each Profibus DP network may connect up to 126 nodes. The Profibus DP network may have up to 10 segments with up to 30 nodes in each. Profibus segments are connected via the Profibus Repeater. There may be as many Profibus DP networks as the higher level operating system can control. 8. The Profibus DP network is connected throughout the TIASTAR Intelligent MCC via copper RS485 shielded twisted two wire Profibus cable daisy chained from unit to unit. These cables terminate into Profibus Connectors at each unit with a Profibus communication port. Keeping the cables terminated within the Profibus Connector will maintain network connectivity when the unit is withdrawn from the vertical section. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16480-7 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers 9. Profibus Repeater units provide data signal amplification and bus segment connection. Strategic use allows effective topology management schemes. Standard active termination is provided through the Profibus Connector with Termination Resistor. Each connector has a switch located on its spine that turns the terminating resistor on and off. Optional Active Profibus Terminator units provide consistent Profibus DP network termination that does not rely on node control power or connector switch position. J. FEEDERS 1. Feeder disconnects shall be Siemens thermal-magnetic circuit breaker. K. ARC FLASH 1. Provide a complete arc flash study of the entire electrical system from the point of incoming service to all panelboards rated 240V at 10 kaic or greater. Labels shall include the arc flash boundary in feet, hazard category and a list of appropriate PPE. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install per manufacturer's recommendations and contract documents. Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper sequence of construction, clearances and support. 3.2 TESTING A. Perform factory and installation tests in accordance with applicable NEC, NEMA and UL requirements. 3.3 WARRANTY A. Equipment manufacturer warrants that all goods supplied are free of non-conformities in workmanship and materials for one year from date of initial operation, but not more than eighteen months from date of shipment. 3.4 FIELD TESTS A. Check tightness of all accessible mechanical and electrical connections to assure they are torqued to the minimum acceptable manufacturer's recommendations. 3.5 START-UP/COMMISSIONING A. The City's specified Control Systems Integrator shall be used to commission all Profibus DP and AS-Interface communication nodes installed in each TIASTAR Intelligent Motor Control Center to ensure successful integration into the City's Siemens PLC control system. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16480-8 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers SECTION 16600 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install a complete underground system of raceways, manholes and handholes as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. This work includes all underground raceways which are direct buried or concrete encased. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. All concrete and reinforcing steel shall be as specified in Division 3, but the responsibility of furnishing and installing the material shall be that of this Section. B. All trenching, excavation and backfilling, including gravel and sand bedding and surface restoration shall be as specified in Division 2, but the responsibility of furnishing and installing the material shall be that of this Section. C. Conduit, fittings, installation, etc. shall be as specified in Section 16110. D. Ground rods and other grounding materials and methods shall be as specified in Section 16660. E. Precast electrical concrete manholes and handholes shall be furnished under Division 16. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section SC01340 — SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Manholes and handholes 2. Plastic duct spacers 3. Manhole and handhole frames and covers PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cable racks, supports, pulling-in irons, manhole steps and hardware shall be hot dipped galvanized steel as manufactured by Line Materials Co. or equal. B. Precast concrete manholes and handholes shall be heavy duty type, designed for a Class H2O wheel load. Precast manholes and handholes shall be as manufactured by Brooks Products Co. C. Manhole frames and covers shall be cast iron heavy duty type for class H-20 wheel loading, and shall be as manufactured by Neenah, or equal. Manhole covers shall be marked "ELECTRIC". Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16600-1 Underground System D. Handhole covers and frames shall be hot dipped galvanized and designed for a Class H- 20 wheel load. Handhole covers and hatches shall have 316 stainless steel security bolts. Handhole covers shall be marked "ELECTRIC". E. Bell ends and plastic duct spacers shall be as manufactured by Carlon or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install raceways to drain away from buildings. Raceways between manholes or handholes shall drain toward the manholes or handholes. Raceway slopes shall not be less than 3-in per 100-ft. B. Reinforce raceway banks as shown on the Drawings. C. Lay raceway lines in trenches on a clean backfill bedding not less than 6 inches thick and well graded and compacted. D. Make raceway entrances to buildings and vaults with hot dipped rigid galvanized steel conduit not less than 10-ft long. Conduits which are not concrete encased for runs below floor slabs in slab-on-grade construction shall be hot dipped rigid galvanized steel conduit. Conduits which are concrete encased for runs below floor slabs in slab-on-grade construction shall be encased under the slab to their respective equipment. E. Raceway terminations at manholes shall be with end bells for PVC conduit and insulated throat grounding bushings with lay-in type lugs for metal conduit. F. For bends in 2 inch and larger raceways, long radius elbows, sweeps and offsets shall be used. G. All 2 inch and larger raceways shall have a mandrel drawn through followed by a swab to clean out any obstructions which may cause cable abrasions. The mandrel shall be 12 inches in length and the diameter 2 inch less than the inside diameter of the raceway. All 3/4 inch and smaller raceways shall be swabbed clean before installing cables. H. Plug spare raceways and seal them watertight at all buildings and structures. Raceways in use shall be sealed watertight at all buildings and structures. J. Install pulling-in irons opposite all raceway entrances to manholes. K. Cables shall be trained in manholes and supported on racks and hooks at intervals not greater than 3 feet-0 inches and supports shall be installed on each side of all splices. Furnish inserts on all manhole walls for mounting future racks as well as racks required for present installation. Branch circuit conductors shall not be run in manholes. L. All joints shall be made so as to prevent the passage of concrete inside the conduit to form obstructions or cause cable abrasions. M. Manhole covers in streets shall finish flush with finished paving and in other areas shall finish 3 inches above crown of adjacent roadway. Floor elevations of manholes shall be so set that the center line of the lowest conduit entering will be not less than 1-foot above the floor and center line of the highest conduit entering will be not less than 1 foot below the roof slab. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16600-2 Underground System N. Concrete monuments shall be provided at each stubbed conduit location. Monuments shall be as shown on the Drawings and shall be installed in the same manner outlined for manhole covers. O. A#6 bare copper wire (stranded) shall be installed in each 4-inch PVC conduit containing control cable unless otherwise noted. P. A 3/4-inch by 10-foot copperclad ground rod shall be driven in the bottom of each manhole. All bond wires, galvanized conduits and metal cable racks shall be bonded to the ground rod. Q. Polyethylene warning tape shall be provided for all underground raceways, duct banks etc. Tape shall be placed along the raceways entire length and shall be installed 18"above the raceways on compacted backfill material. R. Spare and empty conduits shall have a pull wire (3/16 inch polypropylene) installed. S. As-built drawings shall be furnished showing each conduit terminations, elevations, locations, manholes, handholes, etc. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16600-3 Underground System SECTION 16660 GROUNDING SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install a complete grounding system in strict accordance with Article 250 of the National Electrical Code (NEC), as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. All raceways, conduits and ducts shall contain equipment grounding conductors sized in accordance with the NEC. Minimum sizes shall be No. 12 AWG. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section SC01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, WORK DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and catalog data for ground rods, materials and exothermic welding methods and materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Conduit shall be as specified under Section 16110. B. Wire shall be as specified under Section 16120. C. Ground rods shall be 3/4-in diameter by 10-ft copper clad steel and constructed in accordance with UL 467. The minimum copper thickness shall be 0.25 mm. Ground rods shall be Copper weld or equal. D. Grounding conduit hubs shall be malleable iron type, manufactured by Thomas & Betts Co.; Catalog No. 3940 (3/4-in conduit size), similar to Burndy; O.Z./Gedney Co. or equal, and of the correct size for the conduit. E. Water pipe ground clamps shall be cast bronze saddle type, manufactured by Thomas & Betts Co. Cat. No. 2 (1/2-in, 3/4-in, or 1-in size), similar by Burndy; O.Z./Gedney Co. or equal, and of the correct size for the pipe. F. Buried grounding connections shall be by Cadweld process, or equal exothermic welding system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The service entrance equipment ground bus shall be grounded to a 3/4-inch cold water Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16660- 1 Grounding System pipe and to the ground as indicated on the Drawings. Run grounding electrode conductors in Schedule 80 PVC conduits and seal conduits watertight. Do not allow water pipe connections to be painted. If the connections are painted, disassemble them and re- make them with new fittings. B. Install equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. C. Bond all steel building columns in new structures together with ground wire in rigid conduit and connect to the distribution equipment ground bus, as shown on the Drawings. D. Ground wire connections to structural steel columns shall be made by exothermic welding. E. Metal conduits stubbed into a motor control center shall be terminated with insulated grounding bushings and connect to the motor control center ground bus. Bond boxes mounted below motor control centers to the motor control center ground bus. Size the grounding wire in accordance with NEC Table 250.122, except that a minimum No. 12 AWG shall be used. F. Ground bus in all motor control centers and unit substations shall be connected to the service entrance equipment ground bus with a No. 1/0 conductor or as noted on the Drawings. G. Ground transformer neutrals to the nearest available grounding electrode with a minimum conductor sized in accordance with NEC Article 250 or as shown on the drawings. H. Drive grounding electrodes (where rock is encountered, grounding plates may be used in lieu of grounding rods)and install ground grids as shown on the Drawings. I. All equipment enclosures, motor and transformer frames, conduits systems, cable armor, exposed structural steel and all other equipment and materials required by the NEC to be grounded, shall be grounded and bonded in accordance with the NEC. J. Seal exposed connections between different metals with No-Oxide Paint Grade A or equal. K. Lay all underground grounding conductors slack and, where exposed to mechanical injury, protect by pipes or other substantial guards. If guards are iron pipe, or other magnetic material, electrically connect conductors to both ends of the guard. Make connections as specified herein. L. Care shall be taken to ensure good ground continuity, in particular between the conduit system and equipment frames and enclosures. Where necessary, jumper wires shall be installed. M. All grounding type receptacles shall be grounded to the outlet boxes with a No. 12 THW green conductor connected to the ground terminal of the receptacle and fastened to the outlet box by means of a grounding screw. 3.02 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Inspect the grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. B. Use Biddle Direct Reading Earth Resistance Tester or equivalent test instrument to measure resistance to ground of the system. Perform testing in accordance with test Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16660-2 Grounding System instrument manufacturer's recommendations using the fall-of-potential method. Notify the Engineer in writing at least two weeks prior to scheduling any testing. Provide certified calibration sheets including dates for all equipment to be used for testing with notice of scheduled testing. Calibration sheets shall also indicate that the units have been calibrated within six months of the testing date. C. All test equipment shall be provided under this Section and approved by the Engineer. D. Resistance to ground testing shall be performed during dry season. Submit test results in the form of a graph showing the number of points measured (12 minimum) and the numerical resistance to ground. E. Testing shall be performed before energizing the distribution system. F. A separate test shall be conducted for each building or system. G. Dry season resistance of the system at each testing location shall not exceed five ohms. If such resistance cannot be obtained with the system, provide additional grounding, as directed by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16660-3 Grounding System SECTION 16950 ELECTRICAL POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section defines low voltage power metering for use in AC systems, rated 600 V or less. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections (where applicable) include the following: 1. Section 16421 —Switchboards 2. Section 16480— Motor Control Centers 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data for approval and final documentation in the quantities listed according to the Conditions of the Contract. Customer name, customer location and customer order number shall identify all transmittals. B. Final Documents: Record documentation to include wiring diagrams, instruction and installation manuals and certified test reports. 1.4 RELATED STANDARDS A. Meet the following recognized standards for application in hardened environments 1. Device must meet all international standards for Safety and Construction applicable to this type of device: a. UL 3111 b. CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 1010-1 c. IEC 1010-1 d. CE Marked 2. Device must meet the following international standard for Electromagnetic Immunity applicable to this type of device: a. IEEE C37.90-1989 IEEE Standard Surge withstand capability Tests for Protective Relays and Relay Systems (ANSI) (All inputs except for the network communication port) Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16950-1 Electrical Power Monitoring and Control 3. Device must meet the following international standard for Electromagnetic Emissions: a. FCC: Part 15 of FCC Rules for a Class A digital device B. Device must provide measurement accuracy that meets or exceeds ANSI C12.16 Class 10. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of this equipment shall have a minimum of 5 years experience producing similar electrical equipment. 1. Comply with requirements of latest revisions of applicable industry standards. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from potential damage from weather and construction operations. If the meters are installed in equipment, store the equipment so condensation will not form on or in it. If necessary, apply temporary heat where required to obtain suitable service conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Low voltage power meters shall be type 9300 manufactured by Siemens Energy & Automation, no equal. One Ethernet port and one Profibus DP port shall be installed on each power meter. Approved manufacturers are as follows: 1. SIEMENS 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Revenue accurate multifunction power meter with harmonics. 1. Provide a high accuracy power meter meeting the requirements set forth in this specification. Note any exceptions taken with a detailed description. a. Meter shall be Siemens Type 9300 Power Meter with options and features described in this section. 2. Basic hardware requirements of the Multifunction Power Meter are as follows: a. Voltage Inputs: The device shall have three voltage inputs. The voltage inputs shall be capable of measuring from 0-347Vrms (line-to-neutral) or from 0-600Vrms (line-to-line). The device shall have provisions for direct connection (require no PTs) for Wye (Star) systems up to 347/600 VAC. For higher voltage systems, PTs with 120 VAC, 277 VAC or 347 VAC secondaries shall be supported. All voltage inputs shall provide: 1.) 1500VAC continuous surge protection. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16950-2 Electrical Power Monitoring and Control 2.) 25% of full-scale voltage over range capability. b. Current Inputs: The device shall have three 5A nominal (10A full scale) current inputs. All current inputs shall be transformer coupled and accept CTs with 5A nominal (10A full scale) outputs. All current inputs shall provide: 1.) 300A surge protection for 1 second. 2.) 25% of full scale current continuous over range capability. c. Power Supply: The PMAC instrument shall be powered from 95VAC to 240VAC (+/- 10%) @ 47 to 440Hz, or 110VDC to 300 VDC, or 20-60 VDC power source. Worst cast loading shall not exceed 12W d. On-board I/O: The device supplied shall have the following built-in I/O for this project. 1.) Four optically isolated, Darlington transistor digital (status) outputs with the following features: a.) Any of the outputs shall have the ability to be used to provide pulse outputs according to any energy consumption levels. b.) All outputs shall be scaleable to +/-1,000,000,000 units/pulse. 2.) Four analog I/O user selectable from: a.) mA inputs b.) 0-20 mA inputs c.) Four 0-1 mA outputs d.) Four 0-20 mA outputs e.) Four 0-1 mA inputs and four 0-1 mA outputs, or f.) Four 0-20 mA inputs and four 0-20 mA outputs. g.) All analog inputs and/or outputs are accurate to within 0.3% of full scale e. Provisions for future external I/O: The device shall also support the following provisions for I/O for future applications of the device. The external I/O can support up to 4 digital output devices and shall support the following devices: 1.) 120 VAC, 3.5A, N.O. Solid State Relay 2.) 120 VAC, 3.5A, Zero Voltage Turn On, Manual Override Relay 3.) 240 VAC, 3.5A, N.O. Solid State Relay Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16950-3 Electrical Power Monitoring and Control 4.) 240 VAC, 3.5A, Zero Voltage Turn On, Manual Override Relay 5.) 60 VDC, 3.5A, N.O. Solid State Relay 6.) 60 VDC, 1.5mA, Zero Voltage Turn On, Manual Override Relay 7.) 60 VDC, 1.0A, Low Leakage, N.O. Solid State Relay 8.) 200 VDC, 1.0A, N.O. Solid State Relay 9.) 100 VDC, 0.5A, N.O. Mechanical Relay f. Communications 1.) Provide the following built-in ports in the purchased configuration. All communication ports shall be standard technology, as defined by the IEEE. No communication interfaces not defined by the IEEE shall be accepted. a.) One optically isolated RS-485 communications port, supporting data rates from 1200 up to 19200 bits per second. b.) Optional Ethernet port. The device shall have provisions for an internal Ethernet port compatible with 10Base-T Ethernet. The Ethernet port shall be terminated using an RJ-45 connector. c.) Optional Profibus port. Profibus DP Standard protocol support via sub-D 9 pin female connector. d.) One front panel infrared optical port for RS-232 communications, supporting data rates from 1200 up to 19200 bits per second. This port shall support an ANSI Type II optocoupler. 2.) All communications ports in this section must support all of the following communication capabilities, independently configurable. a.) SEAbus/ION protocol b.) Modbus RTU protocol c.) Shall provide simultaneous access through all communications ports to any measured or derived parameter. d.) Protocols must be field configurable from the front display or via communications ports. This must be capable of being accomplished without resetting the meter, or interrupting its operation in any way. e.) Shall have provisions for flash firmware that can be field upgraded through any communications port, without de- Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16950-4 Electrical Power Monitoring and Control commissioning the instrument or de-energizing the circuit or equipment. The firmware upgrade procedure shall be robust and able to recover from power failure during an upgrade. f.) Support time synchronization broadcast messages from a host computer system. g. Mounting and Display 1.) The device shall be support the following mounting options a.) Din standard 92mm x 92mm (3.6 in x 3.6 in) panel cutout, using sliding clamps tightened by thumbscrews b.) Transducer type base unit with a remote backlit LCD display (display cable included) for remote display applications c.) Transducer type base unit only with no display locally mounted. d.) Allow the user to remove and replace the display panel without removing the instrument from the equipment in which it is mounted 2.) The device shall support the following front panel display options a.) Have programmable buttons that allow access to 8 data display screens b.) Be capable of displaying any measured parameter with its corresponding label using any of the following configurations: (1.) Display any 4 parameters simultaneously using alphanumeric characters (2.) Display any 2 parameter simultaneously using large alphanumeric characters (3.) Display any parameter using very large alphanumeric characters (4.) Display basic Voltage, Current and Power readings using extra large alphanumeric characters (5.) Allow the user to change parameter labels (6.) Feature a programmable time-out interval and adjustable contrast. h. The device shall include shall include sufficient non-volatile memory (NVRAM)to store all setup data. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16950-5 Electrical Power Monitoring and Control 3. When equipped with an Ethernet port the device shall be capable of displaying web pages over a standard Internet browser. Web pages shall include real-time instantaneous values, accumulated energy values and total harmonic distortion. 4. The device shall accommodate high speed Modbus TCP communications when connected to Ethernet Port 502. 5. The device shall be capable of measuring and calculating the following information, at 1-second intervals a. Voltage line-to-neutral and line-to-line for each phase and average of all three phases b. % voltage unbalance c. Current for each phase and average of all three phases d. % current unbalance e. kW for each phase and total of all three phases f. kVAR for each phase and total of all three phases g. kVA for each phase and total of all three phases h. kWh for total of all three phases, provided as accumulating import, export, net and total readings kVARh for total of all three phases, provided as accumulating import, export, net and total readings j. kVAh for total of all three phases, provided as an accumulating net reading k. Power factor for each phase and total of all three phases Frequency m. Harmonic distortion for each voltage and current input, provided as individual harmonic magnitudes up to the 15th harmonic and as total odd, total even and total overall harmonic distortion; all readings given as a percentage of fundamental n. K-Factor calculations of the first 15 harmonics for all current inputs 6. The device shall provide a User Interface with features as follows: a. The device shall be capable of calculating the following information for any reading at 1-second intervals: 1.) Thermal demand calculations for any parameter, with user- programmable length of demand period to match local utility billing method Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16950-6 Electrical Power Monitoring and Control 2.) Sliding window demands for any parameter with user- programmable length of demand period and number of sub- periods to match local utility billing method 3.) Predicted Demand calculations of sliding window demand parameters, with user-programmable predictive response characteristics 4.) Minimum value for any measured parameter 5.) Maximum value for any measured parameter b. The device shall support direct display of all parameters on the front panel or remote display in user programmable groups, using plain language labels. Simultaneous access to all parameters shall be available through any communication port. c. The device shall be field programmable as follows: 1.) Basic parameters: Voltage input scale, voltage mode (wye, delta, single phase), current input scale, auxiliary input and output scales and communications setup parameters are programmable from the front panel 2.) All basic parameters described above, plus additional set point/relay and data log setup parameters may be programmed via the communications port using a portable or remotely located computer terminal 3.) Using ION modules, support customized configurations of all operating parameters 4.) Provisions shall be made to ensure that programming through a computer can be secured by user ID and password 5.) Provisions shall be made to ensure that programming through the front panel is secured by password 6.) Digital outputs shall support pulse output relay operation for kWh total, kWh imported, kWh exported, kVARh total, kVARh imported, kVARh exported and kVAh values. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The meter shall be installed at the factory by a manufacturer's trained employee. B. Additional connections to metering systems, where applicable, shall be done in the field by the installing contractor. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16950-7 Electrical Power Monitoring and Control A. The meters shall be adjusted so that accurate readings appear on the front of the meter and that the readings are within the meters accuracy range. B. Clean exposed surfaces using manufacturer recommended materials and methods. 3.3 TESTING A. Perform factory and installation tests in accordance with applicable NEC, NEMA and UL requirements. 3.4 WARRANTY A. Equipment manufacturer warrants that all goods supplied are free of non-conformities in workmanship and materials for one year from date of initial operation, but not more than eighteen months from date of shipment. 3.5 STARTUP SERVICES A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for energizing and de-energizing, troubleshooting, servicing and maintaining equipment and schedules. B. Verify that the meter is installed and connected according to the Contract Documents. C. Verify that electrical control wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal by means of point-to-point continuity testing. D. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 16950-8 Electrical Power Monitoring and Control SECTION 17150 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS The pressure transmitter shall provide a two-wire, loop powered, 4-20 mA signal proportional to the process differential pressure. The transmitter output shall be field selectable for pressure, level or flow applications without the need for a hand-held device. In addition to the analog signal, the transmitter shall also provide a simultaneous digital signal superimposed on the analog output, but shall not affect this analog output. The digital signal shall utilize the HART protocol. The unit shall operate with 10.5 to 45 VDC in non-hazardous applications and 10.5to 30 VDC in FM approved installations. Alternatively, the unit shall provide a digital communications signal via Profibus PA or Foundation Fieldbus protocol proportional to the process pressure. The unit shall operate with 9 to 32VDC. The sensor shall be self-monitoring and be able to indicate measuring cell damage. The sensor shall incorporate a single cell capacitance based measurement with a ceramic sensor for measuring ranges up to 1200 inH2O and 1500 PSIG static pressures. Alternatively, the sensor shall utilize a monosilicon sensor with metal diaphragm construction (316L SS, Alloy C276, Monel, Tantalum, or Rhodium>Gold>316L) for ranges up to 600 PSID and 6000 PSIG static pressures. The transmitter accuracy shall be 0.075% of calibrated span. This accuracy shall include the effect of linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. The transmitter may be turned down from the nominal sensor range up to 100:1 (or higher upon request). The sensor shall incorporate all of the calibration and characterization data so as to be completely replaceable and interchangeable without the need for recalibration. The 0.075% accuracy shall be maintained on the new interchanged sensor. The electronics shall also be replaceable without the need for recalibration on the sensor. The calibration shall be via external push buttons which will allow the transmitter to be rearranged without the need for any pressure source or other external handheld devices. The single electronics board shall incorporate linear, square root, and linearization functions so as to be configurable in process engineering units. The transmitter shall include a memory/EEPROM device that allows easy commissioning of multiple similar measuring points, event and configuration change recording, and pressure and temperature process data recording for evaluation. The software shall allow for bi-directional flow, and for user- selectable engineering units. The transmitter software shall provide the facility to establish a process diagnostic window, whereby a The transmitter shall have versions which allow the ceramic sensor to be mounted flush with the process connection. The process connection and process seal gasket wetted parts shall be interchangeable and replaceable on-site without the need for recalibration. There shall also be options which allow no metal contacting the process. The transmitter shall have an optional digital display showing both the digital value and a 0-100 % bar graph. The display shall be universal to all ranges and incorporate a plug-in modular design to allow field retrofit without the need for software or electronics modification. The display shall facilitate a "quick setup" for commissioning according to process parameters for measuring pressure, level or flow. The transmitter software shall make provision for linearization of tank level measurement, density correction, low-flow cutoff percentage, and selection of engineering units. When setup for flow measurement, the transmitter shall have two (2) separate internal totalizers. One totalizer may be reset to zero at any time, while the second totalizer will totalize the flow from commissioning onwards, and may not be reset. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17150-1 Differential Pressure Transmitters The unit shall have a dynamic response time (dead time plus rise time) of no more than 90ms for measuring ranges of 200" H2O or above (PMD75); 300 ms for PMD70/FMD76. Diaphragm seal versions shall be available to expand the operating parameters of the transmitter. The transmitter shall be Factory Mutual (FM) Approved Intrinsically Safe Class I, II, and III, Division 1, Groups A thru G with appropriate barriers and FM approved Non-Incendive Class I and II, Division 2 without the need for barriers. FM Explosion Proof versions shall also be available, as well as combined IS/XP versions. The housing shall be rated NEMA4X and shall be available in both poly-coated aluminum and 316L SS versions. The unit shall be Endress+Hauser PMD70/75, FMD76/77/78 or approved equal. THREE VALVE MANIFOLD FOR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER A three valve manifold shall be supplied with each differential pressure transmitter and shall be designed for mounting directly to the transmitter on 2 1/8" center-to-center connections. The manifold shall be constructed of 316 SST and contain two main block valves and an equalizing valve which are able to withstand up to 6980 PSIG at 100oF (4800 PSIG at 450F). Process connections shall be via two 1/4" NPT connections for the high side and low side taps. The manifold shall also be supplied with 2" pipe mounting kit to support the manifold and differential pressure transmitter. The three valve manifold shall be Endress+Hauser Model 84600538 or equal. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17150-2 Differential Pressure Transmitters SECTION 17151 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS The pressure transmitter shall provide a two-wire, loop powered, 4-20 mA signal proportional to the process differential pressure. The transmitter output shall be field selectable for pressure, level or flow applications without the need for a hand-held device. In addition to the analog signal, the transmitter shall also provide a simultaneous digital signal superimposed on the analog output, but shall not affect this analog output. The digital signal shall utilize the HART protocol. The unit shall operate with 10.5 to 45 VDC in non-hazardous applications and 10.5to 30 VDC in FM approved installations. Alternatively, the unit shall provide a digital communications signal via Profibus PA or Foundation Fieldbus protocol proportional to the process pressure. The unit shall operate with 9 to 32VDC. The sensor shall utilize capacitance technology in conjunction with a dry cell (no oil fill) ceramic sensor construction for measuring range up to 600 PSIG/A. Maximum deflection of the ceramic diaphragm shall not exceed 0.001 inch full scale movement to minimize diaphragm fatigue and the effects of build-up. The ceramic diaphragm shall be immune to damage due to full vacuum and shall have an overpressure (overload) pressure rating of: 60 PSIG/A for span of 0.075 to 1.5 PSIG(A) 75 PSIG/A for span of 0.075 to 3.6 PSIG(A) 90 PSIG/A for span of 0.075 to 6 PSIG(A) 150 PSIG/A for span of 0.15 to 15 PSIG(A) 260 PSIG/A for span of 0.3 to 30 PSIG(A) 360 PSIG/A for span of 0.6 to 60 PSIG(A) 600 PSIG/A for span of 1.5 to 150 PSIG(A) 900 PSIG/A for URL of 6 to 600 PSIG(A) Alternatively, the sensor shall utilize a monosilicon sensing element with a metal process diaphragm (constructed of 316 SS, Alloy C276 or other specified materials) for measuring ranges up to 10500PSIG/A. The polysilicon sensors shall have an overpressure (proof) pressure rating of: 60 PSIG for span of 0.075 to 1.5 PSIG(A) 60 PSIG for span of 0.075 to 3.6 PSIG(A) 90 PSIG for span of 0.075 to 6 PSIG(A) 150 PSIG for span of 0.15 to 15 PSIG(A) 300 PSIG for span of 0.3 to 30 PSIG(A) 405 PSIG for span of 0.6 to 60 PSIG(A) 600 PSIG for span of 1.5 to 150 PSIG(A) 2320 PSIG for URL of 6 to 600 PSIG(A) 6000 PSIG for URL of 15 to 1500 PSIG/A 9000 PSIG for URL of 60 to 6000 PSIG/A 15200 PSIG for URL of 105 to 10500 PSIG/A The transmitter accuracy shall be 0.075% of calibrated span. This accuracy shall include the effects of linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability. The transmitter may be turned down from the nominal sensor range 100:1 or higher upon request. Alternatively, the transmitter accuracy shall be 0.05% of calibrated span. The transmitter shall include a memory/EEPROM device that allows easy commissioning of multiple similar measuring points, event and configuration change recording, and pressure and temperature process data recording for evaluation. The software shall allow for bi-directional flow, and for user- selectable engineering units. The transmitter software shall provide the facility to establish a process Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17151-1 Pressure Transmitters diagnostic window, whereby a user can retrieve the time stamped event log, run a self-diagnostics of the process or equipment failure. The sensor shall incorporate all of the calibration and characterization data so as to be completely replaceable and interchangeable without the need for recalibration. The 0.075% accuracy shall be maintained on the interchanged sensor. The electronics shall also be replaceable without the need for recalibration on the sensor. The calibration of the transmitter shall be via external push-buttons which will allow the transmitter to be rearranged without the need for any pressure source or other external handheld devices. The transmitter shall include an EEPROM device that allows duplication of similar measuring points, and provides a "first-in first-out" recording capability for pressure and temperature process data for evaluation in case of transmitter failure to process excursions outside expected values. The transmitter shall have versions which allow the ceramic sensor to be mounted flush with the process connection. The process connection and process seal gasket wetted parts shall be interchangeable and replaceable on-site without the need for recalibration. There shall also be options which allow no metal contacting the process. The transmitter shall have versions with high-temperature process capability WITHOUT the use of a diaphragm seal up to 355F/180C (PMP72). The transmitter shall have an optional digital display showing both the digital value and a 0-100 % bar graph. The display shall be universal to all ranges and incorporate a plug-in modular design to allow field retrofit without the need for software or electronics modification. The display shall facilitate a "quick setup" for commissioning according to process parameters for pressure and level. The transmitter software shall make provision for linearization of tank level measurement, density correction, and selection of engineering units. The unit shall have a dynamic response time (dead time plus rise time) of 60ms or less (120ms for ceramic transmitters with FM XP approvals). Diaphragm seal versions shall be available to expand the operating parameters of the transmitter. The transmitter shall be Factory Mutual (FM) Approved Intrinsically Safe Class I, II, and III, Division 1, Groups A thru G with appropriate barriers and FM approved Non-Incendive Class I and II, Division 2 without the need for barriers. FM Explosion Proof versions shall also be available, as well as combined IS/XP versions. The housing shall be rated NEMA4X and shall be available in 316SS and poly-coated aluminum versions. The unit shall be the Endress+Hauser Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72 or PMP75 or approved equal. BLOCK AND BLEED VALVE FOR GAUGE/ABSOLUTE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER A block and bleed valve shall be supplied with each gauge/absolute pressure transmitter and shall be designed for mounting directly to the transmitter on a 1/2" NPT connection. The block and bleed valve shall be constructed of 316 SST and contain one main block valve and a bleed port which enables pressure to be bled-off without breaking the threaded process connections. The block and bleed valve shall be able to withstand up to 6980 PSIG at 100oF (4800 PSIG at 450F). The process connections shall be via a '/2" MNPT connection. The block and bleed valve shall be able to support the weight of the gauge pressure transmitter when mounting directly on the process or rigid piping without the need for an additional mounting kit. The block and bleed valve shall be Endress+Hauser Model 84600540 or equal. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17151-2 Pressure Transmitters END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17151-3 Pressure Transmitters SECTION 17152 TURBIDITY ANALYZERS INSTRUMENT OVERVIEW The OnLine Turbidimeter is specifically designed for measuring turbidity continuously in filtered water, raw water, waste water final effluent and industrial applications. Software may be purchased to allow for networking of up to 255 turbidimeters into a single computer. The software provides graphical trending, alarms and filter analysis. The optional Auto Clean Ultrasonic cleaning system automatically cleans the optical chamber for Finished or Raw water applications. STANDARD FEATURES Meets USEPA method 180.1 and ISO 7027 design and performance criteria. Range of 0 - 1000 NTU One-piece design eliminates the need to mount more than one module per turbidimeter. Fast response time and inexpensive calibration due to low (30 ml) sample volume. Modular design reduces overall costs. Removable sample cuvettes allow for easy cleaning and calibrating. Optics are not in contact with the sample which reduces the chance of false low readings. Convenient reusable primary calibration standards. Can network up to 255 turbidimeters. FEATURES Optical Design New optical design allows consistent readings with laboratory and portable turbidimeters. Bubble Rejection System The optical chamber has been designed to eliminate air in the sample while simultaneously creating a vortex cleaning action throughout the optical chamber. Calibration Calibration with primary standards is completed using sealed cuvettes, similar to laboratory procedures. This dry method of calibration is fast, clean and reusable. On-screen menu items guide you through the calibration procedure quickly and easily. Certification Listed or Certified to CE, UL, CSA (ETL, ETLc) New Design One-piece mounted design allows for simple mounting and minimal use of space. Increased range of 0-1000 NTU allows for use of low NTU filtered water or raw water. New optical design increases accuracy and provides more consistent readings with online, laboratory and portable turbidimeters. Light Source White light is recommended for use in turbidimeters reporting results under US EPA (US standard) jurisdiction. The light source used is a Krypton filled white light technology with lamp life expectancy up to 10 years. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17152-1 Turbidity Analyzers Infrared light is recommended for use in turbidimeters reporting results under ISO 7027 (European standard)jurisdiction. Infrared light is also recommended for waste water final effluent and industrial applications where color is present in the sample stream. Regulatory USEPA, ISO 7027, Standard Methods Optional Data Network Interface Acquisition System The data acquisition system is designed to sequentially collect data from a series of interfaced E+H Inc. turbidimeters. The software can monitor up to 255 turbidimeters on one computer. The software system stores data, prints reports, graphs and alarms on each individual turbidimeter. In addition it can compare filters and monitor individual or multiple filter efficiency. Minimum Hardware Requirements for Software: Pentium Class PC running at 90 MHz. 32 MB RAM (recommended 64 MB), 200 MB free hard disk space. Windows 98/95 or Windows NT version 4.0 with the latest service pack. Network card and TCP/IP networking installed on PCs to be connected (this is required only if the SCADA system is to operate on a multi-node network of PCs). The continuous monitoring system shall include a single modular unit with power supply, display and sensor as one single unit. The turbidimeter shall meet all requirements specified by the USEPA Method 180.1 (White Light Model), ISO 7027 (Infrared Model) and Standard Methods 2130B. The turbidimeter shall have a similar optical design to a laboratory turbidimeter, for accuracy. The turbidimeter shall have consistent readings with laboratory and portable turbidimeters. Optional Online Software will be able to integrate up to 255 turbidimeters. The turbidimeter shall have the option of using an automatic ultrasonic cleaning system in finished or raw water applications. Accuracy shall be 2% of reading or plus or minus .02, whichever is greater, from 0-10 NTU, and 5% of reading or plus or minus .02, whichever is greater, from 10- 1000 NTU. Resolution will be 0.0001 NTU. Repeatability shall be plus or minus 1%. The sensor shall consist of a rotational flow through assembly with a 30m1 cuvette. The specially designed flow head bubble rejection system eliminates the need for a bubble trap and ensures an immediate response time. The sensor shall be able to accommodate grab samples. Calibration and standardization will be accomplished using small volumes (30m1) of reusable primary standards in a cuvette. The Primary Standards shall be reusable for multiple online turbidimeters and be interchangeable with laboratory turbidimeters. Calibration procedures can be completed without disrupting the sample flow. The lamp source and detector shall not come in contact with the sample, eliminating false low readings. The turbidimeter shall use menu driven software for user ease. The turbidimeter enclosure shall be NEMA 4X (IP66) and suitable for outdoor installation. The Online Turbidimeter shall be E+H CUE22 Online Turbidimeter. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17152-2 Turbidity Analyzers SECTION 17153 ULTRASONIC LEVELTRANSMITTERS A. General: Where non-contact ultrasonic systems are indicated; the ultrasonic level system shall consist of a separate micro-processor electronic transmitter and either one or two temperature compensated transducers. The system will operate with a accuracy of 0.08" + 0.17 % of the measured distance or better. B. Transmitter: 1. The transmitter shall include a NEMA 4X IP66 field mounted enclosure or a DIN rail mounted version (NEMA 1) with a display that can be mounted separately on the door(NEMA 4) if panel mounting is required. 2. The transmitter will generate a 4 to 20 ma output signal in proportion to level or volume in the tank. A programmable thirty two point linearization table of the tank to compensate for cone bottoms or horizontal vessels will be built into the electronics. 3. The transmitter shall be capable of providing up to 6 relay outputs rated at 4 amps at 250 volts ac if required. a. Built-in control functions for up to 6 pumps shall be provided. The pump or pumps selected can be based on pump capacity and sump in-flow rate or by run time. Pump control will include a backlash timer and interval for each pump. The on-off points must be capable of automatically varying their set-point by 2% to reduce grease line or crust built-up on the wall of the sump or the pump shaft. b. Built-in relay functions for Proportional Screen control, for the cleaning of screens and filters must be available. c. Relays shall be freely programmable for high/low limits, alarms, diagnostics, temperature min/max, and control functions. 4. The display will have a digital indication as programmed and a bar graph indication of the level height. Six each LEDs will indicate the relay status. 5. The transmitter shall have the capability of being fully programmed from the front display (no other equipment required) or from an included software program via HART communication protocol or from a HART handheld programmer. 6. Envelope curves shall be available on the display and via the software for quick and simple diagnosis of the signal returns. Transmitter shall support Floating Average Curve (FAC), fixed target suppression, zone evaluation and agitator filtering algorithms. 7. The transmitter shall include data log functions for the following: a. Peak hold indicator of the min./max. levels or flows and the min./max. temperatures at the sensor. b. Recording of the last 10 alarms. c. Indication of the operating status. d. Trend indication of the outputs on the on-site display. e. Indication of the operating hours. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17153-1 Ultrasonic Level Transmitters 8. The transmitter shall have to capability of automatically recognizing the model # of the transducer upon first power-up. C. Sensors: 1. The transducer(s) shall have polypropylene or UP (Unsaturated Polyurethane) housings and be rated Class I, II, Ill, IV Division I or II by Factory Mutual (FM) if required. They will also be fully sealed and rated IP68 or NEMA 6P for submersion under 6 feet of water up to 24 hours. 2. The transducers shall utilize standard shielded two conductor twisted type cable and can be located up to 1,000 feet from the transmitter. Cable can be shortened in the field. D. Physical: Ultrasonic level system shall be manufactured by Endress+Hauser model # FMU90 with a FDU transducer sized for the tank or vessel height required. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17153-2 Ultrasonic Level Transmitters SECTION 17154 TWO/FOUR WIRE COMPACT GUIDED RADAR LEVEL TRANSMITTERS The transmitter shall be of the guided radar (TDR) pulse-time-of-flight (PTOF) type for continuous level measurement. It shall be suitable for level measurements of liquids and slurries in storage, buffer, process tanks, stilling wells and bypass pipes, as well as measurements of solids in storage, buffer and process bins. No FCC site license shall be required for any type of operation or application. The transmitter shall be integrated with either a cable, rod or coaxial wave guide. The wave guide portion of the transmitter shall be constructed of 304 SS (cable), 316 SS or Hastelloy C (rod). Mounting via a 3/4" or 1 1/2" NPT threaded connection or 3" to 8" ANSI flange shall be provided. The self-contained transmitter shall feature a single or dual compartment housing. Remote mounting of the housing shall be available (up to 9 ft). The measured error shall be less than 0.13 inches for ranges up to 33 ft and 0.39 inches for ranges from 33 ft to 115 ft. Update time of the level information shall be once per second or as dictated by the supplier. Continuous output shall be proportional to level or volume. The transmitter shall be capable of reliably measuring materials with dielectric constants as low as 1.4. The transmitter shall be microprocessor based with a removable plug-in operator interface that can be used in hazardous environments. There shall be no jumpers, trimpots or external devices required to fully commission the transmitter. The plug-in operator interface shall have an alphanumeric display, a bar graph display and the capabilities to display the signal curve of the transmitter. All status messages, process variables and internal values shall be accessible and displayable on the plug-in operator interface. The transmitter shall contain a menu-driven guided setup procedure to allow untrained operators to commission without assistance. Three push buttons shall be provided to enter in information. Remote HART (via 4-20mADC loop), Profibus PA and Foundation Fieldbus (FF) digital communication shall be supported. The transmitter shall be powered via a 2-wire loop (10 to 36VDC source), a Profibus PA or Foundation Fieldbus supply or via a 4-wire source of either 10 - 32 VDC or 90 -250 VAC. The transmitter shall support 32 point linearization (volume indication), fixed target suppression (mapping, removal of false echoes), and first echo recognition (for correct indication in spite of double echoes). The instrument shall include PC-based software for comfortable remote commissioning, advanced troubleshooting, documentation and backup of device settings. The electrical classification should be general purpose, FM XP Cl.l Div.1 Groups A-G, FM IS CI.I Div.1, Groups A-G, FM NI CI.I Div.2 or FM DIP CI.II Div.1 Groups E-G. The transmitters shall be manufactured in an ISO 9001 certified facility and meet CE requirements. Electromagnetic interference immunity (field strength 10V/m) and interference emission per NAMUR EN 50082-2 and EN 50081-1 is required. The transmitter shall be the Endress+Hauser Levelflex FMP40 or approved equal. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17154-1 Two/four Wire Compact Guided Radar Level Transmitters SECTION 17155 FREQUENCY SHIFT TUNING FORK LIQUID LEVEL SWITCH The level switch shall operate on the frequency shift tuning fork principle using a two-tine fork assembly and a patented bi-morph piezoelectric system to maximize performance and provide reliable indication. The presence of a liquid or slurry shall shift the resonant frequency of the fork assembly below a fixed set point triggering a state change in the switch. The switch shall introduce no electrical energy into the process being measured. The fork assembly shall be [1.5 inches in length], [mounted on an extension up to 115 inches in length] and be mounted [vertically], [horizontally]. The level switch shall be of an integral field mountable self-contained design and shall not have any calibration controls or calibration requirements. Switch point accuracy shall be within .004". Gas bubbles, foam, dielectric changes, conductivity changes shall not compromise the ability of the level switch to reliably indicate liquid and slurry levels. The switch shall reliably indicate liquid and slurry levels with viscosity's ranging from 0 to 10000cP and density variations from 0.5 to 1.7 SGU. The switch shall reliably operate with hard build-up equivalent to 0.15 inches of Calcium Carbonate. The switch shall reliably operate with soft buildup equivalent to 0.25 inches of toothpaste. Installation of the switch in a process connection shall have no impact on its performance. The fork assembly and extension shall be of [316LSS], [240 grit polished 316LSS], [Alloy C4] and mounted into the process via a [three-quarter inch NPT threaded boss], [one inch NPT threaded boss], [one and one-half inch triclamp], [two inch triclamp] [ANSI B16.5 flange], [flush-mount tank weld adapter] [Variant fitting]. The switch shall provide continuous self-monitoring of its sensing components and indicate when a failure or fork corrosion has been detected. EMI/RFI effects on the switch shall be less than 1% at 10volts/meter exceeding NAMUR and IEC 801-3 standards. The switch shall operate with process temperatures ranging from -40 to 300 degrees F and pressures ranging from vacuum to 870 psi. The switch shall have a NEMA 4X single compartment housing and rated [XP Class I Division 1 Groups A, B, C, D] [ IS Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G] [NI Class I Division 2 Groups A, B, C, D] [DIP Class II, Ill, Div 1, Groups E-G]. The single compartment shall be a [epoxy coated aluminum housing] [fiberglass reinforced polyester housing]. Cable entries will be through NPT conduit fittings. The sanitary version of the switch shall be made of 304 stainless steel and have the 3A symbol and be certified by EHEDG. All units will have the CE mark. The level switch shall have all electronics in the form of module inserts that can be field installed or interchanged without affect on switch performance and without removing the sensor from the process. These inserts shall be [FEL 51 two-wire 19-253 VAC connections], [FEL52 three-wire 10-55 VDC PNP transistor connection], FEL54 19-250VAC/19-55 VDC universal power source with 250V, 6 amp hermetically sealed DPDT relay], [FEL55 two-wire 11-36VDC, 8/16 mA F.M. approved intrinsically safe output], [FEL56 F.M. approved, intrinsically safe NAMUR current output per EN500227], [FEL 57 two-wire FM approved, intrinsically safe PFM connection]. Electronics will have a LED indicating switch state, as well as a power LED indicator. An on-board toggle switch will allow field selection of max or min detection. The level switch shall be the Endress+Hauser Liquiphant M FTL 50, FTL 51, FTL 50H, FTL 51H or approved equal. DRY SOLIDS LEVEL SWITCH The level switch shall operate on vibrating tuning fork principle using a two tine fork assembly to maximize performance and provide reliable indication. The fork sensor shall be vibrated by piezo-crystals. When the ceases to oscillate, the switch status will change, indicating the product level is at the fork location. The sensor shall detect products with particle size from powder to 0.39 inches in diameter. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17155-1 Frequency Shift Tuning Fork Liquid Level Switch The switch shall be available in three basic configurations: Compact; Extension tube; Rope extension, these shall mount via 1.5" NPT or 1 1/4" process connection. Optional mounting shall be provided by a RF 1.5", 2" or 4" 150 lb. ANSI flanges. The extension tube version shall be available up to 13.12 feet in length. The rope extension shall be available up to 65.6 feet in length. The switch shall operate in process temperatures up to 540°F and pressures up to 360 PSI and have a burst pressure up to 1450 PSI. The switch shall meet the legal requirements of the EC directive and carry the CE mark. The switch shall have a interference immunity in accordance to EN 50082-2 (strength 10V/m) The level switch shall be of an integral field mountable self-contained design and shall not have any calibration controls or calibration requirements. Switch shall detect "solids under water" as a standard. The fork assembly and extension shall be of 316 L, flanges shall be made of 316L. The fork assembly can either be coated against abrasion, build up or polished (180 grit electro polished) for hygienic applications. The switch shall have a single compartment Stainless or Epoxy coated housing rated FM DIP-AIS Class 11+111 Div I group E,F,G, or FM-IS Class 1+11+111, Div 1 Gr A-G or dual compartment epoxy coated housing and be rated FM XP-AIS Class I, Div I Gr A, B, C, D. The level switch shall have all electronics in the form of module inserts that can be field installed or interchanged without affect on switch performance. These inserts shall be [ FEM 51 two wire AC connection], [ FEM 52 three wire PNP DC connection], [FEM 54 19..253VAC/ 19...55VDC universal power source with 250 V 6 amp hermetically sealed DPDT relay], [FEM 57 two wire intrinsic safe connection PFM output], [FEM 55 two wire intrinsic safe connection 8/16 mA output] and [FEM 58 two wire intrinsically safe NAMUR output with remote test button option] The level switch shall be the Endress+Hauser Soliphant M FTM50, FTM51, FTM52 or approved equal. FREQUENCY SHIFT TUNING FORK LIQUID LEVEL SWITCH The level switch shall operate on the frequency shift tuning fork principle using a two-tine fork assembly and a patented bi-morph piezoelectric system to maximize performance and provide reliable indication. The presence of a liquid or slurry shall shift the resonant frequency of the fork assembly below a fixed set point triggering a state change in the switch. The switch shall introduce no electrical energy into the process being measured. The fork assembly shall be [1.5 inches in length], [mounted on an extension up to 115 inches in length] and be mounted [vertically], [horizontally]. The level switch shall be of an integral field mountable self-contained design and shall not have any calibration controls or calibration requirements. Switch point accuracy shall be within .004". Gas bubbles, foam, dielectric changes, conductivity changes shall not compromise the ability of the level switch to reliably indicate liquid and slurry levels. The switch shall reliably indicate liquid and slurry levels with viscosity's ranging from 0 to 10000cP and density variations from 0.5 to 1.7 SGU. The switch shall reliably operate with hard build-up equivalent to 0.15 inches of Calcium Carbonate. The switch shall reliably operate with soft buildup equivalent to 0.25 inches of toothpaste. Installation of the switch in a process connection shall have no impact on its performance. The fork assembly and extension shall be of [316LSS], [240 grit polished 316LSS], [Alloy C4] and mounted into the process via a [three-quarter inch NPT threaded boss], [one inch NPT threaded boss], [one and one-half inch triclamp], [two inch triclamp] [ANSI B16.5 flange], [flush-mount tank weld adapter] [Variant fitting]. The switch shall provide continuous self-monitoring of its sensing components and indicate when a failure or fork corrosion has been detected. EMI/RFI effects on the switch shall be less than 1% at 10volts/meter exceeding NAMUR and IEC 801-3 standards. The switch shall operate with process temperatures ranging from -40 to 300 degrees F and pressures ranging from vacuum to 870 psi. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17155-2 Frequency Shift Tuning Fork Liquid Level Switch The switch shall have a NEMA 4X single compartment housing and rated [XP Class I Division 1 Groups A, B, C, D] [ IS Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G] [NI Class I Division 2 Groups A, B, C, D] [DIP Class II, Ill, Div 1, Groups E-G]. The single compartment shall be a [epoxy coated aluminum housing] [fiberglass reinforced polyester housing]. Cable entries will be through NPT conduit fittings. The sanitary version of the switch shall be made of 304 stainless steel and have the 3A symbol and be certified by EHEDG. All units will have the CE mark. The level switch shall have all electronics in the form of module inserts that can be field installed or interchanged without affect on switch performance and without removing the sensor from the process. These inserts shall be [FEL 51 two-wire 19-253 VAC connections], [FEL52 three-wire 10-55 VDC PNP transistor connection], FEL54 19-250VAC/19-55 VDC universal power source with 250V, 6 amp hermetically sealed DPDT relay], [FEL55 two-wire 11-36VDC, 8/16 mA F.M. approved intrinsically safe output], [FEL56 F.M. approved, intrinsically safe NAMUR current output per EN500227], [FEL 57 two-wire FM approved, intrinsically safe PFM connection]. Electronics will have a LED indicating switch state, as well as a power LED indicator. An on-board toggle switch will allow field selection of max or min detection. The level switch shall be the Endress+Hauser Liquiphant M FTL 50, FTL 51, FTL 50H, FTL 51H or approved equal. DRY SOLIDS LEVEL SWITCH The dry solids level switch shall be of the vibrating fork type. The fork sensor shall be vibrated by piezo- crystals. When the fork sensor ceases to oscillate, a relay shall change state, indicating the product level is at the fork location. The sensor shall detect products with bulk densities as low as 6 pounds per cubic foot. Maximum particle size shall be 0.4". The switch shall operated with a universal power supply of 19-253 VAC and 19-200 VDC power, the relay shall be SPDT rated to 6 amps, The electronics enclosure shall be made fiberglass reinforced polyester and shall meet the NEMA 4 construction requirements. The switch shall mount via 1.5" NPT, either vertically or horizontally. The switch shall operate in process temperatures up to 300°F and pressures up to 230 psi. The switch shall meet the legal requirements of the EC directive and carry the CE mark. The switch shall have a interference immunity in accordance to EN 50082-2 (strength 10V/m) The level switch shall be of the Endress+Hauser Soliphant T®(FTM260)series or approved equal. END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17155-3 Frequency Shift Tuning Fork Liquid Level Switch SECTION 17156 MAGNETIC FLOW METERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The MANUFACTURER shall furnish magnetic flow meters suitable for water, at ambient temperatures, complete and operable, and capable of continuous operation with minimum error due to pipe deposits, in accordance with the requirements of the specifications. 1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. The equipment, materials shall comply with the applicable standards, specifications and regulations of the following: 1. Instrument Society of America (ISA). 2. American Petroleum Institute (API). 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 7. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). 8. National Electrical Code (NEC). 9. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 10. American Water Works Association (AWWA) B. All electrical equipment, components, devices, etc. shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed. 1.3 MANUFACTURER SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: The MANUFACTURER shall furnish certified curves indicating flow versus differential pressure and any other information called for in the individual meter specifications. B. 0& M Manuals: The MANUFACTURER shall furnish 6 hard copies and 1 electronic copy of complete operation and maintenance instructions of all the meters. C. Spare Parts: The MANUFACTURER shall submit a list of suggested spare parts for each piece of equipment. Such spare parts, if requested shall be furnished in suitable packages, identified with the equipment number, and labeled. The MANUFACTURER shall also furnish the name, address, and telephone number of the nearest distributor for each piece of equipment. All spare parts are intended for use by the City Of Boynton Beach only after expiration of the guaranty period. 1. During the guaranty period, the MANUFACTURER shall notify the City Of Boynton Beach in writing about any manufacturer's modification of the suggested spare parts, such as part number, interchangeability, model change or others. If the City Of Boynton Beach determines that the modified parts are no longer applicable to the supplied equipment,the MANUFACTURER at its expense shall provide applicable spare parts. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17156-1 Magnetic Flow Meters D. Special Tools: A list of special tools when applicable shall be proposed in the bid to the City. If approved,the MANUFACTURER shall supply these tools suitably wrapped and identified for application. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METERS The electromagnetic induction flow meter shall generate a voltage linearly proportional to flow for full- scale velocity settings from one to 33 feet per second. Standard accuracy of the pulse output shall be ± 0.2% of rate ± 0.02% of full scale (33 ft/sec)for all meters. The meter shall incorporate a high impedance amplifier of 1012 ohms or greater, eliminating the effect of buildup on the electrodes. The meter shall utilize bipolar pulsed DC coil excitation with automatic coil-current fine tuning by the microcontroller to adjust the sensor current within a tolerance of±100mA.The amplifier shall incorporate 3-stage signal processing to maintain system accuracy by the use of a 26 bit analog/digital converter. The first stage will adjust the common-mode rejection ratio to filter out noise. The second stage will incorporate an INTEGRATED AUTOZERO function which compensates for any external interference signals and eliminates zero drift. Manual zero adjustments shall not be required -- even at start-up. In stage three, the measuring signal will be amplified by an AUTOGAIN function, depending on the actual amplitude of the flow signal, to automatically increase the measurement resolution at various flow rates, providing a turndown of at least 1000:1. To further ensure the specified accuracy, the electronics shall automatically perform internal temperature drift compensation. Power consumption shall be no more than 15 VA, independent of meter size. Upon any power failure, the unit will retain all setup parameters and accumulated measurements internally in non-volatile memory. All units will be protected against voltage spikes from the power source by utilizing internal transient protection. The magnetic flow meter shall be microprocessor based with integral electronics. The electronics shall be interchangeable for all sizes from 1/12"to 78". Remote-mounted electronics up to 650 feet shall be provided and 50 feet interconnecting cable (1/2" NTP entries) shall be furnished by the manufacturer. The transmitter housing shall be powder coated cast aluminum of NEMA 4X rating suitable for wall mounting. The supply voltage shall be 85-269 VAC with the FPA temperature application of up to 180 degrees Celsius. The flow meter shall have optical Touch Control programming that can be operated through the enclosure window,without opening the electrical enclosure. The flow meter shall have a 4-line x 16 character backlit LCD display used for programming as well as for simultaneous display of flow rate and total flow in user-selectable engineering units, and readout of diagnostic error messages, selectable from 12 standard languages. The microprocessor shall safeguard against entering of invalid data, and all programming parameters shall be access-code protected. The electronics shall include infinitely adjustable low flow cutoff. The flow meter shall have the capability of being programmed remotely using HART or Profibus PA/DP protocol. RS. The flow meter shall be capable of being shipped with HART, 4-20mA and frequency communication outputs and in the future be field converted to Profibus with a field installable module for conversion to Profibus PA/DP communications. Output selections shall include an isolated 4-20 mA DC into 700 ohms load, proportional to flow rate plus a scaled 24 VDC pulse or open collector frequency output operating at frequencies up to 10 kHz with an adjustable pulse width (0.05 to 2 sec).The analog output shall have an adjustable response time from 0.05 to 100 seconds. A digital filter will be integral for compatibility with the process fluid. Both auxiliary (open collector)and current inputs shall be available. Aux input shall be configurable for re-setting totalizer(s), measured-value suppression, error message reset, and start/pause batching. Current input shall be selectable as either active or passive 4-20mA. The magnetic flow meter shall provide up to 2 programmable relay outputs, for diagnostic error output, MAX/MIN flow rate set points, empty pipe detection, and flow direction or for batching. The flow meter shall be capable of measuring fluids with a minimum conductivity of 5pS/cm (20pS/cm for de-ionized water).The sensor shall be a flanged tube with non-conductive polyurethane Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17156-2 Magnetic Flow Meters liner with 316 SS measuring electrodes. The tube shall be constructed of type 304 stainless steel with carbon steel flanges(Cl.150,A105,flange ANSI B16.5). The exterior of the flow-tubes shall be electro-static powder coated with the flanges Alumina Zinc coated for corrosion resistance. The specific conductivity of the liquid shall not preclude meter operation. The meter body shall be available for submersion NEMA 6P (IP 68); include grounding and empty pipe electrodes of the same material as the measuring electrodes. Ground probes, rings, or straps will not be acceptable, except on sanitary meters or meter sizes <_ 1". The meter shall support the use of an external tool that can be annually calibrated against a traceable reference system independent of the magnetic flow meter and without removal from the process piping. The external tool shall perform a verification routine that details the overall health of the meter,functionality of the electrodes, coils,and linearity of the amplifier across the entire flow range. The external tool shall allow for read-only PDF documents to be printed and archived for use with an automated comparison function to document long term stability and tolerances between verification routines over time. The standard meter will be FM approved non-incendive Class I, Div. 2 Groups A-D, with units available that have FM Class I, Div. 1 approval. The flow meter shall be capable of utilizing FDT/DTM -The Field Device Tool(FDT)is a standardized international interface specification that allows the integration of intelligent field devices into asset management and process control systems. The magmeter shall ship with a full fingerprint of measurable variables and the NIST traceable calibration document. The fingerprint information allows for long term monitoring of the primary measurable variables to determine long term reliability of the calibration of the flow meter. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The magnetic flow meters shall be installed by the City Of Boynton Beach personnel in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. All meters shall be properly grounded to the adjacent pipe as specified,and located in such a way to assure a full pipe at all times. City of Boynton Beach Wells - Pipe Size and Lay Lengths Well # Pipe Size Meter(Lay) Length Well# Pipe Size Meter(Lay) Length 1E 8" 22" 19E 8" 24" 2E 8" 22" 20E 8" 24" 6E 8" 24" 21E 8" 24" 7E 8" 24" 22E 8" 24" 8E 8" 24" 1W 8" 24" 9E 8" 24" 4W 8" 24" 10E 8" 24" 5W 8" 24" 11E 8" 24" 6W 8" 24" 12E 8" 24" 7W 8" 24" 13E 8" 24" 8W 8" 24" 14E 8" 24" 9W 8" 24" 15E 8" 24" 10W 8" 24" 16E 8" 24" 11W 8" 24" 17E 8" 24" 12W 8" 24" 18E 8" 24" 13W 8" 24" END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17156-3 Magnetic Flow Meters SECTION 17157 FREE CHLORINE & PH ANALYZER The Free Chlorine & pH Transmitter should be in a NEMA 4X housing suitable for panel, wall, or pipe mounting. It should be made of corrosion free Polycarbonate ABS PC Fr, or 304 Stainless Steel. All access to connection terminals shall be from the front, with an EPDM gasket providing a seal to the external environment. The transmitter shall provide for a modular concept, allowing the user to select individual "Modules"for pH or Chlorine. The Free Chlorine & pH transmitter should provide a large numeric display field, and an additional full graphic dot matrix field to view the chlorine, pH, temperature reading or clear text messages for units, operating menu instructions and error messages. Additionally, the display shall be able to show sensor status, slope, zero point, tag #, as well as current output. The display state and all menus shall be accessible by a" Navigator" shuttle knob, which shall allow the user easy access to all functions and programming. To guarantee the highest level of safety and security the user shall be able to specify ID's and password per 21CFR11. These being Specialist, Service, and Operator. The Free Chlorine & pH transmitter should provide and store basic error messages like incorrect sensor connection or internal electronic errors by displaying clear text messages. The user shall have the capability to activate Sensor Condition Check (SCC), which gives sensor status after a calibration. Sensor Check System (SCS), to alert to deviations of the measuring and reference electrode impedance from the normal range. In addition, a red LED shall act as local alarm, with a user defined current output to indicate an alarm state to the DCS. All error messages shall be in plain text, without the use of numbers or codes. The user shall have the option to turn these functions on or off within the setup of the transmitter. The Free Chlorine & pH transmitter shall be externally powered by DC voltage, and shall provide a selectable 0-20mA or 4-20mA potential free current, HART, Profibus PA, or Foundation Field Bus output. An additional current output shall be available as an option to be assigned to the pH reading. The transmitter shall be made to IEC 61508 and specified for use under SIL2. The transmitter shall have the following approvals: SIL2, ATEX, FM, CSA, NEPSI, TIIS, IP67, Nema 4X. Installation in Class 1. Div 2 areas without barriers is possible provided the Power Supply input cards have the appropriate current limiting capability. A single button accordingly assigned and labeled should perform calibration. Free Chlorine calibration option should include single point adjustment for free Chlorine content. The free Chlorine calibration should be in accordance with DPD by a one point slope adjustment. The pH calibration option should include single point adjustment, or 2 point buffer. The display should lead through the calibration with clear instructions. All calibration data shall be stored in the Memosens Chlorine and pH sensors, allowing the user to calibrate remotely, and then install when needed. Sensor change out shall be done without the need to access the transmitter. Upon connection of the sensor to the transmitter, the latest calibration data with date stamp, sensor serial number, total number of calibrations, total hours of operation, maximum/minimum process temperatures, shall be downloaded to the transmitter. The user may access this information through the Diagnostics menu from the front panel. The Free Chlorine sensor should be Amperometric in design, with selectable PT100 or 1000 elements for automatic temperature compensation. The sensor shall connect inductively to the transmitter cable, allowing for digital transmission of the value. There shall be no preamplifiers, or metallic parts used in this connection. Compact housings shall be provided with thread or clamp connection for installation into the process. Maximum distance of separation between sensor and transmitter shall be 120 meters. The Free Chlorine measuring range should be 0 to 5mg/L or 0 to 20mg/I with a resolution of 0.001 mg/I and a 0.2% repeatability of measuring range. Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17157-1 Free Chlorine&PH Analyzer The pH sensor shall be should be available in 120mm glass or plastic (PEEK) design, with either PT100 or 1000 elements for automatic temperature compensation. The sensor shall connect inductively to the transmitter cable, allowing for digital transmission of the value. There shall be no preamplifiers, or metallic parts used in this connection. Compact housings shall be provided with thread or clamp connection for installation into the process. The pH measuring range should be 0 pH to 14 pH with an accuracy of 0.01 pH over all ambient changes. The temperature measuring range should be —20°C to 150°C with an accuracy of 1.7°C over all ambient changes. A temperature offset can be adjusted through the operating menu Complete System: The transmitter should be Endress + Hauser CM330-B The Free Chlorine sensor should be Endress + Hauser CCS142D-GAS80 (0-5ppm) or CCS142D-AAS80 (0-20ppm) The pH sensor should be an Endress + Hauser CPS11 D-7BA21 The two sensor cables should be an Endress + Hauser CYK10-A031 The holder should be an Endress + Hauser CCA250-00 END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17157-2 Free Chlorine&PH Analyzer SECTION 17158 LIQUILINE CM42 TWO-WIRE MEMOSENS PH/ORP TRANSMITTER The pH/ORP transmitter should be in a NEMA4X housing suitable for panel, wall, or pipe mounting. It should be made of corrosion free Polycarbonate ABS PC Fr, or 304 Stainless Steel. All access to connection terminals shall be from the front, with an EPDM gasket providing a seal to the external environment. It should provide up to seven cut out holes to feed cables into the connection compartment. The transmitter shall provide for a modular concept, allowing the user to select modules for pH, ORP, Conducivity, and Dissolved Oxygen. The transmitter shall be capable of measuring , pH, ORP, Conductivity or Dissolved Oxygen with the change out of a module and sensor, with no change of cable. The transmitter should provide a large numeric display field to display the reading and an additional full graphic dot matrix field to display either the temperature reading or clear text messages for units, operating menu instructions and error messages. Additionally, the display shall be able to show sensor status, slope, zero point, tag #, as well as current output. The display state and all menus shall be accessible by a" Navigator" shuttle knob, which shall allow the user easy acces to all functions and programming.To guarantee the highest level of safety andsecurity,the user can specify ID's and passwords, as per 21 CFR11. These being Specialist, Service, and Operator. A single button accordingly assigned and labeled should perform calibration. Calibration options should include single point adjustment, or 2 point buffer. The display should lead through the calibration with clear instructions. Afterwards, a check of the calibration data should be performed and a result should be displayed. All calibration data shall be stored in the Memosens sensor, allowing the user to calibrate remotely, and then install when needed. Sensor change out shall be done without the need to access the transmitter. Upon connection of the sensor to the transmitter, the slope, zero point, serial number, number of calibrations, total hours of operation, as well as operation hours above 80 and 100 C shall be downloaded to the transmitter. The user may acces this information through the Diagonstics menu from the front panel. The instrument should provide and store basic error messages like incorrect sensor connection or internal electronic errors by displaying clear text messages. The user shall have the capability to activate Sensor Condition Check ( SCC), which gives sensor status after a calibration. Sensor Check System (SCS), to alert to deviations of the measuring and reference electrode impedance from the normal range. In addition,a red LED shall act as local alarm, with a user defined current output to indicate an alarm state to the DCS. All error messages shall be in plain text, without the use of numbers or codes. The user shall have the option to turn these functions on or off within the setup of the transmitter. The transmitter shall be externally powered by DC voltage, and shall provide a selectable 0-20mA or 4- 20mA potential free current, HART, Profibus PA, or Foundation Field Bus output value. An additional current output should be available as an option to be assigned to the temperature reading. The transmitter shall be made to IEC 61508 and specified for use under SIL2. The transmitter shall have the following approvals: SIL2, ATEX, FM, CSA, NEPSI, TIIS, IP67, Nema 4X. Installation in Class 1. Div 2 areas without barriers is possible provided the Power Supply input cards have the appropriate current limiting capability. The pH or ORP sensor shall be should be available in 120mm glass or plastic (PEEK) design, with either PT100 or 1000 elements for automatic temperature compensation. The sensor shall connect inductively to the transmitter cable,allowing for digital transmission of the value. There shall be no preamplifiers, or metallic parts used in this connection. Compact housings shall be provided with thread or clamp connection for installation into the process. The pH measuring range should be 0 pH to 14 pH with an accuracy of 0.01 pH over all ambient changes. The ORP measuring range should be —1500mV to 1500mV with an accuracy of 15mV over all ambient changes. The temperature measuring range should be—20°C to 150°C with an accuracy of 1.7°C over all ambient changes. A temperature offset can be adjusted through the operating menu Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17158-1 Liquiline CM42 Two-Wire Memosens PH/ORP Transmitter The instrument should be Endress + Hauser CM42- MAA001 EAE00 The pH sensor shall be Endress + Hauser CPS11 D-7BA2G, Sensor holder shall be Endress + Hauser (CPA640, CPA240, CPA471, CPA472D, CPA473/474, CPA450)--Please choose Connection cable from Sensor to Transmitter shall be Endress + Hauser CYK10-G051 END OF SECTION Boynton Beach Utilities—2022 17158-2 Liquiline CM42 Two-Wire Memosens PH/ORP Transmitter EXHIBIT B PHASE 2 SCHEDULE First Amendment to Foster Marine— Hypoluxo PDB Agreement Page 5 of 5 frit FOSTER MARINE CONTRACTORS,INC. LOu FAIRS ANE FARMS ROAD.SUITE I w E..LLINO1ON.FLORIDA 33411 sal/oil-mu P11051- 1"Iess.n111 FAX City of Boynton Beach Town of Hypolimo Septic to Sewer PD8 Work Sequence Day Start Day End Description Duration(in Days) (R Applicable) (If Applicable) n/a n/a Shop Drawing Review;Permits,etc n/a 1 1 Notice to Proceed n/a 3 60 Site 1:Hypoklap Road,Overlook Road,and East Coast Avenue 60 1 2 Mobilization,Equipment Move-In,Potholing,Utility VerMClearing earing&Grubbing 2 3 4 DemolRbn(asphalt/concrete/vegetation) 2 5 10 Directional Drill 4'HDPE DR-11 Fora Main 5 11 12 Install Sanitary MH-3(9S) 2 1.3 16 Install Sanitary Sewer Main,r C90012101,place rock 4 17 17 Backfill,compact,density tests 1 1D 18 Install Sanitary MH-2(5.91 1 19 23 Install Sanitary Sewer Main,t"C900(390'1,place rock 5 24 24 BackfIll,compact,density tests 1 25 25 Install Sanitary PAH-1(4.5') 1 26 27 Install Sanitary Sewer Main,B"DIP(40'),place rods L 30 Install 6"C900 Laterals with Oeanouts 3 31 32 PVC Force Main,4"0900(155') 2 33 34 Tie-In to Existing Force Main 2 35 35 Install 4"Alr Release Who 1 36 55 Install Lift Station 20 56 59 Roadway Restoration 4 60 60 Miscellaneous Restoration 1 61 120 Site 2:Coral Street 60 61 62 Mobilisation,Equipment Mane-In,Potholing,Utility Verification,Clearing&Grubbing 2 63 64 Demolition(asphalt/concrete/vegetation) z 65 65 Install Sanitary MH-5(B.7') 1 66 67 Install Sanitary Sewer Main,8"0900(210'),place rock 2 68 68 Saddle,compact,density tests 1 69 69 Install Sanitary MH-6(64') 1 70 71 Install Sanitary Sewer Main,8"0100(3007,place rock 2 72 72 Baddlll,compact,density tests 1 73 73 Install Sanitary MH-4(4.57 1 74 75 Install Sanlary Sewer Main,r 0900(2001 place rods 2 76 77 Install Sanitary MH-7(5) 2 79 79 Install Sanitary Sewer Main,B"C900(100'1,place rock 2 80 80 Backfill,compact,density tests 1 41 a2 Install Sanitary Sewer Main,Y DIP(40'1,place rod, a3 86 Insall 6"C900 Laterals with Ckanouts 4 97 91 PVC Force Main,4"0900(600') 5 92 93 Tie-in to Odsting Force Main 2 94 94 Install 4"Air Release Valve 1 95 114 Inial UR Station 20 113 119 Roadway Restoration 5 120 120 Miscellaneous Restoration 1 120 120 Substantial Completion n/a 150 150 Final Completion n/a